Docstoc

Free Apa Style Bibliography Template Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning

Document Sample
Free Apa Style Bibliography Template Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Powered By Docstoc
					                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                     Assessment Timeline    Assessment Results                 Changes       Resources


AIS 100   1.A student will be able to label the location of the 10    1.Map quizzes with questions based on ecosystems and subsistence patterns.                                   The committee was                                Continued support of AT
          North American culture geographic regions and               Culture Paper requires student to identify culture area, ecosystems, resultant                               successful in being able to                      and the use of Blackboard
          distinguish the ecosystems present within these regions     subsistence patterns, social relationships and religious institutions reflective of                          clarify objectives and slo's to                  is recommended.
          that traditional American Indian cultures integrated for    that culture's adaptation to particular ecosystems. Language phyla is also                                   reflect increased emphasis of
          adaptation. 2.A student will be able to analyze             identified and evaluated in terms of cultural traits and origins. 2.Cultural Paper                           global issues relevant to
          information and demonstrate knowledge of an American        (Case Study) or Presentations will include multiple examples of diversity for a                              indigenous knowlege.
          Indian culture in case study format. 3.A student will be    given culture viewed from the past to present. 3.Relevant in class Discussion                                Problems still exist in the area
          able to demonstrate their awareness of the significance     questions will relate to American Indian diversity and significance within a                                 of terminology for Native
          of American Indian diversity in a global setting through    global setting. Culture Paper or Presentations include contemporary                                          American cultures and
          classroom participation. 4.A student will be able to        assessment of status and cultural integity evaluated in a modern global context.                             people, which will be
          identify examples of American Indian traditional            4.Course Quizzes, Assignments and Examinations will have questions relating                                  monitored.
          knowledge applied to current socio-geopolitical issues.     to current socio-geopolitical issues and traditional or indignous knowledge.
          5.A student will be able to design and construct papers     Cultural Paper or presentations will include examples of traditional knowledge
          and/or presentations reflecting multidisciplinary sources   and current global relevance. 5.Quizzes, Assignmnets and Examinations
          and orientation.                                            include material derived from Western academic and indigenous disciplines.
                                                                      The Cultural Paper (Case Study) will include Western academic citations as
                                                                      well as tribal sources. An addition of global perspectives relative to indigenous
                                                                      knowledge was evaluated as being a current orientation among American
                                                                      Indian Studies Association scholars to include in our entry level course. The
                                                                      department created a committee of instructors that teach the course that met
                                                                      three times to review objectives and generate slo's and assessments.




AIS 101   A student will be able to describe the unique issues and Yet to be determined                                                                     Yet to be determined   In progress                        In progress   In progress
          complexities associated with Native American history
          relative the to production of knowledge using oral
          tradition, primary, and secondary sources.


AIS 101   A student will be able to assess the reciprocal             In Progress                                                                           Yet to be determined   In progress                        In progress   In progress
          relationship between European and indigenous
          religious, political, and economic trends.
AIS 101   A student will be able to discuss how major turning        Through essays, group projects, or exams, explain the interrelationship of the         Fall 2010              In Progress                        In Progress   In Progress
          points in the history of the United States affected Native American Revolution, the Constitution, the Marshall Trilogy, and the Indian
          Americans.                                                 Removal Act as evidenced by both Indian and non-Indian responses such as
                                                                     resistance and western expansion.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 1 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline    Assessment Results   Changes       Resources


AIS 101   A student will be able to discuss how major turning        Through essays, group projects, or exams, explain the interrelationship of the   Fall 2010              In progress          In progress   In progress
          points in the history of the United States affected Native American Revolution, the Constitution, the Marshall Trilogy, and the Indian
          Americans.                                                 Removal Act as evidenced by both Indian and non-Indian responses such as
                                                                     resistance and western expansion.


AIS 101   A student will be able to discuss how major turning        Through essays, group projects, or exams, explain the interrelationship of the   Fall 2010              In progress          In progress   In progress
          points in the history of the United States affected Native American Revolution, the Constitution, the Marshall Trilogy, and the Indian
          Americans.                                                 Removal Act as evidenced by both Indian and non-Indian responses such as
                                                                     resistance and western expansion.


AIS 101   A student will be able to analyze the relationship       In progress                                                                        Yet to be determined   In progress          In progress   In progress
          between dominant American social trends and the
          development of federal Indian policy during the 19th and
          20th centuries.

AIS 101   A student will be able to analyze the relationship       Yet to be determined                                                               In progress            In progress          In progress   In progress
          between dominant American social trends and the
          development of federal Indian policy during the 19th and
          20th centuries.

AIS 102   A student will be able to demonstrate a clear            Through an examination, identify the structure of the Executive, Congressional, In progress               In progress          In progress   In progress
          understanding of the component parts of the U.S.         and Judicial branches of the federal government, the responsibilities of each,
          federal government, their development, responsibilities, and the role each plays in forming federal policy.
          and interrelationship.

AIS 102   A student will be able to understand the unique nation-to- Yet to be determined                                                             In progress            In progress          In progress   In progress
          nation relationship between American and tribal
          governments through analysis of treaties, Congressional
          acts, and case law.

AIS 102   A student will be able to discuss the process of           Yet to be determined                                                             In progress            In progress          In progress   In progress
          statehood and its impact on tribal and local
          governments.
AIS 102   A studnet will be able to evaluate the concept of          Yet to be determined                                                             In progress            In progress          In progress   In progress
          tripartite government and its inherent jurisdictional
          complexities.
AIS 102   A student will be able to discern how tribal and state     Yet to be determined                                                             In progress            In progress          In progress   In progress
          regulatory issues are driven by U.S. capitalist policy.


AIS 102   A student will be able to explain the mechanisms by        Yet to be determined                                                             In progress            In progress          In progress   In progress
          which U.S. foreign policy affects U.S. domestic policy,
          which in turn impacts state and local governments.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                      Page 2 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results              Changes               Resources


AIS 102   A student will be able to comprehend the powerful role   Yet to be determined                                                               In progress               In progres                      In progress           In progress
          played by the media is shaping public perception of
          Native peoples in the United States.


AIS 102   A student will be able to distinguish between the          Yet to be determined                                                             In progress               In progress                     In progress           In progress
          inherent rights and responsibilities of citizenship in
          sovereign tribal nations, U.S. citizenship, and state
          citizenship, as defined by their respective constitutions.


AIS 104   Students will recognize basic differences in Native      Pre/post exams, projects, weekly assignments, listening skills, extra credit and Throughout the semester In Progress.                        In Progress.          In Progress.
          American music.                                          research projects.                                                               at various intervals
                                                                                                                                                    designed into the course
                                                                                                                                                    syllabus.

AIS 104   Students will acquire a positive perspective of Native   Pre/post exams, weekly assignments, listening skills, extra credit and research Assessment time-line will In Progress.                       In Progress.          In Progress.
          American cultures through music.                         projects.                                                                       be defined in the Syllabus
                                                                                                                                                   taking advantage of the
                                                                                                                                                   length of the entire
                                                                                                                                                   semester.

AIS 104   Students will recognize basic differences in American  The students ability through objective testing are able to identify and appreciate                             The course is new and we will                         We will know in time.
          Indian music. Students will acquire a positive         distinctive styles of traditional and contemporary American Indian music. Both                                 find it out what works
          perspective of American Indian cultures through music. formal and informal meetings with faculty to review student projects and                                       eventually.
                                                                 progress.

AIS 105   Students will gain a positive image of Native American   Students will complete one or more of the following: 1. Pre/post test 2. Extra     Assessment time line is   In progress.                    This analysis will    Resources needed
          art.                                                     credit projects 3. Writing assignments 4. Research paper 5. Discussion             every two (2) years                                       be completed at a     include: 1. Stable and
                                                                   groups/threads (online) 6. Regular scheduled examinations                          beginning in Spring 2010.                                 later time as it is   consistent access to high-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                currently in          speed internet. 2. Up-to-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                progress.             date digital cultural maps
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      available for online
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      publication. 3. Full
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      functioning Native art
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      gallery on campus
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      capable of hosting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      traditional and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      contemporary Native arts.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      4. Access to local Native
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      artistic events during
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      course time.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                                             Page 3 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results                Changes                Resources


AIS 105   Students will acquire basic knowledge of the different        Assessment will include one or more of the following: 1. Writing assignments 2. This course will be         In progress.                      The analysis will be   Resources necessary to
          Native American art styles in the U.S.                        Research paper 3. Extra credit projects 4. Discussion thread/forums (online) 5. assessed every two (2)                                        completed once         support students include:
                                                                        Regular scheduled examinations                                                  years starting Spring 2010.                                   data has been          1. More direct access to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      gathered after         field-trips (local, state and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Spring 2010.           national) 2. On-campus
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             learning based centers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (including art galleries and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             art centers) 3. Consistent
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             and stable access to high-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             speed internet. 4.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Updated educational
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             facilities (i.e., complete
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             "Smart rooms," state-of-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             the-art performing space,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             etc.)




AIS 105   1. Students will gain a positive image of Native              Students who successfully complete this course are able to demonstrate their                                There was a growing need to                              Updated and continuing
          American art. 2. Students will acquire a basic knowledge      ability to recognize Native American art from a basic beginning point.                                      augment the methods of                                   advanced technological
          base of the different styles of Native American art in the    Successful students will further be able articulate the influence and relevance                             assessment with the impact                               resources for in and out of
          U.S. 3. Students will gather the understanding of the         of Native American art within society. Faculty have used the following:                                     of technology. Student                                   class learning for
          differences which Native American tribes have with            examinations, homework/weekly assignments, research papers and/or                                           feedback and course critique                             students. Students require
          respect to their art and culture. 4. Students will realize    presentations, in-class and take-home quizzes, extra credit projects.                                       served as the analysis for the                           more research materials
          the various influences of Native American art and                                                                                                                         need to update assessments                               in order to compete at a
          culture upon the larger U.S. culture. 5. Students will gain                                                                                                               and evaluations. Changes to                              competent level with other
          an understanding of the different Native American art                                                                                                                     the Methods of Assessment                                educational facilities.
          styles and their respect to gender roles. 6. Students will                                                                                                                were made based upon the                                 Further, students would
          realize that there is a strong Native American identity                                                                                                                   current direction of the Native                          benefit from more access
          present in the contemporary era.                                                                                                                                          American artistic field and the                          to field-trips and on-
                                                                                                                                                                                    influence of technology.                                 campus learning based
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             centers including art
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             galleries and art centers.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                                Page 4 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


AIS 107A   1). Students will understand the relationships of the      Students write research reports that demonstrate they have found relationships                           Previously, students emerged                The department currently
           Luiseño language to other Uto-Aztecan languages and        between Luiseno and other Uto-Aztecan languages such as Hopi, etc. We                                    from introductory Luiseño                   employs only one
           to indigenous languages in other languages. 2).            observe students using the grammar and syntax of Luiseño correctly, and                                  classes able to reproduce                   qualified Luiseño
           Students will demonstrate a basic familiarity with         students describe Luiseño as a living language at the core of a vibrant culture.                         structured, memorized                       instructor. Resources to
           Luiseño language phonology, morphology, syntax and         Faculty members met face-to-face and over the phone to discuss the                                       passages from Luiseño                       support more planning
           grammar. 3). Students will demonstrate a beginning         assessment results of previous Luiseño classes.                                                          stories, but unable to carry on             meetings with other
           knowledge of Luiseño culture and will accurately use                                                                                                                basic, spontaneous                          faculty would enhance this
           culturally relevant terminology.                                                                                                                                    conversations in Luiseño. As                instructor's ability to
                                                                                                                                                                               a result of this analysis, the              design and modify
                                                                                                                                                                               faculty introduced new                      instruction, based on the
                                                                                                                                                                               instructional strategies to                 outcome of conversations
                                                                                                                                                                               emphasize common, daily                     with colleagues about
                                                                                                                                                                               uses of Luiseño within the                  "what works" and "what
                                                                                                                                                                               current culture.                            does not work."




AIS 107B   1) Students will increase their knowledge of the           Students write research reports in which they use the grammar and syntax of                              Previously, students emerged                The department currently
           phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar of the           Luiseño correctly. In oral and written reports, students use culturally relevant                         from introductory Luiseño                   employs only one
           Luiseño language, emphasizing culturally relevant          terminology to participate in Luiseño as a living language at the core of a                              classes able to reproduce                   qualified Luiseño
           terminology. 2) Students will demonstrate increased        vibrant culture. Faculty members met face-to-face and over the phone to                                  structured, memorized                       instructor. Resources to
           proficiency in expressing basic concepts both orally and   discuss the assessment results of previous Luiseño classes.                                              passages from Luiseño                       support more planning
           in writing.                                                                                                                                                         stories, but unable to carry on             meetings with other
                                                                                                                                                                               basic, spontaneous                          faculty would enhance this
                                                                                                                                                                               conversations in Luiseño. As                instructor's ability to
                                                                                                                                                                               a result of this analysis, the              design and modify
                                                                                                                                                                               faculty introduced new                      instruction, based on the
                                                                                                                                                                               instructional strategies to                 outcome of conversations
                                                                                                                                                                               emphasize common, daily                     with colleagues about
                                                                                                                                                                               uses of Luiseño within the                  "what works" and "what
                                                                                                                                                                               current culture.                            does not work."




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                              Page 5 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


AIS 108A   1) Students will increase their knowledge of the           Students write research reports in which they use the grammar and syntax of                              Previously, students emerged               The department currently
           phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar of the           Luiseño correctly. In oral and written reports, students use culturally relevant                         from Luiseño classes able to               employs only one
           Luiseño language, emphasizing culturally relevant          terminology to participate in Luiseño as a living language at the core of a                              reproduce structured,                      qualified Luiseño
           terminology. 2) Students will demonstrate increased        vibrant culture. Faculty members met face-to-face and over the phone to                                  memorized passages from                    instructor. Resources to
           proficiency in expressing basic concepts both orally and   discuss the assessment results of previous Luiseño classes.                                              Luiseño stories, but unable to             support more planning
           in writing.                                                                                                                                                         carry on basic, spontaneous                meetings with other
                                                                                                                                                                               conversations in Luiseño. As               faculty would enhance this
                                                                                                                                                                               a result of this analysis, the             instructor's ability to
                                                                                                                                                                               faculty introduced new                     design and modify
                                                                                                                                                                               instructional strategies to                instruction, based on the
                                                                                                                                                                               emphasize common, daily                    outcome of conversations
                                                                                                                                                                               uses of Luiseño within the                 with colleagues about
                                                                                                                                                                               current culture.                           "what works" and "what
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          does not work."




AIS 108B   1) Students will increase their knowledge of the           Students write research reports in which they use the grammar and syntax of                              Previously, students emerged               The department currently
           phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar of the           Luiseño correctly. In oral and written reports, students use culturally relevant                         from Luiseño classes able to               employs only one
           Luiseño language, emphasizing culturally relevant          terminology to participate in Luiseño as a living language at the core of a                              reproduce structured,                      qualified Luiseño
           terminology. 2) Students will demonstrate increased        vibrant culture. Faculty members met face-to-face and over the phone to                                  memorized passages from                    instructor. Resources to
           proficiency in expressing basic concepts both orally and   discuss the assessment results of previous Luiseño classes.                                              Luiseño stories, but unable to             support more planning
           in writing.                                                                                                                                                         carry on basic, spontaneous                meetings with other
                                                                                                                                                                               conversations in Luiseño. As               faculty would enhance this
                                                                                                                                                                               a result of this analysis, the             instructor's ability to
                                                                                                                                                                               faculty introduced new                     design and modify
                                                                                                                                                                               instructional strategies to                instruction, based on the
                                                                                                                                                                               emphasize common, daily                    outcome of conversations
                                                                                                                                                                               uses of Luiseño within the                 with colleagues about
                                                                                                                                                                               current culture.                           "what works" and "what
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          does not work."




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                             Page 6 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                     Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results             Changes   Resources


AIS 110   1. Students will be able identify the principle scholars of    1. Exam questions include the history of scholarship. In two papers, a case                                 Analysis of Objectives and               Students need availability
          the American West and their theoretical foundation and         study of one Plains group and an event analysis the student will include an                                 SLOs allowed for the                     and training in library and
          emphasis, especially pertinent to Plains Culture. The          introduction to the primary scholar's treatment of that assigned subject. 2.                                production of more focused               internet research.
          student will also be able to recognize the overall             Exam questions include how cultural traits function in the adaptation to a given                            exam questions. Many of us
          contributions of exemplary scholars to understanding           environment. Also, the case study will include the specific shared aspects of the                           have been designing more
          the role of Plains culture in the Western frontier to today.   particular group and 'classic' Plains culture traits; and any traits diverting from                         specific objectives and
          2.Students will be able to compare and contrast cultural       the 'norm'. 3. Exam questions will elicit overall rapid changes that occurred for                           arguments in the directions
          traits in different contexts of Plains Indian and non-         various Plains cultures. The case study will include the reasons for success and                            for papers that challenge as
          Indian culture in common environments. 3.Students will         failure of cultural changes for that particular group. 4.Both papers will require a                         well as avoid success with a
          be able to analyze the source of cultural change and the       review of literature and the various points of view about a culture and even                                simple wikipedia download.
          adaptive success or failure for the survival of that           more so in respect to the event analysis. 5. Exam questions will be directed to                             Students enjoy a wriiten
          particular group. 4. Students will develop the ability to      evaluating a cultural trait objectively and its function relative to a particular                           assignmnet that allows for a
          scrutinize ethnographic and historical data collecting         culture and time. In both papers the student will be asked to focus on                                      quest, etc.
          methods and analyze inherent bias and its context. 5.          techonological and religous change for their case study and in terms of impact
          Students will be able to recognize the relativism of           on an event. It was agreed that in addition to two exams that written work
          culture traits in terms of adaptive strategies in the          include two papers, a cultural case study and a historical event analysis. In
          cultural setting of the Plains.                                both cases specific objectives of inquiry reduce the rote/ blow by blow style of
                                                                         papers.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                               Page 7 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


AIS 120   1. Students will be able to identify specific biological and   1. Exam questions will deal with examples of biological and cultural adaptations Informal meeting.    One topic is the aspect of                 The access to internet on
          cultural adaptive modes such as Inuit physique and             in the Americas. The case study paper includes the traditional cultures specific                      student work in an online                  campus and the training
          technologies in the Arctic circle or the 'desert gene',        biological and cultural adatations to a pre-Columbian (<1492)world. 2. Exam                           class. Also, the issue of a                to engage in more
          irrigation techniques of the Pimans of the Southwestern        questions will include examples of general and specific adaptive strategies that                      hybrid or specific sessions                sophisticated library and
          deserts, or high altitude phyisological traits and farming     succeeded or failed when Native American civilizations such as when the Maya                          offered to students for mostly             internet research. Google
          in the Andes. 2. Students will be able to trace cultural       crashed and rebuilt. The case study will track cultural changes in prehistory to                      monitoring progress. A                     alone has added many
          changes from ancient times to the survival of a Native         contact and to the present for the chosen Native American group. 3. Exams will                        mapping component would                    new advanced features
          American group in the Americas today. Students will be         include questions of specific examples of different or contrasting approaches to                      be useful as an additional                 and mapping.
          able to evaluate the negative and positive effects of          similar environmnets. 4. In both papers, the Native American group case study                         assignment or a component
          specific strategies for change. 3. Students will be able to    and innovation paper students will provide examples of the contribution of                            to the exams.
          compare and contrast diverse strategies for change in          different academinc disciplines to their topic. 5. Exams will include questions on
          common environments and analyze the relative merits            the Columbian Exchange and the impact of various innovations such as the
          of a particular approach. 4. Students will evaluate the        potato or religious freedom. A specific paper on a Native American innovation
          results of multiple academic disciplines to understanding      will cover impact in the Native American context and the rest of the world. 6.
          Native American and non Native American cultures in            Exam questions and discussion include Native Americans in the Americas
          America. 5. Students will identify Native American             today. The case study paper includes a section on contemporary status and
          contributions to the world (referred to as the Columbian       survival today of their particular chosen culture. An addition of an innovation
          Exchange. Students will analyze the impact of                  paper was added to the case study paper.
          innovations over time to the present. 6. Students will
          demonstrate an awareness of Native American diversity
          and persistence of traditional cultures today. Students
          will be able to recognize and apply examples of
          indigenous knowledge to todays global issues and
          problems.



AIS 125   1. Describe the historical experiences and contemporary        A student will compare two different tribal groups in Indian Country describing Formal and informal   Visiting local Indian nations.             Money to support on-site
          issues in North America from the perspective of                contemporary issues and concern for American Indian peoples today. Instead meetings                                                              visit, or an exchange
          American Indian peoples. 2. Differentiate the roles of         of four exam, we will assess with weekly short answer quizzes, with a final                                                                      learning experience with a
          history, culture, and politics in the development of tribal    paper on contemporary issues and concern for Native American peoples in                                                                          Tribal community and/or
          worldviews that relate to modern life and contemporary         Tribal communites today.                                                                                                                         college. Like the study
          issues of concern for Native American peoples. 3. Exam                                                                                                                                                          abroad program.
          the historical, cultural, and political diversity and
          significance in Native oral traditions and written
          literatures. 4. Compare the stereotypes about Native
          American peoples and explain how these stereotypes
          were created and why they are sustained in modern
          society. 5. Distinguish the role of media in the
          presentation tribal governments and organization in
          Indian Country.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                            Page 8 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results                 Changes   Resources


AIS 130   1. Students will be able to identify exemplary cultural        1. Exam questions link adaptations to regions and exemplary sites and                                    Some changes have been                       Continued support with
          traditions/periods, sites, and artifacts in the North          artifacts. The practicum identifies artifacts in terms of area and culture. 2.                           made in exam questions and                   AT and the Blackboard
          American geographic/archaeology regions. 2. Students           Essays address moundbuilder debate in terms of history of archeaology and                                the notes, especially in terms               site.
          will be able to provide examples of the results of             findings based on contrasting methodologies. The site report includes a history                          of CRM and environmental
          armchair speculation versus scientific method relative to      of excavations and again different findings. 3. Exam questions deal specifically                         law. Some test questions
          changing theories of American Indian origins and               with cultural successes and failures with specific cultures such as the Hopewell                         have been updated, but the
          ancient lifestyles. 3. Students will be able to identify       or Anasazi. 4. Exam questions include differing assessments of cultural                                  overall assignments to
          adaptive strategies and their relative success or failure      lifestyles and the site report includes Native American attitudes toward                                 include the practicum and site
          in short and long term scenarios. 4.Students will be able      interpretation of the site. 5. Essays specifically deal with the effects of                              report paper have remained
          to analyze common and divergent viewpoints held by             NAGPRA. Site report concludes with status of site and CRM plan. We used an                               pertinent to the SLO's.
          Native Americans and archaeologists relative to human          excel spread sheet and an informal review meeting.
          cultural knowledge. 5.Students will be able to identify
          current environmnetal law as it applies to CRM and
          recognize solutions beneficial to Native American
          communities and science.




AIS 135   1. Students will be able to identify specific traditional      1. Exam questions are focused on the classic California Indian artistic regions Informal meetings        Some logistical problems with                This course needs
          California Indian regions by media and style. 2. Students      and the subtle style variations in technique and design. 2. To be succesful in                           cost to district and students                support in internet
          will be able differentiate environmental impact in various     the identification for exams on the styles of basketry and other media in the                            for museum and /or exhibit                   resources, but also needs
          attributes of the traditional California arts interconnected   classic California artistic regions students must elicit environmental factors                           reviews have been mitigated                  a lab area that has been
          with function, spiritual concerns or power and aesthetics,     driven by media sources, function and spiritual connections to geographical                              with the availability of virtual             proposed for the new
          based on primordial factors and imagery. 3. Students           space. 3. The practicum involves the students delving into the technical and                             shows and tours. Also, a                     Multidisciplinary Building.
          will be able to elicit technique and media manipulation to     cultural context of an art form they choose. Museum/ exhibit reviews also                                practicum needs to allow for
          achieve design conventions driven by cultural context in       require analysis of technical and culture contexual analysis. 4. Part of the                             substitution of material for
          traditional California Indian art. 4. Students will be able    practicum project and documentation is to view the final artistic product in terms                       traditional, protected or hard
          to demonstrate or reproduce the processes involved in          of a process from material acquisition to use of the art form. 5. Exam questions                         to find resources. The
          material collection, preparation and the production of         cover changes that occur from the Hispanic/Mission Period to Anglo American                              assignment needs to be
          traditional art forms. 5. Students will be able to analyze     Period colonialism. 6. Exam questions and museum/exhibit reviews include                                 flexible yet stimulate the
          historical data to demonstrate the effect of colonization      contemporary development in California Indian art. Some instructors include an                           student to fully immerse into a
          and subsequent attempts to decolonize traditional              assessment of a contemporary California Indian artist to include an evaluation                           project without being
          Calfornia Indian art forms. 6. Students will be able to        of traditional impulses to global influences. Interactive assessments such as a                          superficial.
          identify contemporary California Indian art and to             practicum and museum gallery visit reviews have been more established as
          evaluate the relative traditional influences in contrast to    requirements. Exams use more visuals in conjunction with media games as
          the modern influences.                                         review.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                 Page 9 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results                  Changes       Resources


AIS 139   Demonstrate the ability to analyze practical                 A group of faculty who teach the course will meet to evaluate students‟          The faculty group who       in progress                        in progress   in progress
          understanding of orthography for an endangered               progress as measured in a variety of forms, such as essays, exams, classroom     teach this course will meet
          language with no written literary tradition.                 discussion and group projects. The faculty members will offer samples of         when it comes up for
                                                                       student work and descriptive examples based on direct observation (ranging       regular Course Outline of
                                                                       from successful to unsuccessful, in relation to the target outcome).             Record review.


AIS 139   Demonstrate a basic standardized of grammar for an           A group of faculty who teach this coourse will meet to evaluate students‟        The faculty group who       In progress                        in progress   in progress
          endangered language with no written literary tradition.      progress as measured in a variety of forms, such as essays, exams, classroom     teach this course will meet
                                                                       discussion and group projects. The faculty members will offer samples of         when it comes up for
                                                                       student work and descriptive examples based on direct observation (ranging       regular Course Outline of
                                                                       from successful to unsuccessful, in relation to the target outcome).             Record review.


AIS 140   1. Students will be able to analyze the relationship         1. Exam questions will include recognition of regional variation and the          Informal meeting.         It is a point of discussion as to                 This courses uses
          between environment and culture with the sub regions         resultant different cultures. 2. A case study assignment begins with an analysis                            the need to make this course                      Blackboard and online
          and diverse California traditional cultures. 2. Students     of the choosen culture's environment, subsistence and how those relate to                                   an online offering. Instructors                   material that students
          will use Heizer's subsistence model as foundation for        social and religious systems. 3. Exam questions, readings and written work                                  are not totally satisfied with                    need training for and
          environmnetal strategies (above)and be able to               incorporate an expectation of the recognition of a relativistic approach. 4. Exam                           the needs and value of too                        access to computers. The
          recognize the various food resources found in aboriginal     questions specifically deal with the evidence in Cook's work. Also, the impact of                           many online offerings.                            local community and
          California. 3.Students will be able to recognize the value   contact is integrated in the case study paper. 5. Classic references on                                                                                       some travel logistics are
          of a relativistic approach to evaluating human cultures      California Indian cultures are included in the readings and discussion related to                                                                             needed for class field
          based on comparing diverse California Indian cultures        Ishi and again the case study paper includes a review of literature. 6. Exam                                                                                  trips.
          and European stereotypes designed to justify removal or      questions will include contemporary California Indian cultures. The final
          subjugation. 4. Students will be able to compare and         component of the case study must include contemporary development and
          contast the demographic documentation of the                 status of the group the student chose. Also, a required trip to one of our local
          treatment of California Indians at the hands of various      reservations includes a written assessment.
          Europeans with many misconceptions in other sources.
          5. Students will be able identify the evolution of theory
          developed by various scholars on California Indian
          culture and European contact and history. 6. Students
          will be able to identify and analyze contemporary
          strategies employed by California Indians and success
          or failure based on sovereignty and revival of cultural
          traditions.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 10 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AIS 145   Recognize through analysis of literary elements the       A group of faculty who teach American Indian Lit.will meet to evaluate students‟ Spring 2011                  In progress          In progress    In Progress
          evolution of Native American voice and perspective as     progress as measured in a variety of forms, such as essays, exams, classroom
          the relationship between Native Americans and the U.S.    discussion and group projects. The faculty members will offer samples of
          government evolved.                                       student work and descriptive examples based on direct observation (ranging
                                                                    from successful to unsuccessful, in relation to the target outcome).


AIS 145   Recognize and analyze discrepancies in Native             A group of faculty who teach literature courses will meet to evaluate students‟ Fall 2011                     In Progress          In progress    In progress
          American literature written by Native Americans from      progress as measured in a variety of forms, such as essays, exams, classroom
          literature written about Native Americans.                discussion and group projects. The faculty members will offer samples of
                                                                    student work and descriptive examples based on direct observation (ranging
                                                                    from successful to unsuccessful, in relation to the target outcome).


AIS 155   Students will gain an understanding of the diversity of   Students will complete work from, but not limited to the following: pre-/post-test, Assessment will be on a   In Progress.         In Progress.   In Progress.
          Native American communities.                              surveys, projects, research assignments, field work,and skill demonstrations. yearly time line.


AIS 155   Students will understand the importance of Native         Students will complete, but are not limited to, a number of the following: pre-   Assessment will follow a    In Progress.         In Progress.   In Progress.
          American sovereignty issues.                              /post-test, surveys, in-field projects, written assignments, skill                yearly time line.
                                                                    demonstrations,and research papers.
AIS 160   Students will gain an understanding of the diversity      Students will complete one or more of the following, but are not limited to: pre- A feasible time line is on a In Progress.        In Progress.   in Progress.
          between Indian and non-Indian pedagogical theories.       /post-tests, surveys, projects, weekly assignments, skill demonstrations, and     yearly basis as of FALL
                                                                    presentations.                                                                    2010.
AIS 160   Students will gain knowledge of the importance of Indian Students will be required to complete one or more of the following, but are not Time line assessment for       In Progress.         In Progress.   In Progress.
          education to issues of Tribal sovereignty.               limited to: pre-/post-test, surveys, in-field projects, writing assignments, skill this course will be on a
                                                                   demonstrations and or/presentations.                                               yearly basis beginning in
                                                                                                                                                      the Fall 2010.


AIS 165   Understand and appreciate the roles of American Indian Pre and Post tests, and writing assignments                                          Spring 2009                 in process           in process     in process
          Women in history, culture, and politics and in the
          development of tribal world views that relate to modern
          life and contemporary issues of concern for American
          Indian Women

AIS 165   Understand historical experiences and contemporary        Writing assigments, surveys and project                                           Spring 2011                 in progress          in progress    in progress
          issues in North America from the perspective of
          American Indian Women in regard to birth, puberty,
          marriage, death and other life practices


AIS 165   Understand the development of modern roles of             projects, writing assigments                                                      in progress                 in progress          in progress    in progress
          American Indian women as they relate to Non Native
          women in contemporary society.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                          Page 11 of 644
                                                                     Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results               Changes            Resources


AIS 165    Identify historical, cultural, political and significance of   pre and post tests, writing assignments                                            in progress           in progress                      in progress        in progress
           famous American Indian Women in the past and in
           present.
AIS 165    1. Understand and appreciate the roles of American                                                                                                                                                       Add more written
           Indian Women in history, culture, and politics and in the                                                                                                                                                assigments
           development of tribal world views that relate to modern
           life and contemporary issues of concern for American
           Indian Women. 2. Understand historical experiences
           and contemporary issues in North America from the
           perspective of American Indian Womens in regard to
           birth, puberty, marriage, death and other life practice. 3.
           Understand the development of modern roles of
           American Indian women as they relate to Non Native
           women contemporary society. 4. Identify historical,
           cultural, political and significance Famous American
           Indan Women in the past and in present.




AIS 207A   1) Students will increase their knowledge of the               Students write research reports in which they use the grammar and syntax of                              Previously, students emerged                        The department currently
           phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar of the               Luiseño correctly. In oral and written reports, students use culturally relevant                         from Luiseño classes able to                        employs only one
           Luiseño language, emphasizing culturally relevant              terminology to participate in Luiseño as a living language at the core of a                              reproduce structured,                               qualified Luiseño
           terminology. 2) Students will demonstrate increased            vibrant culture. Faculty members met face-to-face and over the phone to                                  memorized passages from                             instructor. Resources to
           proficiency in expressing basic concepts both orally and       discuss the assessment results of previous Luiseño classes.                                              Luiseño stories, but unable to                      support more planning
           in writing.                                                                                                                                                             carry on basic, spontaneous                         meetings with other
                                                                                                                                                                                   conversations in Luiseño. As                        faculty would enhance this
                                                                                                                                                                                   a result of this analysis, the                      instructor's ability to
                                                                                                                                                                                   faculty introduced new                              design and modify
                                                                                                                                                                                   instructional strategies to                         instruction, based on the
                                                                                                                                                                                   emphasize common, daily                             outcome of conversations
                                                                                                                                                                                   uses of Luiseño within the                          with colleagues about
                                                                                                                                                                                   current culture.                                    "what works" and "what
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       does not work."




                                                                                                                             Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 12 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                     Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


AIS 207B   1) Students will increase their knowledge of the               Students write research reports in which they use the grammar and syntax of                                      Previously, students emerged               The department currently
           phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar of the               Luiseño correctly. In oral and written reports, students use culturally relevant                                 from Luiseño classes able to               employs only one
           Luiseño language, emphasizing culturally relevant              terminology to participate in Luiseño as a living language at the core of a                                      reproduce structured,                      qualified Luiseño
           terminology. 2) Students will demonstrate increased            vibrant culture. Faculty members met face-to-face and over the phone to                                          memorized passages from                    instructor. Resources to
           proficiency in expressing basic concepts both orally and       discuss the assessment results of previous Luiseño classes.                                                      Luiseño stories, but unable to             support more planning
           in writing.                                                                                                                                                                     carry on basic, spontaneous                meetings with other
                                                                                                                                                                                           conversations in Luiseño. As               faculty would enhance this
                                                                                                                                                                                           a result of this analysis, the             instructor's ability to
                                                                                                                                                                                           faculty introduced new                     design and modify
                                                                                                                                                                                           instructional strategies to                instruction, based on the
                                                                                                                                                                                           emphasize common, daily                    outcome of conversations
                                                                                                                                                                                           uses of Luiseño within the                 with colleagues about
                                                                                                                                                                                           current culture.                           "what works" and "what
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      does not work."




AMS 100    1. Students will be able to recognize the multidisciplinary    1. Exam questions focus on American art forms and the need for data from              Informal meetings and      As stated the exams were                   The main resources from
           contributions to understanding the totality of American        different academic disciplines to understand the context of any particular art        referencing to national    added or modified to reflect               AT and Blackboard are
           culture with an emphasis of the arts as reflective and         form. Students also do two artist/art reviews that require analysis using different   developments in American   more on the subjective nature              essential in this course. A
           effective phenomena. 2. Students will be able to               disciplines. 2. Exam questions include the basic levels of the evolution of an        Studies curricula.         of American identity and                   library subscription to
           recognize the factors that contribute to individual identity   individual's identity in terms of cognitive domains revealing beliefs and values.                                culture. The family history                would be very helpful for
           and be able to apply that recognition to articulating their    Each student produces an essay on family history that analyzes factors                                           assignment is rather new and               student's family history
           own individual identity. 3. Students will be able to           shaping their own individual identity. 3. The artist/art review requires an                                      has proven to be very                      work.
           recognize and analyze the subjective and objective             analysis of the example of the artist's work and influences. 4. Exams questions                                  successful in critical
           imagery in art that expresses symbols and metaphors            require recognition of culture change as reflected and influenced by the art                                     application to ones own
           that reveal deeper values and ideas in American culture.       forms of the day. 5. Exam questions require the assessment of the                                                identity and culture.
           4. Students will be able to elicit culture changes through     contributions of diverse cultural groups and the common ground needed to
           identification of changes in artistic styles and forms in      survive and adapt. 6. The family/individual essay requires application of the
           American culture. 5. Students will be able to identify the     influence of diversity to ones own family history. 7. Discussion and exam
           benefits of cultural diversity, especially the factors that    questions elicit the comparison of American culture to other cultures and a
           keep the society together in tenuous or crisis times. 6.       practicum is given on cross cultural sensitivity. This course involves very
           Students will be able to analyze various levels of identity    subjective data and tests were added or modified to emphasize more critical
           (national, state, etc) and how they interrelate to building    thinking about American culture rather than historical events and facts. Many
           a shared culture. In turn the student will able to apply       students have weak backgrounds in American history and geography, so a
           this analysis to formulating his/her own identity and          baseline background is necessary but kept to a minimum. Artistic form and
           culture. 7. Students will become aware of the global           influence are emphasized as per the national trend in the field of American
           context of American culture's impact, positive and             Studies.
           negative; as well as developing sensitivity to traveling,
           working or war in different cultural contexts.




                                                                                                                             Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 13 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AMS 200    Apply theoretical frameworks to examine the structural    Pre and Post Essay Exams                                                         Begining and end of       in progress          in progress    in progress
           factors present in minority-majority group relations                                                                                       course


AMS 200    Differentiate the specific inter-group relations in the US Semester Group/Individual Projects Interview three to five people from different During the 6th and 8th   in progress          in progress    in progress
           by analyzing how race, ethnicity, class, and gender are ethnic groups, different classes, sexual orientation and age.                       week of class.
           vital factors.
AMS 200    Propose ways in which individuals can alter personal      exam, quizzes and surveys                                                        Weekly assessment         in progress          in progress    in progress
           behavior and challenge institutional structures towards
           the reduction of racism, sexism and homophobia in
           everyday life.

ANTH 100   The student will be able to explain the basic             The method of assessment will be two embedded multiple-choice exam               The assessment and the In progress.            In progress.   In progress.
           assumptions of science and how the scientific method questions from a pool of nine questions.                                              evaluation of the student
           works, including its focus on the study of natural causes                                                                                  learning outcome will be
           and effects and the importance of peer review.                                                                                             conducted in Spring 2010.




ANTH 100   The student will be able to explain how Darwin's theory The method of assessment will be three embedded multiple-choice exam               The assessment and        In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           of natural selection results in evolution, adaptation and questions from a pool of nine questions.                                         evaluation will be
           design, and how evolution affects our everyday lives.                                                                                      conducted in Spring 2010.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                        Page 14 of 644
                                                            Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                   Assessment Method                                                           Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes               Resources


ANTH 100   The student should be able to: 1. explain the basic       The student learning outcomes are measured through a combination of     1. Anonymous class                We clarified the course           We updated the        The program currently has
           assumptions of science and how the scientific method assessment tools: objective and/or short essay exams and quizzes, directed   evaluation forms. 2.              objectives in terms of specific   Methods of            the necessary resources
           works, including its focus on the study of natural causes class discussions, and other written assignments.                       Regular meetings between          concepts and processes to be      Assessment to         to achieve program goals.
           and effects and the importance of peer review. 2.                                                                                 instructors to discuss            learned and linked these          reflect actual        However, as faculty retire,
           explain Darwin's theory of natural selection results in                                                                           student progress and test         objectives to the SLOs and        practice and linked   there is an ongoing need
           evolution, adaptation and design, and how evolution                                                                               result trends. 3. Informal        methods of assessment.            them more tightly     to ensure staffing in
           affects our everyday lives. 3. understand the basic                                                                               post-class followup with          Future discussions will focus     to the revised        biological anthropology.
           principles of genetic inheritance and how this relates to                                                                         students to track their           on the adequacy of the            course objectives
           our everyday lives. 4. understand the nature of human                                                                             professional development          methods of assessment.            and SLOs
           biological diversity, including how it relates to popular                                                                         in the field, if applicable. 4.
           misconceptions about race. 5. explain the basic patterns                                                                          Palomar College students,
           of hominid evolution over the last seven million years,                                                                           including anthropology
           including the origins of Homo sapiens in Africa.                                                                                  majors, have consistently
                                                                                                                                             shown their ability to
                                                                                                                                             compete with students
                                                                                                                                             from four-year programs
                                                                                                                                             when it comes to class
                                                                                                                                             grades and getting into
                                                                                                                                             graduate school. This
                                                                                                                                             statement is based on
                                                                                                                                             informal feedback from
                                                                                                                                             former students over a 12
                                                                                                                                             year period.




                                                                                                                Spring 2010                                                                                                                  Page 15 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results             Changes   Resources


ANTH 100L   Upon successful completion of the course the student        Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Student assessment             Practicum laboratory classes             To enhance Student
            will be able to: (1) describe and apply the scientific      conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students will          results are analyzed           require considerable                     Learning Outcomes, more
            method to biological/physical anthropological               demonstrate their knowledge and skills by participating in the following            through: lab practicum         investment in specimens,                 laboratory materials will
            research,(2) describe the principles and importance of      tasks/activities which include but are not limited to: laboratory practicum         analysis/reports, course       display sets, and                        be needed such as:
            micro and macro evolution,(3)describe and demonstrate       analysis/ reports, class discussions, writing assignments, oral presentations,      writing assignments,           consumables. Faculty need                molecular and cellular
            a working knowledge of the principles of inheritance and    research projects, research paper, quizzes and/or exams. The 100L course is         student discussions/oral       more instructional                       display models, human
            population genetics as they relate to human                 an integrated lab which serves to supplement the Anthropology 100 lecture           presentations, research        resources/teaching materials             skeletons, non-human
            evolution,(4) describe and evaluate human and               series. We are continually updating the offerings of this course to improve the     projects, research papers,     to provide better learning               primate skeletons,
            nonhuman primate skeletal material, (5) explain human       level of conselience with the lecture program. Allocations of the forms of          quizzes and/or exams. The      opportunities for students.              hominin casts,
            biological variation and the history of the concept and     assesment used in this course are flexible reflecting the number and types of       data are also compared                                                  anthropometric
            study of race, (6) identify and evaluate the anatomical     labs made available. However, no major recommendations for the general              within sections taught by                                               instrucments, and DNA
            and evolutionary significance of various hominin            methods of assesment were made at this time.                                        individual instructors.                                                 kits.
            species, and (7) apply the lecture material to laboratory                                                                                       Faculty members within
            practicum analysis/reports as well as outside the                                                                                               the discipline have formal
            classroom.                                                                                                                                      meetings to discuss
                                                                                                                                                            individual course
                                                                                                                                                            objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                            outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. In addition,
                                                                                                                                                            regular informal meetings
                                                                                                                                                            take place to discuss and
                                                                                                                                                            share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                            instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. (For
                                                                                                                                                            example: successful
                                                                                                                                                            labortary assignments,
                                                                                                                                                            textbook and reading
                                                                                                                                                            choices, available
                                                                                                                                                            resources for students
                                                                                                                                                            (e.g. videos, websites),
                                                                                                                                                            quiz and/or exam styles,
                                                                                                                                                            writing assignments and
                                                                                                                                                            research paper
                                                                                                                                                            expectations and
                                                                                                                                                            requirements, and
                                                                                                                                                            successful class activities.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                   Page 16 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results             Changes   Resources


ANTH 101   Upon successful completion of the course the student       Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Student assessment              The faculty need more                    To enhance Student
           will be able to: (1) describe and apply the scientific     conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students will          results are analyzed            instructional                            Learning Outcomes, more
           method to biological/physical anthropological              demonstrate their knowledge and skills by participating in the following            through: laboratory             resources/teaching materials             laboratory materials will
           research,(2) describe and demonstrate the principles of    tasks/activities which include but are not limited to: laboratory practicum         practicum analysis/reports,     to provide better learning               be needed such as:
           micro and macro evolution,(3)describe and demonstrate      analysis/reports, class discussions, writing assignments, oral presentations,       course writing                  opportunities for students.              human skeletons, non-
           the principles of inheritance and population genetics as   research projects, research paper, quizzes and/or exams.                            assignments, student                                                     human primate skeletons,
           they relate to human evolution,(4) describe and assess                                                                                         discussions/oral                                                         hominin casts,
           human and nonhuman primate skeletal material, (5)                                                                                              presentations, research                                                  anthropometric
           understand human biological variation and the history of                                                                                       projects, research papers,                                               instruments, and DNA
           the concept and study of race, (6) identify and evaluate                                                                                       quizzes and/or exams. The                                                kits.
           the anatomical and evolutionary significance of various                                                                                        data are also compared
           hominin species, and (7) apply the lecture material to                                                                                         within sections taught by
           laboratory practicum analysis/reports as well as outside                                                                                       individual instructors.
           the classroom.                                                                                                                                 Faculty members within
                                                                                                                                                          the discipline have formal
                                                                                                                                                          meetings to discuss
                                                                                                                                                          individual course
                                                                                                                                                          objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                          outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                          assessment. In addition,
                                                                                                                                                          regular informal meetings
                                                                                                                                                          take place to discuss and
                                                                                                                                                          share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                          instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                          assessment. (For
                                                                                                                                                          example: successful
                                                                                                                                                          labortary assignments,
                                                                                                                                                          textbook and reading
                                                                                                                                                          choices, available
                                                                                                                                                          resources for students
                                                                                                                                                          (e.g. videos, websites),
                                                                                                                                                          quiz and/or exam styles,
                                                                                                                                                          writing assignments and
                                                                                                                                                          research paper
                                                                                                                                                          expectations and
                                                                                                                                                          requirements, and
                                                                                                                                                          successful class activities.)




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 17 of 644
                                                                   Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                             Assessment Method                                                            Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 105   Students should be able to: 1. Understand the nature of         The student learning outcomes are measured through a combination of          1. Anonymous class                We clarified course objectives              The program currently has
           culture: that it is adaptive, learned, differentially shared,   assessment tools: objective and/or short essay exams and quizzes, directed   evaluation forms. 2.              in terms of specific skills and             most of the necessary
           transmitted through language, a system of                       class discussions, and essays and/or term papers and/or cultural immersion   Regular meetings between          linked these objectives to the              resources to achieve
           interdependent parts, and gives meaning to reality. 2.          experiences. We updated the Methods of Assessment to reflect actual          instructors to discuss            SLOs and methods of                         program goals. Some
           explain how anthropologists study the native point of           practices and linked them more tightly to the SLOs and revised course        student progress in terms         assessment. Future                          additional ethnographic
           view (emic) but also construct an analytical view (etic) of     objectives.                                                                  of knowledge and skills as        discussions will focus on the               films would be useful. In
           other cultures. 3. Critically evaluate their own culture                                                                                     assessed through lab              adequacy of the methods of                  addition, as faculty
           using the tools of cultural relativism and holism and their                                                                                  exercises, home exercises,        assessment.                                 members retire, there is
           knowledge of the concept of culture. 4. Have more                                                                                            quizzes, and a major                                                          an ongoing need to
           meaningful and insightful interactions with people of                                                                                        historical cultural resource                                                  ensure staffing in cultural
           other cultures, including American subcultures. 5.                                                                                           project report. 3. Informal                                                   anthropology.
           Understand the broad correlations between a culture's                                                                                        post-class followup with
           subsistence practices and and other aspects of culture,                                                                                      students to track their
           including economic, social, political organization; status                                                                                   professional development
           and gender relations; level of conflict; and belief                                                                                          in the field, if applicable. 4.
           systems. 6. Understand the impact of the Western world                                                                                       Palomar college students,
           on the indigenous cultures of the Americas, Africa, and                                                                                      including anthropology
           Asia.                                                                                                                                        majors, have consistently
                                                                                                                                                        shown their ability to
                                                                                                                                                        compete with students
                                                                                                                                                        from four-year programs
                                                                                                                                                        when it comes to class
                                                                                                                                                        grades and getting into
                                                                                                                                                        graduate school. This
                                                                                                                                                        statement is based on
                                                                                                                                                        informal feedback from
                                                                                                                                                        former students over a 12
                                                                                                                                                        year period.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 18 of 644
                                                            Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results   Changes   Resources


ANTH 107   Upon successful completion of the course the student Currently there is one full-time faculty member that teaches Anth 137. Methods   Currently, student scores                                    The course currently has
           will be able to: (1) Explain the current role of medical   of assessments has been discussed with other cross-discplinary faculty     on individual instructor‟s                                   most of the necessary
           anthropology and demonstrate an understanding of the members.                                                                         course writing                                               resources to achieve
           theories and methodologies used by medical                                                                                            assignments, student                                         course goals. Additional
           anthropologists, (2) compare and contrast the modern                                                                                  discussions/oral                                             films/videos would be
           Western medical system with those of other cultures and                                                                               presentations, research                                      helpful.
           times, (3) describe standard health, illness and disease                                                                              projects, research paper,
           from a cultural, biological ane ecological perspective                                                                                quizzes and/or exams and
           from various cultural groups, (4) recognize cross-cultural                                                                            student self-report college
           causation and classification of illness and disease from                                                                              skills and attitudinal
           various cultural groups, (5) examine the cross-cultural                                                                               measures of course
           roles and types of healers from various cultural groups,                                                                              content learning provide
           (6) examine cultural factors in the prevalence, spread,                                                                               the assessment, and this
           prevention, diagnosis and treatment of disease, (7)                                                                                   data is compared within
           assess the impact of social variable such as age,                                                                                     sections taught by
           gender, ethnicity and social class on an individual's                                                                                 individual instructors, but
           experience of health, illness and healing from various                                                                                not between instructors.
           cultural groups, and (8) examine the relationship                                                                                     Faculty members within
           between medical anthropology, epidemiology and public                                                                                 the discipline have formal
           policy.                                                                                                                               meetings to discuss
                                                                                                                                                 individual course
                                                                                                                                                 objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                 outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                 assessment. In addition,
                                                                                                                                                 regular informal meetings




                                                                                                                 Spring 2010                                                                                       Page 19 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results                 Changes   Resources


ANTH 107   Upon successful completion of the course the student          Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Student assessment            Not relevant at this time since             The course currently has
           will be able to: (1) think holistically; looking at all the   conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students will          results are analyzed          the course has yet to be                    most of the necessary
           parts of a system and how those parts are interrelated,       demonstrate their knowledge and skills by participating in the following            through: course writing       offered.                                    resources to achieve
           (2) apply cultural relativism in their academic studies as    tasks/activities that include but are not limited to: class discussions, writing    assignments, student                                                      course goals. Additional
           well as outside of the academic arena, (4) explain the        assignments, oral presentations, research projects, research paper, quizzes         discussions/oral                                                          films/videos would be
           biological basis for speech, and examine the origins and      and/or exams. Methods of assessment were discussed when the course was              presentations, research                                                   helpful.
           development of languages through time, (4) identify and       recently created, however there have been no revisions as the class has yet to      projects, research papers,
           describe the components of language: phonology,               be offered.                                                                         quizzes and/or exams. The
           morphology, syntax, grammar and semantics, (5)                                                                                                    data are also compared
           develop an informed appreciation of other languages                                                                                               within sections taught by
           and cultures, and(5)recognize the professional spectrum                                                                                           individual instructors.
           of the field of study and understand how the field is                                                                                             Faculty members within
           applied to contemporary issues.                                                                                                                   the discipline have formal
                                                                                                                                                             meetings to discuss
                                                                                                                                                             individual course
                                                                                                                                                             objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                             outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                             assessment. In addition,
                                                                                                                                                             regular informal meetings
                                                                                                                                                             take place to discuss and
                                                                                                                                                             share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                             instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                             assessment. (For
                                                                                                                                                             example: textbook and
                                                                                                                                                             reading choices, available
                                                                                                                                                             resources for students
                                                                                                                                                             (e.g. videos, websites),
                                                                                                                                                             quiz and/or exam styles,
                                                                                                                                                             writing assignments and
                                                                                                                                                             research paper
                                                                                                                                                             expectations and
                                                                                                                                                             requirements, and
                                                                                                                                                             successful class activities.)




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 20 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                Changes        Resources


ANTH 110   1. Through direct assesment and research papers             Upon completion of this course students will be able to: 1. Accurately place the   The archaeology division       Previous discussions                             Completion of the new
           students will demonstrate their ability to differentiate    ancient civilizations of Egypt, Mesopotamia, South America, North America,         of the Department of           regarding the content of the                     archaeological laboratory
           valid archaeological models and data. These skills will     Europe and China on a absolute time scale. 2. Identify iconic artifact types       Behavioral sciences            class have resulted in a slight                  and classroom facility will
           allow students to be critical consumers of popular media    associated with major prehistoric archaeological industries such as the            endeavours to maintain         de-emphasis on method and                        greatly enhance our ability
           regarding archaeology and prehistory. 2. The                Achulian, the Mousterian, and the Neolithic. 3. Interpret calibrated and non-      contact with a significant     theory towards a integrative                     to expose students to a
           knowledge of world culture chronologies presented in        calibrated radiocarbon dates. 4. Perform a basic interpretation of a simple        number program                 world prehistory approach.                       variety of artifacts and
           this course, and addressed through direct assesment,        archaeological stratigraphic profile. 5. Locate and summarize articles from        graduates, especially          This aligns the class content                    other illustrative media
           provides students with a clear understanding of the         major archaeological journals.                                                     those who pursue               more closely with transfer                       during class sessions.
           antecedants of their own cultural traditions and those of                                                                                      anthropology majors at         requirements to UC and CSU
           their contemporaries. 3. Through discussion, films, and                                                                                        other institutions. Informal   systems.
           lectures students will be able to place the present world                                                                                      meetings are held
           ecological crisis in a deep historical context through an                                                                                      between the faculty on a
           appreciation of the documented extent of human                                                                                                 regular basis to discuss
           impacts on the environment in prehistory. 4. The                                                                                               assessment results,
           framework of Anthropological Archaeology used                                                                                                  general class orientation,
           throughout this course strongly encourages students to                                                                                         and the overall
           empathize with the members of past societies quite                                                                                             effectiveness of the
           different from their own and illustrates how that that                                                                                         pedagogy.
           approach can be extended to contemporary culture
           issues.




ANTH 115   The student will be able to identify and explain some of The method of assessment will be 3 test questions.                                    The assessment will be    In progress.                           In progress.   In progress.
           the range of human cultural variation around the world.                                                                                        conducted in Spring 2010.


ANTH 115   The student will be able to compare and contrast the        The method of assessment will be 5 test questions which may include: multiple The assessment will be    In progress.                                In progress.   In progress.
           major values, beliefs, customs, and organizational          choice questions, matching and true/false.                                    conducted in Spring 2010.
           patterns of a variety of diverse societies and their
           cultures.

ANTH 115   The student will be able to identify and anticipate         The method of assessment will be 4 test questions which may include: multiple The assessment will be    In progress.                                In progress.   In progress.
           problems associated with culture shock and                  choice questions, matching and true/false.                                    conducted in Spring 2010.
           ethnocentrism (including nationalism and xenophobia)
           when travelling to other societies, especially non-
           Western ones.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                            Page 21 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 120   1. Students will have the skills to perform entry-level      1. Students will successfully compete for jobs in the field of Cultural Resource   1. Anonymous class                We clarified the course                     The program currently has
           processing of archaeological collections. They will be       Management. 2. Student experience gained from this course (and the overall         evaluation forms. 2.              objectives in terms of specific             the necessary resources
           able to identify, clean, and catalog the majority of         Archaeology Program) will assist them in transferring to a four-year school        Regular meetings between          skills to be learned and linked             to achieve program goals.
           prehistoric artifacts they are likely to encounter in        and/or gaining entrance to graduate programs. 3. Students will be able to find     instructors to discuss            these objectives to the SLOs                However, as faculty retire,
           Southern California. 2. Students will understand the         placement as field assistants on academic archaeological projects. 4. This         student progress and test         and methods of assessment.                  there is an ongoing need
           requirements of archaeological field recording methods       course is basically a skills course and students learn these skills through a      result trends. 3. Informal        Future discussions will focus               to ensure staffing in
           and the relationship between field and laboratory data.      constant process of interaction between the student and instructor during          post-class followup with          on the adequacy of the                      archaeology.
           This will allow them to work effectively as part of an       classroom lab exercises. We updated the Methods of Assessment to reflect           students to track their           methods of assessment.
           archaeolgical excavation team. 3. Students will be able      actual practice and linked them more tightly to the SLOs and revised course        professional development
           to conduct basic analyses of typical prehistoric artifacts   objectives.                                                                        in the field, if applicable. 4.
           from Southern California.                                                                                                                       Palomar College
                                                                                                                                                           archaeology graduates
                                                                                                                                                           have consistently shown
                                                                                                                                                           their ability to compete
                                                                                                                                                           with students from four-
                                                                                                                                                           year programs when it
                                                                                                                                                           comes to obtaining
                                                                                                                                                           internships, serving as
                                                                                                                                                           staff members for
                                                                                                                                                           academic field schools,
                                                                                                                                                           and getting into graduate
                                                                                                                                                           school. This statement is
                                                                                                                                                           based on informal
                                                                                                                                                           feedback from former
                                                                                                                                                           students over a 12 year
                                                                                                                                                           period.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 22 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                 Changes               Resources


ANTH 121   1.Explain what factors determine whether a CRM project       The course is being taught for the first time; however, some changes have           The section on SLOs is         The course is being taught for     This is to come       Existing resources are
           comes under Federal (Section 106) vs. State                  already been made. Given the one unit nature of the class and subjects              being revised and this         the first time and Dr. Philip de   later after the       sufficient.
           (CEQA)jurisdiction, citing the basic laws and regulations    covered, in the future, the focus will be on short quizzes (instead of              question will not be           Barros is the only instructor      teaching of the
           involved. 2. Outline and explain the basic elements of       exams/tests), class question and answer participation, homework focused on          included in its current form   for this course.                   class for the first
           the four phases of Cultural Resource Management              both reading and the preparation of a portfolio that includes rewritten class                                                                         time.
           (CRM)studies -- inventory, evaluation, mitigation, and       notes, documents, and summary explanations where appropriate.
           monitoring. 3. Explain the basic factors important in the
           preparation of a CRM project budget. 4. Outline and
           explain the key elements of a CRM evaluation report. 5.
           Outline and explain the basic ethical standards under
           which CRM archaeology is conducted.




ANTH 121   1. Explain what factors determine whether a CRM              The course is being taught for the first time; however, some changes have           The course is being taught This is to come later after the                              Existing resources are
           project comes under Federal (Section 106) vs. State          already been made. Given the one unit nature of the class and subjects              for the first time and Dr.   teaching of the class for the                              sufficient.
           (CEQA)jurisdiction, citing the basic laws and regulations    covered, in the future, the focus will be on short quizzes (instead of              Philip de Barros is the only first time.
           involved. 2. Outline and explain the basic elements of       exams/tests), class question and answer participation, homework focused on          instructor for this course.
           the four phases of Cultural Resource Management              both reading and the preparation of a portfolio that includes rewritten class
           (CRM)studies -- inventory, evaluation, mitigation, and       notes, documents, and summary explanations where appropriate.
           monitoring. 3. Explain the basic factors important in the
           preparation of a CRM project budget. 4. Outline and
           explain the key elements of a CRM evaluation report. 5.
           Outline and explain the basic ethical standards under
           which CRM archaeology is conducted.




ANTH 125   1. Explain the basic assumptions of science and outline      This has been an ongoing process using student essay course evaluations,                                           See No. 2 above.                                         Resources are sufficient.
           the basic concepts and/or elements of the scientific         objective and essay exam questions, and a term paper. The class objectives
           method. 2. Demonstrate an understanding of basic             have been clarified and become more focused and essay questions have been
           informal logical fallacies. 3. Explain the basic functions   added to exams to ensure students can adequately explain such issues as the
           of religion in human society. 4. Explain the difference      difference between knowledge and belief, the nature of the scientific method,
           between knowledge and belief. 5. Explain the basic           and the process of evolution. Improved diagrams or schematics to convey
           concepts and processes of evolution, including mutation      these concepts have also been implemented. Please note that Dr. Philip de
           and genetic variation, environmental stress, natural         Barros is the only instructor teaching this class, which is taught about once per
           selection, inheritance, microevolution, speciation,          year.
           adaptation, and design. 6. Explain the explicit threat to
           science that the Intelligent Design movement poses in
           America.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                                     Page 23 of 644
                                                                   Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results             Changes        Resources


ANTH 126   1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the geographic      This question is no longer relevant. A revision to the SLO component of          This course has not been     Methods of Assessment from                    Resources are sufficient.
           and cultural diversity of sub-Saharan Africa that avoids    Curricunet will have revised questions. This course has not been taught since    taught since 2004 and will   the Fall 2008 COR revisions
           viewing it monolithically and stereotypically. 2. Outline   2004 and will next be taught in the Spring of 2010. The COR was revised in the   next be taught in the        were modified to reflect the
           some of the basic evolutionary and cultural miletones of    Fall of 2008 and SLOs have just been written for the first time. Methods of      Spring of 2010. The COR      newly added SLOs.
           African history and culture, including the evolution of     Assessment have been revised to reflect these SLOs. This class is taught only    was revised in the Fall of
           Homo sapiens, ancient ironworking, and the rise of          by Dr. Philip de Barros.                                                         2008 and SLOs have just
           major kingdoms and empires, especially in West Africa.                                                                                       been written for the first
           3. Explain how the legacy of colonialism has led to                                                                                          time. Methods of
           political instability in some parts of Africa. 4.                                                                                            Assessment have been
           Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental                                                                                              revised to reflect these
           aspects of traditional African cultures: polygyny and the                                                                                    SLOs. This class is taught
           extended family, corporate descent groups,                                                                                                   only by Dr. Philip de
           gerontocracy, and the relationship between the living                                                                                        Barros. SLOs and
           and dead ancestors. 5. Explain some key differences in                                                                                       methods of assessment
           world view and/or core values between traditional                                                                                            will be reviewed in 2010.
           African cultures and American culture.




ANTH 135   The student will be able to evaluate the nature of non-     The method of assessment will be four embedded multiple-choice exam              The assessment will be      In progress.                    In progress.   In progress.
           Western supernatural belief systems.                        questions.                                                                       administered and the
                                                                                                                                                        data/information collected
                                                                                                                                                        and analyzed in Fall, 2010.


ANTH 135   The student will be able to describe and identify the       The method of assessment will be four embedded multiple-choice exam              The assessment will be      In progress.                    In progress.   In progress.
           significance of specific customs, rites, values, and        questions.                                                                       administered and the
           attitudes of non-Western peoples.                                                                                                            data/information collected
                                                                                                                                                        and analyzed in Fall, 2010.


ANTH 135   The student will be able to compare and contrast the        The method of assessment will be four embedded multiple-choice exam              The assessment will be      In progress.                    In progress.   In progress.
           differences and similarities between magic, witchcraft      questions.                                                                       administered and the
           and religion.                                                                                                                                data/information collected
                                                                                                                                                        and analzyed in Fall, 2010.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 24 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results         Changes        Resources


ANTH 135   Upon successful completion of the course the student         Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Student assessment            At this time no needed                  Purchases of new
           will be able to: (1) evaluate the nature of non-Western      conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students will          results are analyzed          changes are evident.                    video/films would help
           supernatural belief systems, (2) describe and identify the   demonstrate their knowledge and skills by participating in the following            through: course writing                                               students better achieve
           significance of specific customs, rites, values, and         tasks/activities which include but are not limited to: class discussions, writing   assignments, student                                                  the outcomes by providing
           attitudes of non-Western peoples, (3) compare and            assignments, oral presentations, research projects, research papers, quizzes        discussions/oral                                                      more visual and audio
           contrast the differences and similarities between magic,     and/or exams.                                                                       presentations, research                                               information about various
           witchcraft and religion, and (4) compare our world view                                                                                          projects, research papers,                                            religions, practices and
           with that of non-Western cultures in order to ascertain                                                                                          quizzes and/or exams. The                                             beliefs.
           common principles used in human problem solving.                                                                                                 data are also compared
                                                                                                                                                            within sections taught by
                                                                                                                                                            individual instructors.
                                                                                                                                                            Faculty members within
                                                                                                                                                            the discipline have formal
                                                                                                                                                            meetings to discuss
                                                                                                                                                            individual course
                                                                                                                                                            objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                            outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. In addition,
                                                                                                                                                            regular informal meetings
                                                                                                                                                            take place to discuss and
                                                                                                                                                            share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                            instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. (For
                                                                                                                                                            example: textbook and
                                                                                                                                                            reading choices, available
                                                                                                                                                            resources for students
                                                                                                                                                            (e.g. videos, websites),
                                                                                                                                                            quiz and/or exam styles,
                                                                                                                                                            writing assignments and
                                                                                                                                                            research paper
                                                                                                                                                            expectations and
                                                                                                                                                            requirements, and
                                                                                                                                                            successful class activities.)




ANTH 137   The student will understand the history and current role The assessment method will be 6 embedded exam questions that may include: The assessment and                        In progress                In progress    In progess
           of medical anthropology, as well as understand the       multiple choice questions, matching and true/false.                       evaluation will be
           theoretical orientations/schools of thought of medical                                                                             conducted in Fall 2009.
           anthropology

ANTH 137   The student will be able to compare and contrast the         The method of assessment will be 3 embedded exam questions which may                The assessment will be  In progress                    In progress.   In progress.
           modern Western medical system with those of other            include multiple choice questions and true/false statements.                        conducted and evaluated
           cultures and times.                                                                                                                              in Fall 2009.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                  Page 25 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                         Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


ANTH 137   The student will be able to identify cross-cultural          The method of assessment will be 5 embedded exam questions which may      The asssessment will be In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           perceptions of the body from cultural groups within          include: multiple choice questions, matching and true/false.              conducted and evaluated
           North America and outside North America.                                                                                               in Fall 2009.
ANTH 137   The student will be able to identify nutrition and beliefs   The assessment method will be 4 embedded test questions which may include: The assessment will be  In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
           about nutrition as important factors in health               multiple choice questions, matching, and true/false.                       conducted and evaluated
           maintenance and curing from cultural groups within                                                                                      in Fall 2009.
           North America and outside of North America.


ANTH 137   The student will be able to describe standard health,        The method of assessment will be 4 embedded exam questions which may      The assessment will be  In progress            In progess     In progress
           illness and disease from a cultural, biological and          include: multiple choice questions, matching, and true/false.             conducted and evaluated
           ecological perspective from various cultural groups.                                                                                   in Fall 2009.


ANTH 137   The student will be able to recognize cross-cultural     The assessment method will be 4 embedded exam questions which may             The assessment will be  In progess.            In progess.    In progess.
           causation and classification of illness and disease from include: multiple choice, matching and true/false.                            conducted and evaluated
           various cultural groups.                                                                                                               in Fall 2009.
ANTH 137   The student will be able to identify the cross-cultural  The assessment method will be 4 embedded exam questions which may             The assessment will be  In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           roles and types of healers from various cultural groups. include: multiple choice, matching and true/false.                            conducted and evaluated
                                                                                                                                                  in Fall 2009.
ANTH 137   The student will be able to examine cultural factors in      The method of assessment will be 4 embedded exam questions which may      The assessment will be  In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           the prevalence, spread, prevention, diagnosis and            include: multiple choice, matching and true/false.                        conducted and evaluated
           treatment of disease.                                                                                                                  in Fall 2009.
ANTH 137   The student will be able to recognize the implications of The method of assessment will be 4 embedded exam questions which may         The assessment will be  In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           telemedicine and biotechnology in the medical arena as include: multiple choice questions, matching and true/false.                    conducted and evaluated
           well as the social/cultural arena.                                                                                                     in Fall 2009.


ANTH 137   The student will be able to examine the relationship  The method of assessment will be 4 embedded exam questions which may             The assessment will be  In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           between medical anthropology, epidemiology and public include: multiple choice questions, matching, and true/false.                    conducted and evaluated
           policy.                                                                                                                                in Fall 2009.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                      Page 26 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results        Changes   Resources


ANTH 137   Upon successful completion of the course the student         Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Student assessment            Currently there are no             The course currently has
           will be able to: (1) explain the current role of medical     conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students will          results are analyzed          changes.                           most of the necessary
           anthropology and demonstrate an understanding of the         demonstrate their knowledge and skills by participating in the following            through: course writing                                          resources to achieve
           theories and methodologies used by medical                   tasks/activities that include but are not limited to: class discussions, writing    assignments, student                                             course goals. Additional
           anthropologists, (2) compare and contrast the modern         assignments, oral presentations, research projects, research paper, quizzes         discussions/oral                                                 films/videos would be
           Western medical system with those of other cultures and      and/or exams. Currently there is one full-time faculty member that teaches          presentations, research                                          helpful.
           times, (3) describe standard health, illness and disease     Anth 137. Methods of assessments has been discussed with other cross-               projects, research papers,
           from a cultural, biological and ecological perspective       discplinary faculty members.                                                        quizzes and/or exams. The
           from various cultural groups, (4) recognize cross-cultural                                                                                       data are also compared
           causation and classification of illness and disease from                                                                                         within sections taught by
           various cultural groups, (5) examine the cross-cultural                                                                                          individual instructors.
           roles and types of healers from various cultural groups,                                                                                         Faculty members within
           (6) examine cultural factors in the prevalence, spread,                                                                                          the discipline have formal
           prevention, diagnosis and treatment of disease, (7)                                                                                              meetings to discuss
           assess the impact of social variable such as age,                                                                                                individual course
           gender, ethnicity and social class on an individual's                                                                                            objectives, learning
           experience of health, illness and healing from various                                                                                           outcomes, and methods of
           cultural groups, and (8) examine the relationship                                                                                                assessment. In addition,
           between medical anthropology, epidemiology and public                                                                                            regular informal meetings
           policy.                                                                                                                                          take place to discuss and
                                                                                                                                                            share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                            instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. (For
                                                                                                                                                            example: textbook and
                                                                                                                                                            reading choices, available
                                                                                                                                                            resources for students
                                                                                                                                                            (e.g. videos, websites),
                                                                                                                                                            quiz and/or exam styles,
                                                                                                                                                            writing assignments and
                                                                                                                                                            research paper
                                                                                                                                                            expectations and
                                                                                                                                                            requirements, and
                                                                                                                                                            successful class activities.)




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                            Page 27 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 205   Demonstrate an improved ability to 1. apply basic           1. Students will successfully compete for jobs in the field of Cultural Resource   1. Anonymous class                We clarified the course                     The program currently has
           archaeological excavation techniques. 2. identify basic     Management. 2. Student experience gained from this course (and the overall         evaluation forms. 2.              objectives in terms of specific             the necessary resources
           artifact, ecofact, and feature types, including the less    Archaeology Program) will assist them in transferring to a four-year school        Regular meetings between          skills to be learned and linked             to achieve program goals.
           common ones. 3. conscientiously and accurately record       and/or gaining entrance to graduate programs. 3. Students will be able to find     instructors to discuss            these objectives to the SLOs                However, as faculty retire,
           excavation data in the field. 4. interpret the contextual   placement as field assistants on academic archaeological projects. 4. This         student progress and test         and methods of assessment.                  there is an ongoing need
           meaning of excavated data. 5. understand and                course is basically a skills course and students learn these skills through a      result trends. 3. Informal        Future discussions will focus               to ensure staffing in
           appreciate the connection between archaeological sites      constant process of interaction between the student and instructor during          post-class followup with          on the adequacy of the                      archaeology.
           and present-day communities, especially Indian nations.     student daily participation in the field. We updated the Methods of Assessment     students to track their           methods of assessment.
           6. be prepared for entrance level employment as a para-     to reflect actual practice and linked them more tightly to the SLOs and revised    professional development
           professional in the field of cultural resource              course objectives.                                                                 in the field, if applicable. 4.
           management.                                                                                                                                    Palomar College
                                                                                                                                                          archaeology graduates
                                                                                                                                                          have consistently shown
                                                                                                                                                          their ability to compete
                                                                                                                                                          with students from four-
                                                                                                                                                          year programs when it
                                                                                                                                                          comes to obtaining
                                                                                                                                                          internships, serving as
                                                                                                                                                          staff members for
                                                                                                                                                          academic field schools,
                                                                                                                                                          and getting into graduate
                                                                                                                                                          school. This statement is
                                                                                                                                                          based on informal
                                                                                                                                                          feedback from former
                                                                                                                                                          students over a 12 year
                                                                                                                                                          period.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 28 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 210   Students should be able to: 1. Conduct and/or                 1. Students will successfully compete for jobs in the field of Cultural Resource   1. Anonymous class             We clarified course objectives              The program currently has
           participate in an archaeological survey using standard        Management. 2. Student experience gained from this course (and the overall         evaluation forms. 2.           in terms of specific skills and             the necessary resources
           techniques to locate and record archaeological sites in       Archaeology Program) will assist them in transferring to a four-year school        Regular meetings between       linked these objectives to the              to achieve program goals.
           the field. 2. Utilize California State Archaeological         and/or gaining entrance to graduate programs. 3. Students will be able to find     instructors to discuss         SLOs and methods of                         However, as faculty
           Information Centers to adequately prepare for an              placement as field assistants on academic archaeological projects. 4. This         student progress in terms      assessment. Future                          members retire, there is
           archaeological survey and to prepare and submit               course is basically a skills course and students learn these skills through a      of knowledge and skills as     discussions will focus on the               an ongoing need to
           archaeological site records and reports according to          constant process of interaction between the student and instructor during          assessed through quizzes       adequacy of the methods of                  ensure staffing in
           State guidelines. 3. Recognize that Native American           student daily participation in lab and field exercies, including archaeological    and field observations. 3.     assessment.                                 archaeology.
           communities place a high value on archaeological sites        survey. We updated the Methods of Assessment to reflect actual practices and       Informal post-class
           and other vestiges of their traditional cultural landscapes   linked them more tightly to the SLOs and revised course objectives.                followup with students to
           and that they can make important contributions to a                                                                                              track their professional
           successful archaeological survey.                                                                                                                development in the field, if
                                                                                                                                                            applicable. 4. Palomar
                                                                                                                                                            College archaeology
                                                                                                                                                            graduates have
                                                                                                                                                            consistently shown their
                                                                                                                                                            ability to compete with
                                                                                                                                                            students from four-year
                                                                                                                                                            programs when it comes to
                                                                                                                                                            internships, serving as
                                                                                                                                                            staff members for
                                                                                                                                                            academic field schools,
                                                                                                                                                            and getting into graduate
                                                                                                                                                            school. This statement is
                                                                                                                                                            based on informal
                                                                                                                                                            feedback from former
                                                                                                                                                            students over a 12 year
                                                                                                                                                            period.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 29 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 215   1. Students will have the skills to perform entry-level      1. Students will successfully compete for jobs in the field of Cultural Resource   1. Anonymous class                We clarified the course                     The program currently has
           processing of archaeological collections. They will be       Management. 2. Student experience gained from this course (and the overall         evaluation forms. 2.              objectives in terms of specific             the necessary resources
           able to identify, clean, and catalog the majority of         Archaeology Program) will assist them in transferring to a four-year school        Regular meetings between          skills to be learned and linked             to achieve program goals.
           prehistoric artifacts they are likely to encounter in        and/or gaining entrance to graduate programs. 3. Students will be able to find     instructors to discuss            these objectives to the SLOs                However, as faculty retire,
           Southern California. 2. Students will understand the         placement as field assistants on academic archaeological projects. 4. This         student progress and test         and methods of assessment.                  there is an ongoing need
           requirements of archaeological field recording methods       course is basically a skills course and students learn these skills through a      result trends. 3. Informal        Future discussions will focus               to ensure staffing in
           and the relationship between field and laboratory data.      constant process of interaction between the student and instructor during          post-class followup with          on the adequacy of the                      archaeology.
           This will allow them to work effectively as part of an       student during classroom lab exercises. We updated the Methods of                  students to track their           methods of assessment.
           archaeolgical excavation team. 3. Students will be able      Assessment to reflect actual practice and linked them more tightly to the SLOs     professional development
           to conduct basic analyses of typical prehistoric artifacts   and revised course objectives.                                                     in the field, if applicable. 4.
           from Southern California.                                                                                                                       Palomar College
                                                                                                                                                           archaeology graduates
                                                                                                                                                           have consistently shown
                                                                                                                                                           their ability to compete
                                                                                                                                                           with students from four-
                                                                                                                                                           year programs when it
                                                                                                                                                           comes to obtaining
                                                                                                                                                           internships, serving as
                                                                                                                                                           staff members for
                                                                                                                                                           academic field schools,
                                                                                                                                                           and getting into graduate
                                                                                                                                                           school. This statement is
                                                                                                                                                           based on informal
                                                                                                                                                           feedback from former
                                                                                                                                                           students over a 12 year
                                                                                                                                                           period.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 30 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 220   The student shall be able to: 1. Collect field data with a   1. Students will successfully compete for jobs in the field of Cultural Resource   1. Anonymous class                We clarified course objectives
           GPS datalogger, differentially correct the data, and         Management. 2. Student experience gained from this course (and the overall         evaluation forms. 2.              in terms of specific skills and
           produce site and/or feature maps using the corrected         Archaeology Program) will assist them in transferring to a four-year school        Regular meetings between          linked these objectives to the
           data. 2. Set up and use a total station to produce an        and/or gaining entrance to graduate programs. 3. Students will be able to find     instructors to discuss            SLOs and methods of
           archaeological site map in AutoCad or ArcGIS based on        placement as field assistants on academic archaeological projects. 4. This         student progress in terms         assessment. Future
           topographic, excavation, feature, and artifact data points   course is basically a skills course and students learn these skills through a      of knowledge and skills as        discussions will focus on the
           recorded with the total station and/or GPS datalogger.       constant process of interaction between the student and instructor during          assessed through field            adequacy of the methods of
                                                                        student daily participation in lab and field exercises, including archaeological   observations. 3. Informal         assessment.
                                                                        site mapping using a GPS datalogger, a total station, and associated computer      post-class followup with
                                                                        software. We updated the Methods of Assessment to reflect actual practices         students to track their
                                                                        and linked them more tightly to the SLOs and revised course objectives.            professional development
                                                                                                                                                           in the field, if applicable. 4.
                                                                                                                                                           Palomar College
                                                                                                                                                           archaeology graduates
                                                                                                                                                           have consistently shown
                                                                                                                                                           their ability to compete
                                                                                                                                                           with students from four-
                                                                                                                                                           year programs when it
                                                                                                                                                           comes to internships,
                                                                                                                                                           serving as staff members
                                                                                                                                                           for academic field schools,
                                                                                                                                                           and getting into graduate
                                                                                                                                                           school. This statement is
                                                                                                                                                           based on informal
                                                                                                                                                           feedback from former
                                                                                                                                                           students over a 12 year
                                                                                                                                                           period.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 31 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


ANTH 225   1. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic goals and        1. Students will successfully compete for jobs in the field of Cultural Resource     1. Anonymous class                We clarified course objectives              The program currently has
           theoretical orientations of historic archaeology. 2. The      Management. 2. Student experience gained from this course (and the overall           evaluation forms. 2.              in terms of specific skills and             most of the necessary
           ability to know the importance of and use a variety of        Archaeology Program) will assist them in transferring to a four-year school          Regular meetings between          linked these objectives to the              resources to achieve
           written and oral resources in historical archival research.   and/or gaining entrance to graduate programs. 3. Students will be able to find       instructors to discuss            SLOs and methods of                         program goals -- just
           3. The ability to determine the manufacturer, mode of         placement as field and lab assistants on academic archaeological projects. 4.        student progress in terms         assessment. Future                          some additional artifact
           manufacture, function and/or contents, and temporal           This course is primarily a skills course and students learn these skills through a   of knowledge and skills as        discussions will focus on the               reference texts would be
           range of various historic ceramic, glass and metal            constant process of interaction between the student and instructor during            assessed through lab              adequacy of the methods of                  useful. In addition, as
           artifacts. 4. Understand the basic trends and themes of       student daily participation in lab exercises, field trips, and the development of    exercises, home exercises,        assessment.                                 faculty members retire,
           the history of San Diego City and County.                     their project report. We updated the Methods of Assessment to reflect actual         quizzes, and a major                                                          there is an ongoing need
                                                                         practices and linked them more tightly to the SLOs and revised course                historical cultural resource                                                  to ensure staffing in
                                                                         objectives.                                                                          project report. 3. Informal                                                   archaeology.
                                                                                                                                                              post-class followup with
                                                                                                                                                              students to track their
                                                                                                                                                              professional development
                                                                                                                                                              in the field, if applicable. 4.
                                                                                                                                                              Palomar College
                                                                                                                                                              archaeology graduates
                                                                                                                                                              have consistently shown
                                                                                                                                                              their ability to compete
                                                                                                                                                              with students from four-
                                                                                                                                                              year programs when it
                                                                                                                                                              comes to internships,
                                                                                                                                                              serving as staff members
                                                                                                                                                              for academic field schools,
                                                                                                                                                              and getting into graduate
                                                                                                                                                              school. This statement is
                                                                                                                                                              based on informal
                                                                                                                                                              feedback from former
                                                                                                                                                              students over a 12 year
                                                                                                                                                              period.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 32 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AODS 140




                                                                                                                                                     Career Self-Assessment
                                                                                                                                                     Assignment (Week Two
                                                                                                                                                     Agency Research
                                                                                                                                                     Assignment (Week Three)
                                                                                                                                                     Resume (Week Four)
                                                                                                                                                     Cover Letter (Week Four)
                                                                                                                                                     Internship Placement
                                                                                                                                                     Form (Week Four)
                                                                                                                                                     Reflection Logs (Weeks 4-
                                                                                                                                                     14) Career Pathways
           Complete a 48-hour field placement in a social service                                                                                    Presentation (Week 10
           agency with satisfactory evaluation by the site                                                                                           and 11) Helping Skill
           supervisor. In addition the student will evaluate his or   Written assignments, a helping skills demonstration, weekly journal            Demonstration (Week 14
           her workplace behaviors, helping skills and career         assignments, a group presentation and a professional portfolio with a resume   and 15) Course Portfolio
           goals.                                                     and cover letter will evaluate students.                                       (Week 15)                 In progress           In progress    In progress
AODS 150   Evaluate personal knowledge and awareness about            Pre and post tests.                                                            First and second week of In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           alcohol and other drug use.                                                                                                               each semester for the pre-
                                                                                                                                                     test and 15th week of each
                                                                                                                                                     semester for the post test.




AODS 150   Describe the behavioral, psychological, physical, and    Group presentation and written report.                                           The written report and     In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           social effects for one class of psychoactive substances.                                                                                  presentations will take
                                                                                                                                                     place the 12th and 13th
                                                                                                                                                     week of the semester.

AODS 150   Discuss research findings related to genetic,              Essay question on first unit exam.                                             The exam will take place   In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           psychological and sociological factors related to                                                                                         the 8th week of the
           substance use and abuse.                                                                                                                  semester.
AODS 150   Compare the self-help model utilized for substance         Field project and unit exam.                                                   The field project will be  In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           abuse treatment with one other treatment approach.                                                                                        done by the 12th week of
                                                                                                                                                     the semester, and the unit
                                                                                                                                                     exam will be the 15th
                                                                                                                                                     week of the semester.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                         Page 33 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AODS 150


                                                                                                                                                       First and second week of
                                                                                                                                                       each semester for the pre-
           Evaluate personal knowledge and awareness about                                                                                             test and 15th week of each
           alcohol and other drug use.                                Pre and post tests.                                                              semester for the post test. In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 150                                                                                                                                               The written report and
                                                                                                                                                       presentations will take
           Describe the behavioral, psychological, physical, and                                                                                       place the 12th and 13th
           social effects for one class of psychoactive substances. Group presentation and written report.                                             week of the semester.       In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 150   Discuss research findings related to genetic,                                                                                               The exam will take place
           psychological and sociological factors related to                                                                                           the 8th week of the
           substance use and abuse.                                   Essay question on first unit exam.                                               semester.                   In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 150
                                                                                                                                                       The field project will be
                                                                                                                                                       done by the 12th week of
                                                                                                                                                       the semester, and the unit
           Compare the self-help model utilized for substance                                                                                          exam will be the 15th
           abuse treatment with one other treatment approach.         Field project and unit exam.                                                     week of the semester.      In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
AODS 155   Demonstrate mastery of the classification of               Skill Demonstration: Given a list of commonly used psychoactive drugs (trade     Pre-Test - Week 2 of ea.    In progress          In progress    In progress
           psychoactive drugs.                                        and street names) of abuse other than alcohol, students will classify the drug   semester Post Test -
                                                                      as a stimulant, depressant, narcotic, marijuana, hallucinogen/psychedelic,       Week 15 of ea. semester
                                                                      barbiturate, tranquilizer, sedative-hypnotics, inhalant, or designer drug.


AODS 155   Describe the key physiological processes involved with     Unit Exams Students will complete three unit exams, which contain items that     Unit Exam 1 - Week 5 of In progress              In progress    In progress
           psychoactive drug use: action of neurotransmitters, role   are available in advance on the textbook CD. Questions will be selected by the   each semester Unit Exam
           of reward/reinforcement pathway, tissue tolerance and      instructor from the multiple-choice items for examinations 1 and 2. The unit 3   2 - Week 10 of each
           effects of agonists and antagonist drugs.                  exam will also contain an essay question portion in order to demonstrate         semester Unit Exam 3 -
                                                                      writing skills and the ability to evaluate and articulate information.           Week 15 of each
                                                                                                                                                       semester.

AODS 155   Identify three factors involved in the development of      Research Paper Students will write a paper in which they analyze a report of Research Paper - due       In progress               In progress    In progress
           addiction and describe how each operates to create         research performed to examine the effects of heredity, environment, and/or     Week 12 of each semester
           addiction.                                                 psychoactive drug use on the development of addiction. Students will
                                                                      demonstrate appropriate and competent writing which describes how the
                                                                      research being cited contributes to an understanding of addiction from any
                                                                      aspect of the multidimensional approach used by the course textbook: heredity,
                                                                      environment and psychoactive drug use.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                           Page 34 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AODS 155
                                                                    Skill Demonstration: Given a list of commonly used psychoactive drugs (trade
                                                                    and street names) of abuse other than alcohol, students will classify the drug   Pre-Test - Week 2 of ea.
           Demonstrate mastery of the classification of             as a stimulant, depressant, narcotic, marijuana, hallucinogen/psychedelic,       semester Post Test -
           psychoactive drugs.                                      barbiturate, tranquilizer, sedative-hypnotics, inhalant, or designer drug.       Week 15 of ea. semester     In progress          In progress    In progress
AODS 155
                                                                                                                                                     Unit Exam 1 - Week 5 of
                                                                    Unit Exams Students will complete three unit exams, which contain items that     each semester Unit Exam
           Describe the key physiological processes involved with are available in advance on the textbook CD. Questions will be selected by the     2 - Week 10 of each
           psychoactive drug use: action of neurotransmitters, role instructor from the multiple-choice items for examinations 1 and 2. The unit 3   semester Unit Exam 3 -
           of reward/reinforcement pathway, tissue tolerance and exam will also contain an essay question portion in order to demonstrate            Week 15 of each
           effects of agonists and antagonist drugs.                writing skills and the ability to evaluate and articulate information.           semester.               In progress              In progress    In progress
AODS 155

                                                                    Research Paper Students will write a paper in which they analyze a report of
                                                                    research performed to examine the effects of heredity, environment, and/or
                                                                    psychoactive drug use on the development of addiction. Students will
                                                                    demonstrate appropriate and competent writing which describes how the
           Identify three factors involved in the development of    research being cited contributes to an understanding of addiction from any
           addiction and describe how each operates to create       aspect of the multidimensional approach used by the course textbook: heredity, Research Paper - due
           addiction.                                               environment and psychoactive drug use.                                         Week 12 of each semester In progress               In progress    In progress
AODS 160   Distinguish key characteristics associated with three    Students will be given a writing assignment and a research project.              The assessment will take    In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           alcohol and other drug education and prevention                                                                                           place the 6th week of the
           models.                                                                                                                                   semester.
AODS 160   Design an alcohol and drug education/prevention          Writing assignment and group presentation.                                       The assessment will be    In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           program.                                                                                                                                  conducted the 8th and 9th
                                                                                                                                                     week of each semester.


AODS 160   Design, conduct and evaluate a mock intervention         Students will complete a writing assignment and a skill demonstration.           The Mock Intervention Skill In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           procedure.                                                                                                                                Demonstration and Report
                                                                                                                                                     will be week 14 of the
                                                                                                                                                     each semester.

AODS 160   Distinguish key characteristics associated with three                                                                                     The assessment will take
           alcohol and other drug education and prevention                                                                                           place the 6th week of the
           models.                                                  Students will be given a writing assignment and a research project.              semester.                   In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 160
                                                                                                                                                     The assessment will be
           Design an alcohol and drug education/prevention                                                                                           conducted the 8th and 9th
           program.                                                 Writing assignment and group presentation.                                       week of each semester.    In progress.           In progress.   In progress.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                           Page 35 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                        Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AODS 160                                                                                                                                       The Mock Intervention Skill
                                                                                                                                               Demonstration and Report
           Design, conduct and evaluate a mock intervention                                                                                    will be week 14 of the
           procedure.                                                 Students will complete a writing assignment and a skill demonstration.   each semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 250   Demonstrate effective group leadership skills during a Skill Demonstration and self evaluation report.                              The demonstrations will   In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
           simulated group counseling session. Specific skills                                                                                 take place between the 4-
           include 1) Demonstrating a procedure for opening the                                                                                12 weeks of the semester.
           group session. 2) Reviewing the group ground rules.3)
           Demonstrating appropriate group facilitation skills: active
           listening, restating, clarifying, reflecting feelings,
           questioning, providing feedback, suggesting, linking,
           modeling, and summarizing. 4) Demonstrating a
           procedure for closing the group session.




AODS 250   Discuss the key concepts and techniques of one             A writing assignment and a group presentation.                           The written report will be In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
           psychotherapeutic theory applied to groups                                                                                          due the 15th week of each
                                                                                                                                               semester. The group
                                                                                                                                               presentations will be due
                                                                                                                                               starting the 10th week of
                                                                                                                                               each semester.


AODS 250



           Demonstrate effective group leadership skills during a
           simulated group counseling session. Specific skills
           include 1) Demonstrating a procedure for opening the
           group session. 2) Reviewing the group ground rules.3)
           Demonstrating appropriate group facilitation skills: active
           listening, restating, clarifying, reflecting feelings,
           questioning, providing feedback, suggesting, linking,                                                                               The demonstrations will
           modeling, and summarizing. 4) Demonstrating a                                                                                       take place between the 4-
           procedure for closing the group session.                    Skill Demonstration and self evaluation report.                         12 weeks of the semester. In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
AODS 250

                                                                                                                                               The written report will be
                                                                                                                                               due the 15th week of each
                                                                                                                                               semester. The group
                                                                                                                                               presentations will be due
           Discuss the key concepts and techniques of one                                                                                      starting the 10th week of
           psychotherapeutic theory applied to groups                 A writing assignment and a group presentation.                           each semester.             In progress.          In progress.   In progress.



                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                 Page 36 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AODS 255   Demonstrate the ability to evaluate and interpret a case Treatment plan writing assignments.                                              The treatment plan writing In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
           history to determine treatment plan recommendations.                                                                                      assignments will be due
                                                                                                                                                     the 7th and 8th week of
                                                                                                                                                     each semester.


AODS 255



                                                                                                                                                     The exam will be done on
                                                                                                                                                     the 7th week of each
                                                                                                                                                     semester. The Case
                                                                                                                                                     management presentation
                                                                                                                                                     and report will be done the
                                                                                                                                                     12th week of each
                                                                                                                                                     semester. The Ethical
           Develop an in depth understanding of practices of                                                                                         vignette assignment will be
           addiction treatment and the ethical issues related to the Students will be given a unit exam, a written project and a case presentation   done on the 15th week of
           role of an addiction counselor.                           and report.                                                                     each semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 255
                                                                                                                                                     The treatment plan writing
                                                                                                                                                     assignments will be due
           Demonstrate the ability to evaluate and interpret a case                                                                                  the 7th and 8th week of
           history to determine treatment plan recommendations. Treatment plan writing assignments.                                                  each semester.             In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
AODS 260   Distinguish key characteristics of chemically dependent Skill demonstration, writing assignment and a case presentation.                  The written reports will be In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           family system theory and family systems counseling                                                                                        due the 8th and 12th week
           techniques.                                                                                                                               of each semester. The
                                                                                                                                                     group presentations will be
                                                                                                                                                     conducted the 13-14 week
                                                                                                                                                     of each semester.




AODS 260   Use family mapping to illustrate family relationships and Skill demonstation and case presentation.                                       Skill demonstrations will be In progress.        In progress.   In progress.
           connections.                                                                                                                              scheduled starting the 5th
                                                                                                                                                     week of the semester. The
                                                                                                                                                     group presentations will be
                                                                                                                                                     due the 13 and 14th week
                                                                                                                                                     each semester.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                         Page 37 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


AODS 260


                                                                                                                                                         The written reports will be
                                                                                                                                                         due the 8th and 12th week
                                                                                                                                                         of each semester. The
           Distinguish key characteristics of chemically dependent                                                                                       group presentations will be
           family system theory and family systems counseling                                                                                            conducted the 13-14 week
           techniques.                                             Skill demonstration, writing assignment and a case presentation.                      of each semester.           In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 260


                                                                                                                                                         Skill demonstrations will be
                                                                                                                                                         scheduled starting the 5th
                                                                                                                                                         week of the semester. The
                                                                                                                                                         group presentations will be
           Use family mapping to illustrate family relationships and                                                                                     due the 13 and 14th week
           connections.                                              Skill demonstation and case presentation.                                           each semester.               In progress.        In progress.   In progress.
AODS 298



                                                                                                                                                         Internship Placement
                                                                                                                                                         Form (Week Four)
                                                                                                                                                         Reflection Logs (Weeks 4-
                                                                                                                                                         14) Community Resources
                                                                                                                                                         Group Project (Week 10)
                                                                                                                                                         Cultural Genogram and
                                                                                                                                                         Report (Week 12) MI
                                                                                                                                                         Helping Skills
                                                                                                                                                         Demonstration (Week 14
           Complete a 96-hour field placement in a social service                                                                                        and 15) Course Portfolio
           agency with a satisfactory evaluation by the site                                                                                             (Week 15) 1:1 Interview
           supervisor while adhering to professional ethics and                                                                                          (Week 16 or final week of
           behaviors.                                                 Written assignments, a course portfolio and a 1:1 interview.                       the semester)             In progress.           In progress.   In progress.
AODS 298
                                                                                                                                                         Community Resources
                                                                                                                                                         Group Project (Week 10)
                                                                                                                                                         MI Helping Skills
           Demonstrate knowledge of community resources and                                                                                              Demonstration (Week 14
           referrals and basic motivational interviewing skills.      Group research project, oral presentation and skill demonstration.                 and 15)                     In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
AODS 299
           Complete a 144-hour field placement in an alcohol and
           drug treatment agency with a satisfactory evaluation by                                                                                       Evaluation will take place
           the site supervisor while adhering to professional ethics A course portfolio and a 1:1 interview will evaluate students with the instructor   the 10th and 15th week of
           and behaviors.                                            to review progress/learning.                                                        each semester.             in progress           in progress    in progress

                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                           Page 38 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results   Changes       Resources


AODS 299




                                                                                                                                                      Field Placement Weekly
                                                                                                                                                      Logs (Weeks 5-13) Core
                                                                                                                                                      Function Assignments and
                                                                                                                                                      Pre-Tests (Week 5-10)
                                                                                                                                                      Core Functions Exam
                                                                                                                                                      (Week 12) Cultural
                                                                                                                                                      Diversity Presentation
                                                                                                                                                      (Week 13 and 14)
                                                                                                                                                      Practicum Site and Group
                                                                                                                                                      Analysis Report (Week 15)
           Demonstrate orally and in writing knowledge of the 12                                                                                      Course Portfolio (Week
           core functions of an alcohol and other drug counselor                                                                                      15) 1:1 Interview (Week 16
           and counseling issues related to one specific cultural                                                                                     or final week of the
           group.                                                    Written assignments, five pre-tests and one posttest, a group presentation,      semester)                  in progress          in progress   in progress
AODS 299
                                                                                                                                                   Weekly logs conducted
                                                                                                                                                   weeks 3-10 of each
                                                                                                                                                   semester. The 1:1
           Evaluate his or her workplace behaviors and attitudes     Students will complete weekly logs answering questions about their internship interview will take place at
           and problem solving skills.                               placement, 1:1 interview with site supervisor and student.                    the end of the semester. in progress               in progress   in progress
AS 101     students should demonstrate an understanding of the       meeting of the AS 101 instructors to discuss representative sample of tests to   Once a year at the end of in progress           in progress   in progress
           distinctive contributions of Africans and their           assess whether students demonstrate an understanding of distinctive African      Spring semester.
           descendants to American history and culture.              American contributions.
AS 102     Students should demonstrate an understanding of the       meeting of AS 102 instructors to discuss representative sample of tests to       Once a year at the end of in progress           in progress   in progress
           distinctive contributions of Africans and their           assess whether or to what degree students understand the distinctive             the Spring semester.
           descendants on American culture and history.              contributions of African Americans.
AS 115     Students have the ability to analyze texts utilizing      Meeting of AS 115 instructors to discuss representative papers to assess         Every two years at the end in progress          in progress   in progress
           appropriate literary terminology in order to understand   whether students achieve a text-based understanding of African cultures.         of Spring semester.
           the cultures that produced the texts.


AS 116     Students have the ability to analyze texts utilizing      meeting of AS 116 instructors to discuss representative papers to assess     Every two years at the end in progress              in progress   in progress
           appropriate literary terminology in order to understand   whether students show a text-based understanding of African/African American of Spring semester.
           the cultures that produced the texts.                     cultures.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                         Page 39 of 644
                                                                   Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


CHDV 100    Analyze major developmental milestones for children     Pre and Post test                                                                  Beginning Fall '09, within in progress           in progress    in progress
            from conception through adolescence in areas of                                                                                            the first 2 weeks and last 2
            physical, psychosocial, and cognitive development using                                                                                    weeks of the semester.
            standard research methodologies.


CHDV 100    1.) Analyze major developmental milestones for children
            from conception through adolescence in areas of
            physical, psychosocial, and cognitive development using
            standard research methodologies.


CHDV 101    Assess early childhood settings, curriculum, and            A rubric has been created for assignments related to this SLO.                 Fall semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            teaching strategies utilizing indicators of quality early
            childhood practice that support all children including
            those with diverse characteristics and their families.


CHDV 102    Analyze one‟s own values, goals and sense of self as      Journal writing                                                                  Spring 2010; By the end of In progress           In progress    In progress
            related to family history and life experiences, assessing                                                                                  the semester
            how this impacts relationships with diverse children and
            families.

CHDV 103    Describe major developmental milestones for infants         Developmental timeline review (completed in class as individuals or in groups). Last week of classes of the in progress         in progress    in progress
            and toddlers age birth to three in the domains of                                                                                           semester.
            physical, cognitive, social/emotional, and language
            development.

CHDV 104    Critique early childhood environments and schedules as Evaluation of observation assignment.                                               During normal course        in progress          in progress    in progress
            they relate to children's behaviors.                                                                                                       calendar at instructor's
                                                                                                                                                       discretion.
CHDV 105    Describe and evaluate the characteristics, strengths and A survey will assess the SLO for this course.                                     Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            limitations of common assessment tools with all
            children‟s developmental, cultural, and linguistic
            characteristics.

CHDV 105    Describe and evaluate the characteristics, strengths and A survey will assess the SLO for this course.                                     spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            limitations of common assessment tools with all
            children‟s developmental, cultural, and linguistic
            characteristics.

CHDV 105A   Critically compare the purpose, value and use of formal Lab observation assignments.                                                       Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            and informal observations and assessment strategies
            and ethical implications within cultural and social
            contexts in preschool settings.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                         Page 40 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                                             Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


CHDV 105B   Critically compare the purpose, value and use of formal Lab observation assignments.                                                   Spring semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            and informal observation and assessment strategies
            and ethical implications within cultural and social
            contexts in an infant/toddler setting.

CHDV 105C   Critically compare the purpose, value and use of formal Lab observation assignments.                                                   Spring semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            and informal observation and assessment strategies
            and ethical implications within cultural and social
            contexts in an inclusive early childhood setting.


CHDV 106    Design and plan developmentally appropriate             Evaluation of assignment.                                                      During normal course          in progress          in progress    in progress
            environments for respectful, responsive, and reciprocal                                                                                calendar at instructor's
            care of infants and toddlers age birth to three.                                                                                       discretion.


CHDV 108    Evaluate the teachers‟ role in providing best and        A survey or pre/post test will be used to assess students.                    Fall semester.                In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            promising practices in early childhood programs.
CHDV 110    Recognize the components of IDEA, ADA, and special 5-10 question in-class multiple choice/short answer quiz (separate from other       midterm                       in progress          in progress    in progress
            education law and how those elements impact care and course quizzes)
            education of children with disabilities.


CHDV 112    Explain inclusive philosophies and compare early         5-10 question in class short answer quiz separate from other course quizzes   Midterm                       in progress          in progress    in progress
            childhood special education and early childhood
            education practices.
CHDV 115    Critically assess how educational, political, and        Pre/Post test                                                                 Beginning Fall '09, within in progress             in progress    in progress
            socioeconomic factors directly impact the lives of                                                                                     the first 2 weeks and last 2
            children and families.                                                                                                                 weeks of the semester.


CHDV 120    Identify health, safety, and environmental risks in      9 question (3 for each topic) multiple choice/short answer in-class survey.   During last week of class     in progress          in progress    in progress
            children's programs.                                                                                                                   instruction.
CHDV 121    Demonstrate performance of CPR according to current Successful completion to attain CPR/First Aid card                                 Fall '09 by the completion in progress             in progress    in progress
            American Heart Association standards for Heartsaver                                                                                    of class
            level.
CHDV 125    Investigate and apply developmentally appropriate          Pre/Post survey                                                             Fall '09: Within the first two in progress         in progress    in progress
            principles and teaching strategies to positively influence                                                                             weeks and last 2 weeks of
            all young children's development, learning, and skills in                                                                              the semester
            art and creative activities.


CHDV 130    Develop and implement appropriate math and science       Notebook/Collection of activities                                             Spring 2010: By the end of In progress             In progress    In progress
            activities for young children birth to age 8.                                                                                          the semester




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                         Page 41 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


CHDV 135   Develop and implement appropriate music and              Notebook/Collection of activities                                              Spring 2010, by the end of In Progress           In Progress    In Progress
           movement activities for young children birth to age 8.                                                                                  the semester.


CHDV 140   Describe developmental milestones related to language 5-10 question in class, multiple choice/short answer quiz (separate from other    At midterm, or before last in progress           in progress    in progress
           development in young children birth to age 8.         course quizzes)                                                                   week of classes.


CHDV 142   Recognize the benefits of using sign for communication Short answer survey question                                                     at the end of the class     in progress          in progress    in progress
           in the early childhood setting.                                                                                                         period
CHDV 144   Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of media short answer survey question                                                       at the end of the class     in progress          in progress    in progress
           exposure and pop culture saturation on children's                                                                                       period
           development.
CHDV 145   Recognize signs and symptoms of abuse and neglect        10 question in -class multiple-choice/short answer quiz separate from other    During last two weeks of    in progress          in progress    in progress
           and understand appropriate documentation and             course evaluation.                                                             instruction.
           intervention strategies.
CHDV 150   Prepare a budget and establish operating policy and      Pre and post tests will be administered.                                       Fall semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           procedure for an early childhood program.
CHDV 152   Evaluate an early childhood environment using one of     Observation assignment.                                                        Fall semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           the early childhood environmental rating scales.


CHDV 152   Evaluate an early childhood environment using one of     Students will complete one observation using one of the rating scales. A rubric Fall 2009                  In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           the early childhood environmental rating scales.         has been created for this assignment.


CHDV 155   Design an operational manual for early childhood         Pre and post tests or grading rubrics for assignment.                          Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           programs.
CHDV 172   Demonstrate strategies for helping children negotiate    Journal Writings                                                               Fall '09: By the end of the in progress          in progress    in progress
           and resolve conflicts with a focus on using specific                                                                                    semester
           curricular approaches.
CHDV 174   Critically assess how best teaching and care practices Written assignment                                                               Fall 2009, by the end of    In Progress          In Progress    In Progress
           relate to ethical standards in the field of early Childhood                                                                             the semester
           Education.
CHDV 180   Examine current issues that impact the growth and        Pre and post tests will be used.                                               During the fall semester.   In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           development of School age children.
CHDV 185   Evaluate the teachers‟ role in providing best and        A survey or pre-post test will assess the SLO for this course.                 Fall semester.              In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           promising practices in early childhood programs.
CHDV 190   Design implement and evaluate curriculum activities that Pre and post tests.                                                            Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
           are appropriate for School age children in a before
           and/or after school learning environment.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                        Page 42 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


CHDV 195    Analyze and evaluate early childhood programs using        Completing an appropriate rating scale for an early childhood program             Fall 09 by the end of the   in progrss           in progress    in progress
            an appropriate rating scale assessment tool.                                                                                                 semester


CHDV 200    Design, implement and evaluate curriculum activities  Lab assignments have been created to assess this SLO.                                  Spring semester.            In Progress.         In Progress.   In Progress.
            that are based on observation and assessment of young
            children.
CHDV 200    Design, implement and evaluate curriculum activities  Skill demonstrations have been created to assess this SLO.                             Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            that are based on observation and assessment of young
            children.
CHDV 200A   Design, implement and evaluate curriculum activities  Skill demonstrations have been created to assess this SLO.                             Spring semester             In progress          In progress    In progress
            that are based on observation and assessment of young
            chidlren in an early childhood setting.


CHDV 200B   Design, implement and evaluate curriculum activities       Skill demonstrations have been created to assess this SLO.                        Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            that are based on observation and assessment of
            infants/toddlers.
CHDV 200C   Design, implement and evaluate curriculum activities  Skill demonstrations have been created to assess this SLO.                             Spring semester.            In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
            that are based on observation and assessment of young
            children in an inclusive setting.


CS 100      Students will demonstrate ability to differentiate between Students will evalauate and argue a well written thesis statement based on the The assessment deadline "In progress."              In progress    In Progress
            primary sources and scholarly sources.                     sources.                                                                       is April 25, 2010.


CS 100      Students will define and demonstrate the major             Students will create or present from the following list of assessment methods:    Assessment will be          in progress          in progress    in progress
            important eras in Chicano history and development.         tests, essays, projects or presentations.                                         completed on April 20
                                                                                                                                                         2010
CS 100      Using personal and scholarly research of relevant data, Students may be given assignments such as tests, essays, presentations, field Assessment will be                 in progress          in progress    in progress
            students will identify key sociological/political, and  trips, or verbal exams that demonstrate understanding of the objective.       completed by April 20,
            economic developments in Chicano Studies.                                                                                             2010


CS 101      Srudent will demonstrate knowledge of the different eras Assessments will include multiple choice, writing assignments, presentations.       Spring 2010                 in progress          in progress    in progress
            of Chicano historical development.
CS 102      Define and assess the American political system and           Students will complete a final project and will be based on a graded rubric.   Fall, 2010                  In progress          In progress    In progress
            democratic institutions and their relationship to Latinos. Random samples will be collected and turned in to the department chair for
            Anaylize and identify historical and political impediments evaluation.
            that have restricted Latino civil rights. Critically evaluate
            the process of self-determinqation of Latinos in
            achieving their civil rights.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                         Page 43 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline   Assessment Results       Changes        Resources


CS 102   STUDENTS WILL COMPILE AND EVALUATE DATA                     STUDENTS COMPLETING THE CLASS WILL DEMONSTRATE                                 INSTRUCTORS WILL      DISCOVERING LANGUAGE                    TUTORING AND
         OUTLINING RELEVANT HISTORICAL AND                           UNDERSTANDING OF KEY PRINCIPLES AND INFORMATION TO                             MEET INDIVIDUALLY     LEVEL VARIANCES THAT                    TUTORS IN THE AREA
         POLITICAL SYSTEMS IMPORTNAT TO THE STUDY                    POLITICAL HISTORY AND AMERICAN INSTITUTIONS THROUGH CLASS                      WITH STUDENTS TO      MAY BE A PROBLEM FOR                    OF MULTICULTURAL
         OF KEY POLITICAL SCIENCE CONCEPTS VITAL TO                  PRESENTATIONS ON MATERIAL ASSIGNED. ALSO STUDENTS WILL                         GAIN UNDERSTANDING    INTERNATIONAL                           STUDIES:AFRICANA
         THE UNDERSTANDING OF CHICANO POLITICS AND                   DEMONSTRATE KNOWLEDGE LEARNING BY ESSAYS,TESTS ON                              OF ASSIGNMENTS AND    STUDENTS THAT MAY                       STUDIES AND CHICANO
         ISSUES INVOLVING THE ANERICAN CREED AND                     CRITICAL TOPICS AND RESEARCH PAPERS AND FINAL EXAMINATION                      AREAS OF CONCERN      PREVENT EFFICIENCY IN                   STUDIES AND
         EQUALITY.                                                   ESSAYS REQUIRED FOR CLASS COMPLETION. FUNCTIONING AS A                         ON THE MATERIAL TO    LEARNING. LEARNING OF                   MULTICULTURAL
                                                                     MEMBER OF A TEAM STUDENTS WILL CRITICALLY REVIEW AND                           PROVIDE CLARITY AND   WRITING DEVELOPMENT                     STUDIES WILL BE
                                                                     SYNTHESIZE THE FINDINGS RELEVANT TO THE UNDERSTANDING OF                       UNDERSTANDING.        LEVELS WHERE A                          EFFECTIVE SUPPORT
                                                                     CHICANO POLITICS IN THE AMERICAN POLITICAL SYSTEM.                             FACULTY MAY REQUIRE   STUDENT MAY BE IN NEED                  SYSTEMS FOR
                                                                                                                                                    THAT STUDENTS         OF TUTORING.                            STUDENTS IN OUR
                                                                                                                                                    SUBMIT THESIS         CLARIFYING                              PROGRAMS.WORKSHO
                                                                                                                                                    PROPOSALS TO INSURE   MISCOMMUNICATIONS                       PS ON CONFIDENCE
                                                                                                                                                    THAT RESEARCH WORK    AND                                     BULIDING AND SELF
                                                                                                                                                    WILL BE ORGANIZED     MISUNDERSTANDINGS                       ESTEEM CAN BE GOOD
                                                                                                                                                    PROPERLY. FACULTY     THAT MAY EXIST                          MOTIVATORS FOR
                                                                                                                                                    WILL MEET WITH        BETWEEN INSTRUCTOR                      STUDENTS.
                                                                                                                                                    STUDENTS WHO HAVE     AND STUDENT FROM
                                                                                                                                                    A NEED FOR PERSONAL   DIVERSE BACKGOUNDS.
                                                                                                                                                    CONTACT ONE ON ONE
                                                                                                                                                    TO GAIN GREATER
                                                                                                                                                    CLARITY ON
                                                                                                                                                    ASSIGNMENTS.




CS 105   Students will choose an author in the field of Chicano      Final project. Grading uses a rubric. Random samples of student work will be   Fall, 2010.           In progress.             In progress.   In progress.
         literature and demonstrate via an oral presentation the collected and given to the department chair.
         key theses and contribution of the author‟s work relevant
         to the political and social elements in Chicano literature.


CS 105   Students will write an analysis of a work of poetry written Written essay graded by a holistic evaluation using a set of criteria.         Spring, 2011.         In progress.             In progress.   In progress.
         by a noted author in Chicano literature. Students should
         demonstrate knowledge of cultural symbols, and
         interpret and give examples of their interpretations of the
         explicit and implicit messages found in the work.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                     Page 44 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results   Changes       Resources


CS 110   Critically evaluate and analyze universal and Mexican        Critical essays,discussions and exams through out the 2010 semester.                 Assigned essays and         In progress         In progress   In progress
         literary traditions unique to Mexican literature and their                                                                                        quick writes appropriate to
         genres that depict Mexican cultural symbols.                                                                                                      the readings being
                                                                                                                                                           reviewed and discussed.




CS 110   Students will know how to apply their knowledge of           Students who successfully complete this course will demonstrate the
         universal literary traditions on Mexican literature.         overarching learning outcomes by expressing their educated views in class
         Through critical essays, students will demonstrate           discussion. Critical essays will allow students to demonstrate their analytical
         analytical skills using theories applied to the assigned     skills. Furthermore, students will identify and question the relevance of subject
         texts. In addition students will demonstrate their           material and will stimulate their thinking in order to strengthen and change their
         understanding of how genres in Mexican literature            world views and identities. The outcome will be both evaluated through critical
         expresss in unique forms the social and cultural contexts    writing, analysis, and observable behavior in the classroom where students will
         that inform the texts.                                       demonstrate an improved understanding of diversity and multiculturalism.
                                                                      Critical essays, class discussions and exams will privide systematic evaluations
                                                                      on how the course content is enhancing their appreciation for diversity within
                                                                      Mexican culture and also between world cultures.




CS 115   Crtically evaluate through analysis the landmark literary Critical critiques,essays,oral reports,discussions, and research papers on major Four major written                In progress          In progress   In progress
         periods of influence in Latin American literature and their topics of Latin American literature.                                           assignements two to five
         genres and authors.                                                                                                                        pages identifying major
                                                                                                                                                    literary trends movement
                                                                                                                                                    and influential works.


CS 120   Critically evaluate the sociological system of Chicano       Oral reports, exams, essays, panel presentations and group discussions and           Four assignments: written In progress           In progress   In progress
         society, culture and traditions as well as influences of     analysis.                                                                            and oral reports specifying
         socialization and acculturalization.                                                                                                              Chicano social and cultural
                                                                                                                                                           systems.


CS 125   Student will demonstrate knowledge of critical eras of       presentation, essays, multiple choice                                                Spring 2010                in progress          in progress   in progress
         Mexican history.
CS 125   Students will dmeonstrate understanding of primary           Research essays, presentations,                                                      Spring 2010                in progress          in progress   in progress
         sources and secondary sources.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                           Page 45 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                        Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


CS 125   Students will critically review and synthesize information
         on the fundamentals of social and economic
         development Mexican society. They will be able to
         identify, define and assess historical conditions through
         written assays ,discussions and power point
         prsentations, and exams.


CS 130   Distinguish and critically analyze different political,social, Research paper and tests.                                              In progress               In progress          In progress    In progress
         and cultural events that took place within Mexico
         throughout the twentieth and twenty-first century.


CS 135   Students will demonstrate and critically analyze through quizzes, exams, oral reports, written essays, research papers, power-point   Spring 2010               In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
         visual medium, power-point and one research paper          presentations, group projects and homework assignments.
         major artistic movements and influential artists of Mexico
         during the pre-Columbian, colonial and national periods.


CS 135   Appreciation and understanding of the importance of art quizzes examinations visual mediums power-point presentations written essays Spring 2010.               In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
         in Mexican culture as expressed by leading artists of   research paper group projects homework assignments
         Mexico throughout the three major historical time
         periods.

CS 155   Ability to distinguish between the varied indigenous   Through varied objective exams and the use ofmedia, students will analyze the The ability to analyze     in progress          in progress.   in progress
         cultures in Mesoamerica by analyzing their ceremonies, religious, social, and cultural aspects of the various indigenouscultures in  major anthropological
         rituals, and ceremonial centers.                       Mesoamerica.                                                                  themes in the emergence
                                                                                                                                              of man in the New World
                                                                                                                                              and theie developmentas
                                                                                                                                              major cultures in
                                                                                                                                              Precolumbian
                                                                                                                                              Mesoamerica. Class
                                                                                                                                              participation,
                                                                                                                                              diswcussions, handouts,
                                                                                                                                              and required readings will
                                                                                                                                              be utilized.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                     Page 46 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results             Changes   Resources


ECON 100   The student will draw demand and supply curves, label      Students will pass a comprehensive final that will demonstrate they have       We have many                 One success we have is the               Hire more full time faculty,
           them correctly and use the graphs to explain fluctuating   succesfully understood the student learning outcomes. They succesfully         informa/formal meetings to   number of students that                  we also need qualified
           prices of a commodity - for example gasoline. The          complete analysis, papers, document analysis, projects or web presentations.   discuss assesment and        attend Political Economy                 tutors.
           student will explain how inflation is measured.            Added more written analysis of current issues - for example the impact of      compare notes on             Days. A continuing challenge
                                                                      inflation on wages. A variety of Assessment techniques are necessary to        teaching methodologies.      we have is the lack of
                                                                      measure student achievement included but not limited to: - Objective and                                    quantitative skills that
                                                                      essay exams - Critical analysis papers - Document analysis - Projects - Web                                 students bring to the
                                                                      presentations                                                                                               classroom. Another challenge
                                                                                                                                                                                  is to incorporate adjunct
                                                                                                                                                                                  faculty knowledge into our
                                                                                                                                                                                  discussions.



ECON 100   The student will draw demand and supply curves, label      Students will pass a comprehensive final that will demonstrate they have       We have many                 One success we have is the               Hire more full time faculty,
           them correctly and use the graphs to explain fluctuating   succesfully understood the student learning outcomes. They succesfully         informa/formal meetings to   number of students that                  we also need qualified
           prices of a commodity - for example gasoline. The          complete analysis, papers, document analysis, projects or web presentations.   discuss assesment and        attend Political Economy                 tutors.
           student will explain how inflation is measured.            Added more written analysis of current issues - for example the impact of      compare notes on             Days. A continuing challenge
                                                                      inflation on wages. A variety of Assessment techniques are necessary to        teaching methodologies.      we have is the lack of
                                                                      measure student achievement included but not limited to: - Objective and                                    quantitative skills that
                                                                      essay exams - Critical analysis papers - Document analysis - Projects - Web                                 students bring to the
                                                                      presentations                                                                                               classroom. Another challenge
                                                                                                                                                                                  is to incorporate adjunct
                                                                                                                                                                                  faculty knowledge into our
                                                                                                                                                                                  discussions.



ECON 101   The student will: • identify and describe the              Students will pass a comprehensive final that will demonstrate they have       We have many                 One success we have is the               Hire more full time faculty,
           characteristics of theoretical capitalism • compare the    successfully understood the student learning outcomes. They successfully       informal/formal meetings     number of students that                  we also need qualified
           European form of capitalism and will compare it to         complete analysis, papers, document analysis, projects or web presentations.   to discuss assessment and    attend Political Economy                 tutors.
           American capitalism. • summarize three distinct            Exams and short papers will be used to asses.                                  compare notes on             Days. A continuing challenge
           characteristics of the Japanese economy. • analyze the                                                                                    teaching methodologies.      we have is the lack of
           economic performance in each country studied                                                                                                                           quantitative skills that
                                                                                                                                                                                  students bring to the
                                                                                                                                                                                  classroom. Another challenge
                                                                                                                                                                                  is to incorporate adjunct
                                                                                                                                                                                  faculty knowledge into our
                                                                                                                                                                                  discussions.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                Page 47 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


ECON 102   1. Identify the types of markets and illustrate how          Examination questions and quizzes require students to analyze how different    Professors individually        Problem: The department                    We need fully integrated
           differences in the markets affect their production and       types of markets affect production and consumption decisions. Examinations,    assess individual students     was not sure how to teach                  "Smart" classrooms. We
           consumption patterns. 2. Organize and analyze data in        homework assignments, and projects require students to plot graphs and to      mastery of the Student         theories of Comparative                    need more tutorials and
           graphs and exhibit understanding of the relationships of     explain the variables and the conclusions of these graphs. Examinations,       Learning Objectives. The       Advantage and whether the                  simulations to aid in
           variables in writing. 3. Compare and contrast a variety of   homework assignments, quizzes, projects, and term papers require students to   professors in the discipline   material should be taught in               individualizing instruction.
           economic systems. 4. Use theories of Comparative             compare and contrast the variety of economic systems. Examinations,            then meet informally to        Economics 101 or 102.                      Allowing the professors to
           Advantage to evaluate global trade.                          homework assignments, projects, and quizzes require students to use the        discuss, review, and           Opportunity: Discipline                    create assignments based
                                                                        theories of comparative advantage and to discuss global trade.                 assess their successes         members met, discussed, and                on the assessment of
                                                                                                                                                       and challenges with the        came to a consensus that                   student achievement
                                                                                                                                                       Student Learning               theories of Comparative                    would help more students
                                                                                                                                                       Objectives.                    Advantage should be taught                 succeed.
                                                                                                                                                                                      in Economics 102. They also
                                                                                                                                                                                      agreed on some examples to
                                                                                                                                                                                      use in teaching this material.
                                                                                                                                                                                      Success: Each professor now
                                                                                                                                                                                      teaches theories of
                                                                                                                                                                                      Comparative Advantage in
                                                                                                                                                                                      Economics 102 and uses an
                                                                                                                                                                                      example similar to the ones
                                                                                                                                                                                      agreed upon.




ECON 110   The student will: • identify and describe the                Students will pass a comprehensive final that will demonstrate they have       We have many                   One success we have is the                 Hire more full time econ
           characteristics of theoretical capitalism • compare the      successfully understood the student learning outcomes. They successfully       informal/formal meetings       number of students that                    teachers and obtain
           European form of capitalism and will compare it to           complete analysis, papers, document analysis, projects or web presentations.   to discuss assessment and      attend Political Economy                   qualified tutors.
           American capitalism. • summarize three distinct              Exams and short papers will be used to asses.                                  compare notes on               Days. A continuing challenge
           characteristics of the Japanese economy. • analyze the                                                                                      teaching methodologies.        we have is the lack of
           economic performance in each country studied                                                                                                                               quantitative skills that
                                                                                                                                                                                      students bring to the
                                                                                                                                                                                      classroom. Another challenge
                                                                                                                                                                                      is to incorporate adjunct
                                                                                                                                                                                      faculty knowledge into our
                                                                                                                                                                                      discussions.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 48 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                             Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results              Changes               Resources


HE 100     1. Develop knowledge and an understanding of physical         Major Assignment: Student Exams                                               Physical Education        None perceived.                                       Upgraded facilities for
           activity and fitness and its role in personal development     Assessment Instrument: Multiple choice, short answer exams covering text      meetings at the beginning                                                       fitness component of
           and lifelong wellness.                                        book, lecture and video materials.                                            and end of each semester.                                                       health. A health lab for
           2. Recognize their individual well being will be              Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score 70% or higher on exams.                                                                                      testing, assessing and
           developed through the study of the emotional, spiritual,                                                                                                                                                                    monitoring student
           intellectual, social and physical qualities of health.                                                                                                                                                                      progress. Indoor and
           3. Apply principles of wellness, fitness, recreational and                                                                                                                                                                  outdoor facilities for
           physical activity in making proper choices as it applies to                                                                                                                                                                 physical fitness.
           life skills and lifestyle.




HE 100L    1. Recall the physical benefits of a total body            Students will review their fitness tests results, workout recording and class    Faculty will meet with     No problems were evident                             Motivate students for
           conditioning program. 2. Appraise their physical lifestyle participation effort results with an instructor.                                 students for scheduled     through this analysis.                               higher attendence rate.
           by viewing their fitness test results. 3. Plan their own                                                                                    progress assignment                                                             Increased hours at
           future invidual activity and exercise program. 4. Discover                                                                                  completion and end of the                                                       wellness center.
           workpout techniques that work best for their body and                                                                                       semester fitness tests and
           lifestyle. 5. Schedule their future time to include an                                                                                      workout recordings.
           active lifestyle and planned exercise routine.



HIST 101   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures Methods of assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews,               We plan to assess this    This SLO has not yet been       We will consider     These needs will have to
           in American history through Reconstruction              history research projects, classroom presentations. We have not yet assessed        SLO during 2010 either in assessed.                       the nature and       be determined once we
                                                                   this SLO and are planning to discuss other assesment options including pre          the Spring or Fall                                        validity of this SLO conduct our assessment.
                                                                   and post tests and surveys.                                                         Semester.                                                 after our first
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 assessment.


HIST 101   Accurately interpret American history through the use of We are currently constructing assesment tools, but are focusing on the use of      We are currently planning We have not yet conducted       We will revisit this We will determine
           primary and secondary sources.                           Document Based Questions to expose the students to primary and secondary           to test this SLO in 2010  this assesment.                 SLO after our first resource needs after our
                                                                    sources and to test student differentiation and interpretation of these sources.   either in Spring or Fall                                  assesment to see if first assesment.
                                                                                                                                                       semester.                                                 changes are
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 necessary.


HIST 101   Identify, use, and cite reliable primary and secondary        We are currently using book reviews, history research projects, and classroom We hope to assess for this This assesment has yet to be   We will revisit the   We will determine any
           sources in American.                                          presentations. We all individually assess for this SLO with our research and     SLO in 2011, either in the conducted.                  SLO after the first   addtional resource needs
                                                                         writing assignments, but we will work to create a unified assesment that will    Spring or Fall semester.                               assesment and         once we conduct the
                                                                         focus on the use and citing of historical sources. We are also looking to create                                                        pursue any            assessment.
                                                                         a discipline web page that shows proper citation examples for history papers.                                                           necessary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 changes.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 49 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                 Changes                Resources


HIST 101   Demonstrate college level writing in assessing and           We are currently (Fall 2009) assessing this SLO. We have created a rubric for        We are currently              We are gathering the history       After our analysis     We will report on resource
           interpreting American history.                               grading History 101 writing assignments and are evaluating the students. The         assessing this SLO (Fall      writing assessment data at         is complete, we will   needs when the
                                                                        data is being gathered on an Excel spread sheet for analysis. Our deadline for       2009. Submissions from        this time. We will aggregate       revisit the SLO to     assessment analysis is
                                                                        data submission by instructors is Nov. 25. We will analyze and report on the         instructors is due Nov. 25.   and analyze the data and           determine what         complete.
                                                                        data soon after.                                                                                                   report findings to the disipline   changes, if any,
                                                                                                                                                                                           and to the college for the Fall    need be done.
                                                                                                                                                                                           Semester 2009.




HIST 101   Identify the historical and theoretical foundations of the We have yet to determine the particular assessment method for this SLO. We             We seek to assess this      We have not yet conducted            Once we have           We will review resource
           U. S. Constitution, the structure and function of the three currently use quizzes, tests, and other in class assignments. We are discussing       SLO in 2011 either in the this assessment.                       done the first         needs after we have
           Branches, the Checks and Balances system, and the           the possible design of a special test or survey to assess the SLO.                    Spring or Fall Semester                                          assessment we will     conducted the first
           nature as well as the continuing impact of the Bill of                                                                                            and will continue to asses                                       revisit the SLO and    assessment cycle.
           Rights.                                                                                                                                           for it every 3 years or so.                                      make any changes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              necessary,


HIST 101   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures      The accurate recall of events and historical figures, interpretation using primary   Department members            We are still in the                                       Fully integrated "smart"
           in American history through Reconstruction. Accurately       and secondary sources, college level writing will be assessed in exams and           have gathered informally      developmental stage and are                               classrooms and more
           interpret American history through the use of primary        research and writing assignments. Methods of assessment may include                  and in committee, have        beginning our first efforts at                            discipline specific
           and secondary sources. Identify, use, and cite reliable      quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, history research projects, classroom             examined the SLOs from        assessment and analysis.                                  classrooms with
           primary and secondary sources in American.                   presentations.                                                                       other history departments                                                               appropriate technological
           Demonstrate college level writing in assessing and                                                                                                from various colleges and                                                               and physical teaching aids
           interpreting American history. Identify the historical and                                                                                        universities, and have                                                                  (maps, charts, displays,
           theoretical foundations of the U. S. Constitution, the                                                                                            exchanged e-mails and                                                                   etc.).
           structure and function of the three Branches, the Checks                                                                                          information to create a
           and Balances system, and the nature as well as the                                                                                                model of SLOs for the
           continuing impact of the Bill of Rights.                                                                                                          history discipline. We look
                                                                                                                                                             forward to refining our
                                                                                                                                                             model and methods of
                                                                                                                                                             assessment as we
                                                                                                                                                             develop, gather, and
                                                                                                                                                             analyze data.




HIST 102   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures Methods of assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews,                     We plan to assess this    This SLO has not yet been              We will consider     These needs will have to
           in American history since Reconstruction.               history research projects, classroom presentations. We have not yet assessed              SLO during 2010 either in assessed.                              the nature and       be determined once we
                                                                   this SLO and are planning to discuss other assesment options including pre                the Spring or Fall                                               validity of this SLO conduct our assessment.
                                                                   and post tests and surveys.                                                               Semester.                                                        after our first
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              assessment.



                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                                     Page 50 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                 Changes                Resources


HIST 102   Accurately interpret American history through the use of We are currently constructing assesment tools, but are focusing on the use of         We are currently planning This assesment has yet to be           We will revisit the    We will determine any
           primary and secondary sources.                           Document Based Questions to expose the students to primary and secondary              to test this SLO in 2010  conducted.                             SLO after the first    addtional resource needs
                                                                    sources and to test student differentiation and interpretation of these sources.      either in Spring or Fall                                         assesment and          once we conduct the
                                                                                                                                                          semester.                                                        pursue any             assessment.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           necessary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           changes.

HIST 102   Demonstrate college level writing in assessing and        We are currently (Fall 2009) assessing this SLO. We have created a rubric for        We are currently              We are gathering the history       After our analysis     We will report on resource
           interpreting American history.                            grading History 101 writing assignments and are evaluating the students. The         assessing this SLO (Fall      writing assessment data at         is complete, we will   needs when the
                                                                     data is being gathered on an Excel spread sheet for analysis. Our deadline for       2009. Submissions from        this time. We will aggregate       revisit the SLO to     assessment analysis is
                                                                     data submission by instructors is Nov. 25. We will analyze and report on the         instructors is due Nov. 25.   and analyze the data and           determine what         complete.
                                                                     data soon after.                                                                                                   report findings to the disipline   changes, if any,
                                                                                                                                                                                        and to the college for the Fall    need be done.
                                                                                                                                                                                        Semester 2009.




HIST 102   Demonstrate knowledge of the basic structures of          The California government requirement was discussed resulting in a significant       We seek to assess this      We have not yet conducted            Once we have           We will review resource
           California politics and history.                          revision in discipline behavior towards this requirement. The California             SLO in 2011 either in the this assessment.                       done the first         needs after we have
                                                                     government SLO is currently evaluated using a variety of methods incuding:           Spring or Fall Semester                                          assessment we will     conducted the first
                                                                     test questions, worksheets, short essays, exams, take-home tests, online             and will continue to asses                                       revisit the SLO and    assessment cycle.
                                                                     activities. We attempted an assesment in Spring 2009 that failed due to lack of      for it every 3 years or so.                                      make any changes
                                                                     significant participation. We will attempt again and try to determine if a special                                                                    necessary,
                                                                     test or survey will meet the needs of our assessment.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                                     Page 51 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results              Changes   Resources


HIST 102   A student will: Demonstrate knowledge of the basic          The California government SLO is evaluated using a variety of methods             Discipline members            Problem: The California                   Needs: Fully integrated
           structures of California politics and history; be able to   incuding: test questions, worksheets, short essays, exams, take-home tests,       informally discuss, revew     Government requirement was                "smart" classrooms; an
           read primary and secondary historical sources and           online activities. For the American history SLOs, instructors use written         and assess their              not adequatly addressed in                expanded number of
           critically analyze the texts; understand the interprative   assignments including, but not limited to essay exams, research papers, book      successes and challenges      either the COR or in the                  discipline specific
           quality of history and be aware that there is a             reviews, document analysis, porfolios, web presentations. Instructors also use    with particualr student       particular course offerings.              classrooms with
           historiography; interpret the fundamental tensions          oral feedback including but not limited to socratic method, oral presentations,   learning outcomes.            Opportunity: Discipline                   appropriate technological
           involved in American Federalism; and critically analyze     debates, historical reenactments, historical "game shows." The California         Discipline members also       members met, discussed, and               and physical teaching aids
           the developments of American foreign and domestic           government requirement was discussed resulting in a significant revision in       individually assess student   came to a consensus that                  (maps, charts, displays,
           policies.                                                   discipline behavior towards this requirement. See below.                          learning outcomes in their    new prodedures would be                   etc.); history tutors; more
                                                                                                                                                         particular classes.           implemented within                        full-time faculty.
                                                                                                                                                                                       classrooms and reflected in
                                                                                                                                                                                       all History 102 syllabi.
                                                                                                                                                                                       Success: Each History 102
                                                                                                                                                                                       instructor now requires a
                                                                                                                                                                                       textbook on California
                                                                                                                                                                                       government with associated
                                                                                                                                                                                       assignments covering
                                                                                                                                                                                       California government and
                                                                                                                                                                                       politics. The text and
                                                                                                                                                                                       assignments are reflected in
                                                                                                                                                                                       the course syllabi and are
                                                                                                                                                                                       collected and reviewed by the
                                                                                                                                                                                       Department Chair and History
                                                                                                                                                                                       Advisor.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                   Page 52 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


HIST 105   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures      The accurate recall of events and historical figures, interpretation using primary   Department members             We are still in the                        Fully integrated "smart"
           in the history of modern Western Civilization. Evaluate      and secondary sources, college level writing will be assessed in exams and           have gathered informally,      developmental stage and are                classrooms and more
           and interpret major patterns and trends in Western           research and writing assignments. Methods of assessment may include                  have examined the SLOs         beginning our first efforts at             discipline specific
           Civilization history through the Reformation with a          quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, history research projects, classroom             from other history             assessment and analysis.                   classrooms with
           particular focus on causation, continuities, and change.     presentations.                                                                       departments from various                                                  appropriate technological
           Accurately interpret Western Civilization history through                                                                                         colleges and universities,                                                and physical teaching aids
           the use of primary and secondary sources. Identify, use,                                                                                          and have exchanged e-                                                     (maps, charts, displays,
           and cite reliable primary and secondary sources in                                                                                                mails and information to                                                  etc.).
           Western Civilization history. Demonstrate college level                                                                                           create a model of SLOs for
           writing in assessing and interpreting Western                                                                                                     the history discipline. We
           Civilization.                                                                                                                                     look forward to refining our
                                                                                                                                                             model and methods of
                                                                                                                                                             assessment as we
                                                                                                                                                             develop, gather, and
                                                                                                                                                             analyze data.




HIST 106   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures      The accurate recall of events and historical figures, interpretation using primary   Department members             We are still in the                        Fully integrated "smart"
           in the history of modern Western Civilization. Evaluate      and secondary sources, college level writing will be assessed in exams and           have gathered informally,      developmental stage and are                classrooms and more
           and interpret major patterns and trends in modern            research and writing assignments. Methods of assessment may include                  have examined the SLOs         beginning our first efforts at             discipline specific
           Western Civilization history with a particular focus on      quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, history research projects, classroom             from other history             assessment and analysis.                   classrooms with
           causation, continuities, and change. Accurately interpret    presentations.                                                                       departments from various                                                  appropriate technological
           modern Western Civilization history through the use of                                                                                            colleges and universities,                                                and physical teaching aids
           primary and secondary sources. Identify, use, and cite                                                                                            and have exchanged e-                                                     (maps, charts, displays,
           reliable primary and secondary sources in Western                                                                                                 mails and information to                                                  etc.).
           Civilization history. Demonstrate college level writing in                                                                                        create a model of SLOs for
           assessing and interpreting modern Western Civilization.                                                                                           the history discipline. We
                                                                                                                                                             look forward to refining our
                                                                                                                                                             model and methods of
                                                                                                                                                             assessment as we
                                                                                                                                                             develop, gather, and
                                                                                                                                                             analyze data.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 53 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


HIST 107   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures       The accurate recall of events and historical figures, interpretation using primary   Department members             We are still in the                         Fully integrated "smart"
           in the history of World History to 1650. Evaluate and         and secondary sources, college level writing will be assessed in exams and           have gathered informally,      developmental stage and are                 classrooms and more
           interpret major patterns and trends in World history to       research and writing assignments. Methods of assessment may include                  have examined the SLOs         beginning our first efforts at              discipline specific
           1650 with a particular focus on causation, continuities,      quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, history research projects, classroom             from other history             assessment and analysis.                    classrooms with
           and change. Accurately interpret World history to 1650        presentations.                                                                       departments from various                                                   appropriate technological
           through the use of primary and secondary sources.                                                                                                  colleges and universities,                                                 and physical teaching aids
           Identify, use, and cite reliable primary and secondary                                                                                             and have exchanged e-                                                      (maps, charts, displays,
           sources in World history to 1650. Demonstrate college                                                                                              mails and information to                                                   etc.).
           level writing in assessing and interpreting World history                                                                                          create a model of SLOs for
           to 1650.                                                                                                                                           the history discipline. We
                                                                                                                                                              look forward to refining our
                                                                                                                                                              model and methods of
                                                                                                                                                              assessment as we
                                                                                                                                                              develop, gather, and
                                                                                                                                                              analyze data.




HIST 108   Accurately recall major events and figures in modern          Accurate recall and interpretation of events, developments, and figures may be       Faculty members have           The problem has been that                   Fully integrated "smart"
           world history, 1650-present. Evaluate and interpret           evaluated in text questions, worksheets, short essays, essay exams, online           met informally and have        there is no unified                         classrooms that are
           major patterns and trends in modern world history with a      activities. Research projects will be used to evaluated use and intrepretation of    discussed and shared           consideration of the learning               discipline specific with
           particular focus on causation, continuities, and change.      primary and secondary sources. History faculty may use written assignments           SLOs and assessment            outcomes for world history.                 appropriate technological
           Identify and use reliable primary and secondary sources       including but not limited to: essay exams, research papers, book reviews,            techniques. Because            Discussions and observations                an dphysical teaching aids
           in modern world history. Demonstrate college level            document analysis, Web presentations, historical portfolios. History faculty may     many of the History 108        of SLOs, especially from a                  (maps, charts, displays,
           writing skills while analyzing historical problems, events,   use oral feedback, including but not limited to: Socaratic method,, oral             courses are taught by          variety of other colleges, have             etc.) will enhance the
           or figures.                                                   presentations, debates, historical reenactments.                                     adjuncts, they have been       aided in creating some unity                learning environments.
                                                                                                                                                              involved in the discussion     of understanding. Further
                                                                                                                                                              and have shared SLOs           evaluation of the two world
                                                                                                                                                              from the various intitutions   history courses, especially
                                                                                                                                                              where they teach.              regarding the 1650 divison for
                                                                                                                                                                                             History 107 and 108 has
                                                                                                                                                                                             come under evaluation and
                                                                                                                                                                                             may need to be revised to
                                                                                                                                                                                             create more functional
                                                                                                                                                                                             courses.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 54 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


HIST 121   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures    The accurate recall of events and figures, interpretation using primary and    This course is currently       For other courses, specifically               Fully integrated "smart"
           in California history. Accuratley interpret California     secondary sourses, college level writing, and assesments of cultures and       taught only once per year      History 102, we have had to                   classrooms and more
           history through the use of primary and secondary           interactions will be assesed in exams and research and writing assignments.    and only by myself. I have     create deparment wide                         discipline specific
           sources. Identify, use, and cite reliable primary and      Methods of assesment include essay exams, book reviews, history research       discussed general issues       standards for teaching the                    classrooms with
           secondary sources in California history. Demonstrate       projects, class room presentations.                                            of SLOs and assesments         California government and                     appropriate technological
           college level writing in assessing and interpreting                                                                                       for the larger history         politics unit.                                and physical teaching aids
           California history. Assess and interpet the roles and                                                                                     course of our department                                                     (maps, charts, displays,
           interactions of various and diverse cultural elements in                                                                                  and will continue to work to                                                 etc.).
           California history.                                                                                                                       refine the learning
                                                                                                                                                     outcomes process.




HIST 130   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures    The accurate recall of figures and events, the interpretation of primary and   All history instructors have   The discipline of history is just             Fully integrated "smart"
           in Women's history. Accurately interpret Women's           secondary sources, and the college level writing skills will be assessed in    been asked and are             beginning our SLO process.                    classrooms and more
           history through the use of primary and secondary           quizzes, exams, and research and writing assignments. Methods of               participiating in an ongoing   We are shaping our first                      discipline specific
           sources. Identify, use, and cite reliable primary and      assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, historical          effort to realize and refine   unified assessments of                        classrooms with
           secondary sources in Women's history. Demonstrate          research projects, classroom presentations, etc.                               the SLO process. Informal      particular SLOs. We have                      appropriate technological
           college level writing in interpreting and assessing                                                                                       discussions, discipline        been able to work out some                    and physical teaching
           Women's history.                                                                                                                          meetings, shared               problems in particular cources                aids; maps, charts,
                                                                                                                                                     information through group      (like History 102 and the                     displays, etc. the more
                                                                                                                                                     e-mailings and exchanges       California Government and                     perfect the learning
                                                                                                                                                     have all become part of        Politics requirement). As we                  environment, the better
                                                                                                                                                     the continuing process to      start creating data and begin                 the potential for effective
                                                                                                                                                     refine and assess learning     to analyze the data, we will                  learning outcomes.
                                                                                                                                                     outcomes.                      be able to refine our actions
                                                                                                                                                                                    to improve learning
                                                                                                                                                                                    outcomes.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 55 of 644
                                                             Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


HIST 140   1. Accurately recall knowledge of major events and        The accurate recall of figures and events, the interpretation of primary and   All history instructors have   The discipline of history is just             A valuable resource for
           figures in the History of the Americas from pre-          secondary sources, and the college level writing skills will be assessed in    been asked and are             beginning our SLO                             any history course is
           Columbian times to 1800. 2. Accurately interpret the      quizzes, exams, and research and writing assignments. Methods of               participating in an ongoing    assessment process. We are                    access to online
           History of the Americas through the use of primary and    assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, historical          effort to realize and refine   shaping our first unified                     resources such as: A.
           secondary sources. 3. Demonstrate college level writing   research projects, classroom presentations, etc.                               the SLO process. Informal      assessments of particular                     Primary source
           in interpreting and assessing themes from the period                                                                                     discussions, discipline        SLOs. We have been able to                    documents B. Academic
           under study.                                                                                                                             meetings, shared               provide solutions in particular               journal databases The
                                                                                                                                                    information through group      courses (like History 102 and                 college Library now
                                                                                                                                                    e-mailings and exchanges       the California Government                     provides excellent sources
                                                                                                                                                    have all become part of        and Politics requirement). As                 online, including online
                                                                                                                                                    the continuing process to      we start creating data and                    journal article databases
                                                                                                                                                    refine and assess learning     begin to analyze the data, we                 such as JSTOR.
                                                                                                                                                    outcomes.                      will be able to refine our                    Additional web sites
                                                                                                                                                                                   actions to improve learning                   provide access to
                                                                                                                                                                                   outcomes.                                     important historical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 documents. To facilitate
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 student access to these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 sources, enhanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 wireless internet access
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 should be expanded to all
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 classrooms where this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 course is taught. Currently
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 from 20-50% of students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 in our classes have laptop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 computers with wireless
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Internet capability. The
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Academic Technology
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 program also offers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 portable laptop labs; these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 should be enhanced with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 inexpensive netbooks with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 wireless internet access.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 56 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


HIST 141   1. Accurately recall knowledge of major events and             The accurate recall of figures and events, the interpretation of primary and     All history instructors have   The discipline of history is just             A valuable resource for
           figures in the History of the Americas since 1800,             secondary sources, and the college level writing skills will be assessed in      been asked and are             beginning our SLO                             any history course is
           particularly in relation to global historical change in this   quizzes, exams, and research and writing assignments. In particular, each        participating in an ongoing    assessment process. We are                    access to online
           period. 2. Accurately interpret the History of the             student will: 1. Analyze the process of migration in the Americas since 1800     effort to realize and refine   shaping our first unified                     resources such as: A.
           Americas in this period through the use of primary and         using the Push-Pull method of historical analysis. 2. Compare and contrast the   the SLO process. Informal      assessments of particular                     Primary source
           secondary sources. 3. Demonstrate college level writing        political, social, and economic development of selected nations and regions.     discussions, discipline        SLOs. We have been able to                    documents B. Academic
           in interpreting and assessing significant themes from the      Methods of assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews,            meetings, shared               develop solutions in particular               journal databases The
           period under study. 4. Analyze important themes and            historical research projects, classroom presentations, etc.                      information through group      courses (like History 102 and                 college Library now
           the historical causation of these events from the period                                                                                        e-mailings and exchanges       the California Government                     provides excellent sources
           under study, in particular the effect of migration on the                                                                                       have all become part of        and Politics requirement). As                 online, including online
           Americas since 1800.                                                                                                                            the continuing process to      we start creating data and                    journal article databases
                                                                                                                                                           refine and assess learning     begin to analyze the data, we                 such as JSTOR and the
                                                                                                                                                           outcomes.                      will be able to refine our                    Historical New York Times
                                                                                                                                                                                          actions to improve learning                   and Historical Los
                                                                                                                                                                                          outcomes.                                     Angeles Times, which are
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        of particular value for this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        course. Additional web
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        sites provide access to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        important historical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        documents. To facilitate
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        student access to these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        sources, enhanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        wireless internet access
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        should be expanded to all
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        classrooms where this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        course is taught. Currently
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        from 20-50% of students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        in our classes have laptop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        computers with wireless
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Internet capability. The
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Academic Technology
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        program also offers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        portable laptop labs; these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        should be enhanced with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        inexpensive netbooks with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        wireless internet access.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 57 of 644
                                                             Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


HIST 150   1. Accurately recall knowledge of major events and        The accurate recall of figures and events, the interpretation of primary and   All history instructors have   The discipline of history is just             A valuable resource for
           figures in the History of Latin America from pre-         secondary sources, and the college level writing skills will be assessed in    been asked and are             beginning our SLO                             any history course is
           Columbian times to 1824. 2. Accurately interpret the      quizzes, exams, and research and writing assignments. Methods of               participating in an ongoing    assessment process. We are                    access to online
           History of Latin America through the use of primary and   assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, historical          effort to realize and refine   shaping our first unified                     resources such as: A.
           secondary sources. 3. Demonstrate college level writing   research projects, classroom presentations, etc.                               the SLO process. Informal      assessments of particular                     Primary source
           in interpreting and assessing themes from the period                                                                                     discussions, discipline        SLOs. We have been able to                    documents B. Academic
           under study.                                                                                                                             meetings, shared               provide solutions in particular               journal databases The
                                                                                                                                                    information through group      courses (like History 102 and                 college Library now
                                                                                                                                                    e-mailings and exchanges       the California Government                     provides excellent sources
                                                                                                                                                    have all become part of        and Politics requirement). As                 online, including online
                                                                                                                                                    the continuing process to      we start creating data and                    journal article databases
                                                                                                                                                    refine and assess learning     begin to analyze the data, we                 such as JSTOR.
                                                                                                                                                    outcomes.                      will be able to refine our                    Additional web sites
                                                                                                                                                                                   actions to improve learning                   provide access to
                                                                                                                                                                                   outcomes.                                     important historical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 documents. To facilitate
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 student access to these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 sources, enhanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 wireless internet access
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 should be expanded to all
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 classrooms where this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 course is taught. Currently
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 from 20-50% of students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 in our classes have laptop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 computers with wireless
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Internet capability. The
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Academic Technology
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 program also offers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 portable laptop labs; these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 should be enhanced with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 inexpensive netbooks with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 wireless internet access.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 58 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


HIST 151   1. Accurately recall knowledge of major events and         The accurate recall of figures and events, the interpretation of primary and   All history instructors have   The discipline of history is just             A valuable resource for
           figures in the History of the Americas from 1824 and       secondary sources, and the college level writing skills will be assessed in    been asked and are             beginning our SLO                             any history course is
           Independence to the present. 2. Accurately interpret the   quizzes, exams, and research and writing assignments. Methods of               participating in an ongoing    assessment process. We are                    access to online
           History of the Americas through the use of primary and     assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, historical          effort to realize and refine   shaping our first unified                     resources such as: A.
           secondary sources. 3. Demonstrate college level writing    research projects, classroom presentations, etc.                               the SLO process. Informal      assessments of particular                     Primary source
           in interpreting and assessing themes from the period                                                                                      discussions, discipline        SLOs. We have been able to                    documents B. Academic
           under study.                                                                                                                              meetings, shared               provide solutions in particular               journal databases The
                                                                                                                                                     information through group      courses (like History 102 and                 college Library now
                                                                                                                                                     e-mailings and exchanges       the California Government                     provides excellent sources
                                                                                                                                                     have all become part of        and Politics requirement). As                 online, including online
                                                                                                                                                     the continuing process to      we start creating data and                    journal article databases
                                                                                                                                                     refine and assess learning     begin to analyze the data, we                 such as JSTOR.
                                                                                                                                                     outcomes.                      will be able to refine our                    Additional web sites
                                                                                                                                                                                    actions to improve learning                   provide access to
                                                                                                                                                                                    outcomes.                                     important historical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  documents. To facilitate
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  student access to these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  sources, enhanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  wireless internet access
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  should be expanded to all
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  classrooms where this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  course is taught. Currently
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  from 20-50% of students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  in our classes have laptop
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  computers with wireless
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Internet capability. The
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Academic Technology
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  program also offers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  portable laptop labs; these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  should be enhanced with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  inexpensive netbooks with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  wireless internet access.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 59 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                  Changes        Resources


HIST 152   Accurately recall knowledge of major events and figures       The accurate recall of figures and events, the interpretation of primary and   All history instructors have   The discipline of history is just                  Full integrated "smart"
           in WW II history. Accurately interpret history through the    secondary sources, and the colege level writing skills will be assessed in     been asked and are             beginning our SLO                                  classrooms and more
           use of primary and secondary sources. Identify, use,          quizzes, exams, and research and writing assignments. Methods of               participating in an ongoing    assignment process. We are                         discipline specific
           and cite reliable primary and secondary sources in WW         assessment may include quizzes, essay exams, book reviews, historical          effort to realize and refine   shaping our firts unified                          classrooms with
           II history. Demonstrate college level writing in              research projects, classroom presentations, etc.                               the SLO process. Informal      assessments of particular                          appropriate technological
           interpreting and assessing WW II history.                                                                                                    discussions, discipline        SLOs. We have been able to                         and physical teaching
                                                                                                                                                        meetings, shared               work out some problems in                          aids; maps, charts,
                                                                                                                                                        information through group      particular courses (like History                   displays, etc. the more
                                                                                                                                                        e-mailings and exchanges       102 and the California                             perfect the learning
                                                                                                                                                        have all become part of        Government and Politics                            environment, the better
                                                                                                                                                        the continuing process to      requirement). As we start                          the potential for effective
                                                                                                                                                        refine and assess learning     creating data and begin to                         learning outcomes.
                                                                                                                                                        outcomes.                      analyze the data, we will be
                                                                                                                                                                                       able to refine our actions to
                                                                                                                                                                                       improve learning outcomes.




JS 106     Ability to identify and analyze the historical significance   Reflective essays.                                                             Starting in the spring of      In progress.                        In progress.   In progress.
           of Israel‟s land, people, and books.                                                                                                         2010.
JS 106     Ability to differentiate between the beliefs and practices Reflective essays.                                                                Starting in the spring of      In progress.                        In progress.   In progress.
           of Biblical and Rabbinic Judaism (from prehistory to 70                                                                                      2010.
           CE, and 70 CE to present).
JS 106     3. Ability to describe the Jewish Way of Life.                Reflective essays.                                                             Starting in the spring of      In progress.                        In progress.   In progress.
                                                                                                                                                        2010.
JS 107     Ability to identify and describe major elements in the        Reflective essays.                                                             Starting in the spring of      In progress.                        In progress.   In progress.
           historical development of Jewish religion and culture                                                                                        2010.
           from the 3rd millennium BCE to the 21st century CE.


JS 107     Ability to recognize and analyze the global causes,           Reflective essays.                                                             Starting in the spring of      In progress.                        In progress.   In progress.
           effects, and responses to religious, racial, and political                                                                                   2010.
           anti-Semitism.
JS 107     Knowledge of significant contributions by Jews in all         Reflective essays.                                                             Starting in the spring of      In progress.                        In progress.   In progress.
           areas of human endeavors.                                                                                                                    2010.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 60 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes       Resources


LT 100   Students will demonstrate understanding of the mission Students complete a guided webquest in BlackBoard where they read and              Throughout the duration of In progress              In progress   In progress
         and goals of various types of libraries in contemporary answer worksheet questions about the four main types of libraries (public,        the semester
         society.                                                school, academic, special) from the ALA website, then visit and report on the
                                                                 various professional associations which support each type of library, and finally
                                                                 visit web sites of individual libraries to read examples of mission statements
                                                                 and library service and collections overviews. The worksheet is assessed with
                                                                 feedback. This knowledge is reassessed on the short answer portion of the
                                                                 final exam.



LT 100   Students will describe typical workplace duties for the       Students (in pairs) review and discuss a detailed skills inventory for library   Throughout the duration of In progress         In progress   In progress
         job title of library/information technician and related job   technicians, then identify and record the most essential qualities or skills for the course.
         titles.                                                       each category of the skills standards. Next, each group receives and reviews
                                                                       one job announcement for a recent library staff position opening in our region
                                                                       (San Diego County). Students are then asked to relate the position duties and
                                                                       requirements in the position announcement to the skills inventory, and identify
                                                                       which key skills would be best suited for that particular position. Groups then
                                                                       present their work to the class and instructor. Students later tie the skills
                                                                       inventory and typical library technician position duties to a draft of their own
                                                                       employment resume and generic cover letter.




LT 100   Students will demonstrate the ability to locate, evaluate,    Students are assigned a research project at the beginning of the semester,         Throughout the course of In progress         In progress   In progress
         and utilize information in a variety of formats by using      where they are asked to investigate either a library topic (bookmobile services, the semester.
         both print (indexes) and electronic resources                 censorship, etc.) or a study the history of a library. A variety of references are
         (databases).                                                  required to be consulted and then cited in MLA citation style as part of the final
                                                                       project. Early in the semester, students are asked to identify their topic, locate
                                                                       two potential information resources (books, articles, web sites, etc.) and provide
                                                                       citations and annotations for those two sources in MLA style. Feedback is
                                                                       provided to the students on the choice of information resources, and also on
                                                                       the first attempt at creating MLA citations, with encouragement to correct the
                                                                       citations, and suggestions of further information resources to locate and review
                                                                       related to the research project. The bibliography submitted with the final project
                                                                       is then evaluated with a grade for quality and diversity of resources and correct
                                                                       MLA style citations.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                       Page 61 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results               Changes               Resources


LT 110   Students will be able to understand the functions of      Outcomes will be assessed by way of online activities using OCLC Connexion The SLO assessment               The course will be taught by a   Possible changes      Scheduling in a dedicated
         Cataloging and Acquisitions in Library Technical          and and Integrated Library system cataloging module.                       results will be reviewed         new Instructor when next         will be made to the   computer classroom to
         Sevices.                                                                                                                             informally on an annual          offered. After the initial       Course of Record      facilitate use of online
                                                                                                                                              basis. Formal review will        semester of teaching the         outline that will     systems needed to
                                                                                                                                              occur during in the normal       content and designing            align specific        acquire cataloging skills.
                                                                                                                                              department cycle (a 3/5          materials the Instructor will    content covered       Access to survey tools
                                                                                                                                              year time period). At that       review assessment results        with anticipated      (preferably ones used by
                                                                                                                                              time the Instructor of           with the Department Chair to     changes to            the College‟ Institutional
                                                                                                                                              record and the Department        determine if changes are         cataloging            Review department)
                                                                                                                                              Chair will meet to discuss       necessary prior to the next      standards in the      which will allow tabulation
                                                                                                                                              assessment results               course development cycle.        field/occupation      and retention of student
                                                                                                                                              compiled for the and                                              (Library              responses self-
                                                                                                                                              consider any changes,                                             Technicians).         assessment tools while
                                                                                                                                              refinements,                                                                            maintaining confidentiality
                                                                                                                                              improvements that may be
                                                                                                                                              necessary due to industry
                                                                                                                                              changes.




LT 110   Students will be able to create cataloging records using Outcomes will be assessed by way of a cataloging project:either creating of a   The SLO assessment           The course will be taught by a   Possible changes      Scheduling in a dedicated
         AACR2R and MARC21 standards.                             bibliographic record or Technical Services procedures outline.                  results will be reviewed     new Instructor when next         will be made to the   computer classroom to
                                                                                                                                                  informally on an annual      offered. After the initial       Course of Record      facilitate use of online
                                                                                                                                                  basis. Formal review will    semester of teaching the         outline that will     systems needed to
                                                                                                                                                  occur during in the normal   content and designing            align specific        acquire cataloging skills.
                                                                                                                                                  department cycle (a 3/5      materials the Instructor will    content covered       Access to survey tools
                                                                                                                                                  year time period). At that   review assessment results        with anticipated      (preferably ones used by
                                                                                                                                                  time the Instructor of       with the Department Chair to     changes to            the College‟ Institutional
                                                                                                                                                  record and the Department    determine if changes are         cataloging            Review department)
                                                                                                                                                  Chair will meet to discuss   necessary prior to the next      standards in the      which will allow tabulation
                                                                                                                                                  assessment results           course development cycle.        field/occupation      and retention of student
                                                                                                                                                  compiled for the and                                          (Library              responses self-
                                                                                                                                                  consider any changes,                                         Technicians).         assessment tools while
                                                                                                                                                  refinements,                                                                        maintaining confidentiality
                                                                                                                                                  improvements that may be
                                                                                                                                                  necessary due to industry
                                                                                                                                                  changes.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                                              Page 62 of 644
                                                                   Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results               Changes               Resources


LT 110   Students will be able to use records in bibliographic        Outcomes will be assessed by way of an end of term self-assessment            The SLO assessment             The course will be taught by a   Possible changes      Scheduling in a dedicated
         utilities, online catalogs and local integrated library      worksheet.                                                                    results will be reviewed       new Instructor when next         will be made to the   computer classroom to
         systems.                                                                                                                                   informally on an annual        offered. After the initial       Course of Record      facilitate use of online
                                                                                                                                                    basis. Formal review will      semester of teaching the         outline that will     systems needed to
                                                                                                                                                    occur during in the normal     content and designing            align specific        acquire cataloging skills.
                                                                                                                                                    department cycle (a 3/5        materials the Instructor will    content covered       Access to survey tools
                                                                                                                                                    year time period). At that     review assessment results        with anticipated      (preferably ones used by
                                                                                                                                                    time the Instructor of         with the Department Chair to     changes to            the College‟ Institutional
                                                                                                                                                    record and the Department      determine if changes are         cataloging            Review department)
                                                                                                                                                    Chair will meet to discuss     necessary prior to the next      standards in the      which will allow tabulation
                                                                                                                                                    assessment results             course development cycle.        field/occupation      and retention of student
                                                                                                                                                    compiled for the and                                            (Library              responses self-
                                                                                                                                                    consider any changes,                                           Technicians).         assessment tools while
                                                                                                                                                    refinements,                                                                          maintaining confidentiality.
                                                                                                                                                    improvements that may be
                                                                                                                                                    necessary due to industry
                                                                                                                                                    changes.




LT 115   Students will be able to recognize elements of hiring        Group Project, Demonstration, Writing Assignment, Surveys, Post-tests using   Assessments will be            In process. Assessment           Changes to the        Scheduling the
         processes and successfully participate in such               home-grown assessment method                                                  reviewed annually each         results will be used to          Course Outline of     culmination project for this
         processes.                                                                                                                                 fall informally. Formal        improve the classroom            Record may be         class in a larger room
                                                                                                                                                    review will occur during the   activities related to this       made to assure        would be more
                                                                                                                                                    normal department review       learning outcome.                that the material     advantageous.
                                                                                                                                                    cycle with the Department                                       covered in this
                                                                                                                                                    Chair and the Instructor of                                     area is up-to-date
                                                                                                                                                    Record meeting to discuss                                       & reflects industry
                                                                                                                                                    assessment results                                              standards
                                                                                                                                                    compiled. At that time,
                                                                                                                                                    possible changes,
                                                                                                                                                    refinements,
                                                                                                                                                    improvements will be
                                                                                                                                                    made as discussed.




LT 120   1. Students will be able to evaluate reference questions 1. Students will analyze reference questions in written and verbal exercises.     Fall semester, 2009            In progress                      In progress           In progress
         in order to determine when to refer questions to
         librarians.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                               Page 63 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results             Changes         Resources


LT 120   2. Students will be able to analyze reference sources for 2. Students will prepare a pathfinder which analyzes content, accuracy and            Fall semester, 2009           In progress                    In progress     In progress
         content, accuracy, timeliness and usefulness.             usefulness of reference sources.


LT 120   3. Students will be able to interpret reference requests     3. Students will match requests with appropriate reference source.                 Fall semester, 2009           In progress                    In progress     In progress
         and find appropriate information source.
LT 120   Students will be able to: 1. Evaluate reference questions    Students will be able to successfully complete the verbal and written exercises,   Informal meetings and         None to report at this time.                   Continued support of the
         in written and verbal exercises. 2. Analyze reference        prepare an appropriate pathfinder document and be able to match reference          email communications                                                         program; enhancement of
         sources for content, accuracy, timeliness and                questions with the correct sources. 1. Students will analyze reference             between instructors                                                          resources through
         usefulness. 3.Interpret reference questions and find         questions in written and verbal exercises. 2.Students will prepare a pathfinder    teaching the varous                                                          pending Perkins Grant
         appropriate information source.                              which analyzes content, accuracy, timeliness and usefulness of reference           courses in the program.                                                      application.
                                                                      sources. 3.Students will match referece requests with reference sourses.


LT 130   Students will be able to: 1. Evaluate and select
         appropriate media for an instructional setting. 2.
         Formulate and conduct student learning activities that
         integrate the use of information media tools. 3. Design
         and create library displays, bulletin boards, exhibits and
         collections as marketing and informational tools.


LT 140   Students will be able to identify, evaluate, select and     Assessment will occur via examinations, small group work projects, written          Assessments will be       In progress                        In progress     In progress
         incorporate into library collections age appropriate print, assignments.                                                                        conducted annually at the
         non-print and on-line materials for youth.                                                                                                      completion of the class.


LT 140   Students will be able to understand and apply the basic Assessment will occur via written assignments and class presentations.                  Assessments will occur     In progress                       In progress     In progress.
         concepts of library services to youth in both school and                                                                                        annually at the completion
         public libraries.                                                                                                                               of the course.


LT 140   Students will be able to understand and apply the basic Assessment will occur via litersture activities, story-telling, display creation and Assessemnt will occur      In progress                          In progress     In progress
         principles and procedures of age appropriate library    deontration of marketing techniques.                                                 annually at the completion
         programming for youth.                                                                                                                       of the course.


LT 154   Students will be able to define a research question          As part of a qualitative pre/post test given at the beginning and end of the       Assessment will take place    A previously tested scoring    To be determined To be determined towards
         based on an information need.                                course, students will be asked to create a focused research question based on      every 2 years. The first      rubric will be used to measure towards the end of the end of the first
                                                                      a broad topic idea, e.g. you‟ve been assigned a research paper on the impact       assessment cycle will         the results of the qualitative the first SLOAC.   SLOAC.
                                                                      of the media on violence in our society. Given that broad area of interest, what   begin with evidence           pre and post test questions.
                                                                      might be a more focused research question or thesis statement for this topic?      collection in Spring 2009     Results not yet available for
                                                                      Students also develop focused research questions for their two major research      followed by analysis during   Spring 2009.
                                                                      projects for the course.                                                           2009-2010 academic year.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 64 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results          Changes            Resources


LT 154    Students will be able to use a variety of search tools    As part of a qualitative pre/post test given at the beginning and end of the       Assessment will take place    A previously tested scoring    To be determined To be determined towards
          such as library databases and Internet search engines     course, students will list the types of sources and types of search tools they     every 2 years. The first      rubric will be used to measure towards the end of the end of the first
          to find information on a topic.                           would use to find information on specific topic. Throughout the course, students   assessment cycle will         the results of the qualitative the first SLOAC.   SLOAC.
                                                                    use specific search tools to find information about their research questions.      begin with evidence           pre and post test questions.
                                                                    They also record in writing their experiences and results using these search       collection in Spring 2009     Results not yet available for
                                                                    tools.                                                                             followed by analysis during   Spring 2009.
                                                                                                                                                       2009-2010 academic year.




LT 154    Students will be able to evaluate the usefulness and      As part of a qualitative pre/post test given at the beginning and end of the       Assessment will take place    A previously tested scoring    To be determined To be determined towards
          reliability of websites and other information sources.    course, students will evaluate a source and list the reasons why think the         every 2 years. The first      rubric will be used to measure towards the end of the end of the first
                                                                    source is or is not credible. Assignments throughout the semester also ask         assessment cycle will         the results of the qualitative the first SLOAC.   SLOAC.
                                                                    students to provide rationale for why they selected a particular source and why    begin with evidence           pre and post test questions.
                                                                    they believe the source is credible.                                               collection in Spring 2009     Results not yet available for
                                                                                                                                                       followed by analysis during   Spring 2009.
                                                                                                                                                       the 2009-2010 academic
                                                                                                                                                       year.



LT 154    1. Define a research question based on an information     The methods of assessment described here are the current methods of
          need. 2. Use a variety of search tools such as library    assessment. Now they are available in Curricunet.
          databases and Internet search engines to find
          information on a topic. 3. Evaluate the usefulness and
          reliability of websites and other information sources.


MCS 100   Ability to use race, ethnicity and culture as an analytical Through essay writing, class discussions and examination of various media        The ability to analyze       In progress fall 2009.       in progress.       in progress.
          framework to discuss historical conflicts in the United     students will analyze major themes in the study of religious, educational,       major themes in the study
          States.                                                     political, economic and/or social conditions challenging race and ethnic         of race and ethnic relations
                                                                      relationships in the United States.                                              will be assessed by two
                                                                                                                                                       essay writings, continuous
                                                                                                                                                       classroom discussions,
                                                                                                                                                       and critiquing of select
                                                                                                                                                       films throughout the fall of
                                                                                                                                                       2009.




MCS 110   Students will demonstrate critical aspects of cultural    Through panel presentations, essays, research papers and oral reports on           Assessments will occur        in progress.                in progress.       in progress.
          knowledge and understanding of the four significant       major cultural and artistic facets of the four ethnic groups.                      during the Spring
          ethnic groups (African American, Chinese American,                                                                                           semester 2010.
          Latino cultures and Judaic heritages) through
          identification and by compiling diverse and observable
          data of each group.


                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 65 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


MCS 124   Ability to compare and contrast the sacred texts of          Research papers.                                                                     Four essay assignment        In progress.        In progress.   In progress.
          Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, thereby developing                                                                                              topics will occur during the
          sensitivity to the Islamic faith and its place within the                                                                                         fall semester of 2010.
          Abrahamic traditions.

MCS 165   Identify and recall key milestones and landmarks in          Quizzes, term papers, and presentations.                                             Spring 2010                 In progress          In progress    In progress
          Asian American history
MCS 165   Identify factors and events that facilitated or obstructed   Quizzes, full-length exams, and book/film review, and class presentations            Spring 2010                 In progress          In progress    In progress
          the acculturation and assimilation of asians in
          mainstream American society
PE 114    Upon completion of this course: 1.) Students will be able    Methods of Assessment include: 1.) Personal Fitness Test Assessment(pre-             Discussions in informal    To be Determined.                    None.
          to identify the benefits of walking and how they relate to   and post-test): Resting Heart Rate, 3-minute step test, and blood pressure.          meetings at the end of the
          their personal development in health, fitness, recrational   Quantitatively measured: 70% of students show improvement in Personal                semester. Tentatively
          and physical activity. 2.) Students will be able to          Fitness Test. 2.) Monitoring progress charts illustrating active participation and   scheduled following the
          demonstrate proper walking techniques as they identify       improvement throughout the semester.                                                 last Physical Education
          faults and apply technique corrections to improve                                                                                                 meeting of the semester.
          walking.



PE 115    Upon competion of this course, the student will be able      Methods of Assessment may include: 1.)Pre- and Post-Testing of bowling               Faculty intend to meet      To be determined.                   None.
          to: 1.)demonstrate the skill and knowledge to participate    scores. 70% of students should show an improvement in their handicap or              annually and discuss
          in a bowling game in a league situation. 2.)demonstrate      outcome. 2.)Participation and progress reviews through qualitative analysis.         assessment and future
          proper scoring of a bowling game. 3.)identify and apply      Assessment Instrument could include student survey, student interviews, or           progress.
          strategies involved in a bowling game.                       journal logs.


PE 117    1.Students will feel comfortable practicing on their own.    1. Major Assignment: Final examination Assessment Instrument: Multiple          Physical education        None perceived.                            Facilities on campus
          They don't present safety concerns to other                  Multiple choice questions golf rules and etiquette Performance Criteria: 70% of meetings at the beginning                                            would increase
          students,golfers or the facilities. 2.Students should be     students will score 70% or better on final 2. Major Assignment: Practical Sight and end of the semester.                                             enrollment, decrease cost
          able to play on a short/executive golf course. Their         Usage Assessment Instrument: Checklist Performance Criteria: Using a 5 point                                                                         of using outside facilities
          actions should demonstrate basic knowledge of written        checklist with 5 different clubs students will be able to demonstrate proper                                                                         and possibly be a fund-
          and unwritten rules and etiquette. They should not slow      technique in addressing and hitting a golf ball. 3. Major Assignment: Student                                                                        raising opportunity for the
          down the pace of play. 3.Students will be able to adjust     Survey Assessment Instrument: 10 Question self-assessment survey                                                                                     college.
          their set-up to change ball flight according to learned      Performance Criteria: 70% of students will show increased confidence in golf
          principles. They will also choose the correct short-         Performance
          game/trouble shot based on circumstances. 4.Proper
          pre/in/post swing routine will lead to lower scores on the
          golf course 5.Friendships and social opportunities will
          grow.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                              Page 66 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


PE 118   Upon completion of this course students will; 1. Have         1. Major Assignment: Final examination Assessment                                  Physical education        None perceived.                             Facilities on campus
         the necessary skills to play a round of golf. 2. Be able to   Instrument: Multiple choice questiuons of golf rules and etiquette.                meetings at the beginning                                             would increase
         score and know the basic rules and etiquette for a round      Performance Criteria: 70% of the students will be able to score a 80% or better. and end of the semester.                                                enrollment, decrease cost
         of galf. 3. To be able to make basic adjustments to their     2. Major Assignment: Practical Sight Usage Assessment Instrument: Using a 7                                                                              of using outside facilities
         address and swing of a golf club.                             point checklist with 5 different clubs students will be able to demonstrate proper                                                                       and possible be a fund-
                                                                       technique in addressing and hitting the golf ball.                                                                                                       raising opportunity for the
                                                                       3. Major Assignment: Student Survey                                                                                                                      college.
                                                                       Assessment Instrument: 20 Question self assessment survey.
                                                                       Performance Criteria: 70% of students will show increased confidence in golf
                                                                       performance.




PE 119   Upon completion of this course students will; 1. Be able      1. Major Assignment: First Class Meeting Examination Assessment Instrument: Physical education             Increase cost of using off site               None.
         to execute a round of golf on a regular lenght golf           Multiple Choice Exam of golf rules and etiquette. Performance Criteria: 90% of meetings at the beginning   facilities. Using facilities that
         course. 2. To demonstrate proper etiquette and rule           students will be able to score a 90% or higher. 2. Major Assignment: Practical and end of the semester.    are not our own. More
         knowlege to play a round of golf. 3. To analize their         Sight Usage Assessment Instrument: 10 point checklist with 5 different clubs                               visibility and scrutiny from the
         swing and make adjustments via technique and club             students will be able to demonstrate proper technique in hitting a golf ball. 3.                           public.
         selection.                                                    Major Assignment Practical Sight Usage Assessment Instrument: 10 shot
                                                                       check list with demonstration of advanced golf shots such as hook, draw, fade,
                                                                       flop. Performance Criteria: Students able to perform 7 of the 10 shots listed.




PE 120   *Explain and demonstrate different water safety
         techniques and appropriate times for implementation.
         *Explain and demonstrate differences in waves and
         timing involved with catching waves. *Discuss the
         advancement of surfing as it relates technology and surf
         sub-culture. *Apply proper body position in water while
         surfing *Diagram different swell,and tidal directions and
         their effect upon wave development and location.
         *Identify correct and incorrect paddleling techniques and
         possible corrections *Execute proper take off on wave




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 67 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results          Changes   Resources


PE 121   * Demonstrate and explain short and term repairs for
         simple surfboard dings and gashes * Explain how wave
         development differs based upon floor terrain. * Illustrate
         and explain the role tides and currents play on water
         temperature and development. * List and execute
         proper etiqutte in surf lineup. * Execute proper take-off
         in above head high surf.



PE 125   1. Upon completion of this course, students will increase      Major Assignment: Daily Practice and sport specific schematics and installation.   Formal staff meetings with No problems were evident             Up to date training
         their knowledge and performance fitness competnecy             Assessment instrument: Comprehension Evaluation through Testing (specific          coaches on a daily class with this analysis.                    equimpment and facilities,
         through demonstration and instructor feedback, in a            to position) Performance Criteria: 70% of students will show compentency           basis. Everytime the class                                      including that will help
         practical setting and or in group or indivudal participation   through test performance                                                           meets the coaching staff                                        optimize student learning.
         and competition. 2. Upon completion of this course                                                                                                meets immediately after.                                        These resources will help
         students will identify faults and apply technique                                                                                                                                                                 instructors demonstrate
         corrections to cimporave their overall skill and                                                                                                                                                                  the appropriate sport
         knowledge performance. 3. At the end of this course the                                                                                                                                                           specific technique and
         student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of                                                                                                                                                           fundamentals.
         basic strength and agility fitness fundamentals. Through
         a variety of frequiences, intesnity, and duration and its
         role as it relates to their personal development in health,
         fitness, recreational and physical activity.




PE 128   1.Recall the physical benefits of a total body            Students will review their fitness tests results,workout recording and class            Faculty will meet with     No problems were evident             Scheduled money to
         conditioning program. 2.Appraise their physical lifestyle participation effort results with an instructor.                                        students for scheduled     through this analysis.               purchase new muscle and
         by viewing their fitness tests results. 3.Plan their own                                                                                          progress assignment                                             cardio exercise
         future individual activity and exercise program.                                                                                                  completion and end-of-                                          equipment. Motivate
         4.Discover workout techniques that work best for their                                                                                            semester fitness tests and                                      students to a higher
         body and lifestyle. 5.Schedule their future time to                                                                                               workout recording.                                              attendance rate thus more
         include an active lifesyle and planned exercise routine.                                                                                                                                                          opportunity to create
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           physical chenges



PE 128   1.Recall the physical benefits of a total body            Students will review their fitness tests results,workout recording and class            Faculty will meet with     No problems were evident             Scheduled money to
         conditioning program. 2.Appraise their physical lifestyle participation effort results with an instructor.                                        students for scheduled     through this analysis.               purchase new muscle and
         by viewing their fitness tests results. 3.Plan their own                                                                                          progress assignment                                             cardio exercise
         future individual activity and exercise program.                                                                                                  completion and end-of-                                          equipment. Motivate
         4.Discover workout techniques that work best for their                                                                                            semester fitness tests and                                      students to a higher
         body and lifestyle. 5.Schedule their future time to                                                                                               workout recording.                                              attendance rate thus more
         include an active lifesyle and planned exercise routine.                                                                                                                                                          opportunity to create
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           physical chenges




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                             Page 68 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                             Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results       Changes   Resources


PE 130   1. Upon completion of this course, students will increase      Major Assignment: Daily Practice and football schematics and installation.    Formal staff meetings with No problems were evident             Up to date training and
         their knowledge and performance fitness competnecy             Assessment instrument: Comprehension Evaluation through Testing (specific     coaches on a daily class with this analysis                     equipment and facilities,
         through demonstration and instructor feedback, in a            to position) Performance Criteria: 70% of students will show compentency      basis. Everytime the class                                      including that will help
         practical setting and or in group or indivudal participation   through test performance                                                      meets the coaching staff                                        optimize student learning.
         and competition. 2. Upon completion of this course                                                                                           meets immediately after                                         These resources will help
         students will identify faults and apply technique                                                                                                                                                            instructors demonstrate
         corrections to cimporave their overall skill and                                                                                                                                                             the appropriate sport
         knowledge performance. 3. At the end of this course the                                                                                                                                                      specific technique and
         student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of                                                                                                                                                      fundamentals.
         basic strength and agility fitness fundamentals. Through
         a variety of frequiences, intesnity, and duration and its
         role as it relates to their personal development in health,
         fitness, recreational and physical activity.




PE 135   a. Demonstrate proper technique of the front crawl, back Swim technique, water safety ability and swim etiquette are all observed            Student progress is
         crawl, breaststroke, butterfly, sidestroke, elementary     through class participation. Swim tests indicate improvements in cardiovascular   reported by observable
         backstroke, treading water b. Ability to perform skills to fitness.                                                                          changes throughout the
         ensure water survival c. Understand and use basic                                                                                            class. Cardiovascular
         swimming etiquette d. Recognize the health benefits of                                                                                       fitness and swim
         swimming e. Demonstrate increased swim proficiency                                                                                           proficiency is reported to
         and cardiovascular fitness                                                                                                                   student by assessing
                                                                                                                                                      changes in the timed swim
                                                                                                                                                      tests.

PE 136   a. Demonstrate proper technique of the front crawl, back Swim technique, water safety ability and swim etiquette are all observed            Student progress is
         crawl, breaststroke, butterfly, sidestroke, elementary     through class participation. Swim tests indicate improvements in cardiovascular   reported by observable
         backstroke, treading water b. Ability to perform skills to fitness.                                                                          changes throughout the
         ensure water survival c. Understand and use basic                                                                                            class. Cardiovascular
         swimming etiquette d. Recognize the health benefits of                                                                                       fitness and swim
         swimming e. Demonstrate increased swim proficiency                                                                                           proficiency is reported to
         and cardiovascular fitness                                                                                                                   student by assessing
                                                                                                                                                      changes in the timed swim
                                                                                                                                                      tests.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                          Page 69 of 644
                                                             Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results       Changes   Resources


PE 137   a. Demonstrate proper ball handling skills b. Define       Class participation shows observable changes in ball handling skills, game          Instructor meets informally
         correct offensive and defensive set-up c. Apply game       understanding and shooting technique. Scrimmages test the students‟                 with students to review
         strategies and interpret game situations d. Practice hand knowledge of game situations and strategies                                          progress in the course
         eye coordination e. Ability to describe, lead and practice                                                                                     objectives. Observable
         many different intense conditioning drills f. Understand                                                                                       changes in practices and
         and be able to perform proper shooting technique                                                                                               games are reflected back
                                                                                                                                                        to the student.




PE 141   1. student will demonstarte proper body mechanics used students completing this course are subject to displaying proper tennis                 Dept. will use on-court       No problems or changes             Scheduled cleaning of
         for tennis strokes. 2.student will be able to judge and    techniques and shots when tested by the instructor thru on- court skill tests and   tennis skill/shot tests       nedded.                            tennis courts to provide
         measure their skill level as an intermediate player.       or class participation which are observable by instructor.                          during the semester and                                          safer learning
         3.student will be able to display intermediate tennis                                                                                          include class/individual                                         environment by the
         player skills and shots. 4. students will be able to                                                                                           discussions of                                                   PE/Athletic depts.
         appraise the level of skill and attitude of themselves and                                                                                     performances
         others for competition levels. 5. student can
         explain/discuss the history,strategy and rules of tennis




PE 142   1. student will illustrate proper court postioning to    Demonstration takes place when student prepares for and plays in a                    Instructors will use       None have been evident.               Sheduled cleaning of
         perform tennis shots. 2.student will recall all scoring  tournament during the class time. Students will also show demonstration by            class/individual                                                 tennis courts by
         systems.3.student will be able to measure the mental     organizing the tennis tournament will guidance of instructor.                         discussions and hold skill                                       PE/Athletic Depts.
         side of tennis strokes and play. 4. student can                                                                                                tests with grading system.
         distinguish the difference between recreational and
         competitive playing. 5. student can value the importance
         of tennis tournament rules and regulations. 6. student
         will be able to set up a basic tennis tournament. 7.
         student can summarize the competitive aspects and
         preparation of tournament play.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                              Page 70 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results   Changes   Resources


PE 150   Upon completion of this course, students will increase         Major Assignment: Will be able to develop a basic weight training program for   Physical Education         To be determined.             Up to date training
         their knowledge and performance of beginning weight            life long learning. Assessment Instrument: Daily journal of perfomance of       meetings at the beginning,                               equipment and facilities,
         training competency through demonstration and                  assigned class work out program. Performance Criteria: 70% or better will       middle and end of each                                   including that will help
         instructor feed back in a practical setting or in group or     demonstrate increased strength and fitness.                                     semester.                                                optimize student success
         individual participation. Upon completion of this course                                                                                                                                                and learning. These
         students will identify faults, safety issues and applied                                                                                                                                                resources will help
         technique corrections to improve their overall skill and                                                                                                                                                demonstrate the
         knowledge through perfomance. At the end of this                                                                                                                                                        appropriate specific
         course the student will be able to demonstrate a basic                                                                                                                                                  techniques and
         understanding of weight training and it's role as it relates                                                                                                                                            fundamentals.
         to their personal development in health, fitness,
         recreational and physical activity.




PE 151   Upon completion of this course, students will increase         Major Assignment: Will be able to develop a advance weight training program     Physical Education        To be determined.              Up to date training
         their knowledge and performance fitness competnecy             for lif3e long learning.                                                        meeting at the beginning,                                equipment and facilities,
         through demonstration and instructor feedback, in a            Assessment Instrument: Daily journal of perfomance of assigned class work out   middle and end of each                                   including that will help
         practical setting and or in group or indivudal participation   program.                                                                        semester.                                                optimize student success
         and competition. 2. Upon completion of this course             Performance Criteria: 70% or better will demonstrate increased strength and                                                              and learning. These
         students will identify faults and apply technique              fitness.                                                                                                                                 resources will help
         corrections to cimporave their overall skill and                                                                                                                                                        demonstrate and
         knowledge performance. 3. At the end of this course the                                                                                                                                                 appropriate specific
         student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of                                                                                                                                                 technique and
         basic strength and agility fitness fundamentals.                                                                                                                                                        fundamentals.
         Through a variety of frequiences, intesnity, and duration
         and its role as it relates to their personal development in
         health, fitness, recreational and physical activity.




PE 155   1. Identify the basic individual skills of volleyball. 2.      Major Assignment: Daily practice and participation.                             Physical Education        To be determined.              Upgraded facilities and
         Recognize the basic rules of volleyball in accordance          Assessment Instrument: 12 point sight rubric.                                   meetings at the beginning                                equipment.
         with current standards. 3. Students will be able to            Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score 70% or higher on rubric.       and end of the semester.
         interpret and demonstrate basic volleyball teamwork.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 71 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline      Assessment Results   Changes   Resources


PE 156   Upon completion of this course:                            Major Assignment: Daily practice and participation.                                   Physical Education        To be determined.             Upgraded facilities and
         1. Identify the basic and intermediate skills and rules of Assessment Instrument: 12 point sight rubric.                                         meetings at the beginning                               equipment.
         volleyball in accordance with current standards.           Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score 9 or higher on rubric.               and end of the semester.
         2. Students will be able to perform appropriate skill
         postures as they relate to proper volleyball technique.
         3. Students will increase their knowledge and
         performance of intermediate volleyball skills and
         competency through demonstration and instructor
         feedback, in a practical setting and or in group or
         individual participation and competition.




PE 157   Upon completion of this course: 1. Identify the advanced      Major Assignment: Daily practice and participation.                                Physical Education        To be determined.             Upgraded facilities and
         skills and rules of volleyball in accordance with current     Assessment Instrument: 12 point sight rubric.                                      meetings at the beginning                               equipment.
         standards. 2. Students will be able to perform                Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score 70% or higher on rubric.          and end of the semester.
         appropriate skill postures as they relate to proper           Major Assignment:Self analyze skill level.
         volleyball technique. 3. Students will increase their         Assessment Instrument: 10 point rubric.
         knowledge and performance of advanced volleyball              Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score 7 or higher on rubric.
         skills and competency through demonstration and
         instructor feedback, in a practical setting and or in group
         or individual participation and competition.




PE 165   Upon completion of this course: 1.) functioning as a          Methods of Assessment may include: 1.)Written composition or oral                    Physical Education     To be determined.              Facility and equipment
         member of a team, the student will be able to                 presentation of basic skills analysis (batting, catching, throwing, baserunning or meetings at each                                        maintenance is necessary
         demonstrate basic softball skills in batting, throwing,       fielding). Through qualitative analysis, 70% of students should master basic         semester.                                             for safety.
         feilding, and baserunning as they relate to game              skill analysis. 2.) Monitoring progress charts illustrating active participation and
         situations. 2.) students will be able to apply corrections    improvement throughout the semester.
         and improve their overall skill and knowledge
         performance




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 72 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results      Changes   Resources


PE 170   1. Upon completion of this course, students will increase      Major Assignment: Daily Practice and football schematics and installation.      Formal staff meetings with No problems were evident             Up to date training
         their knowledge and performance fitness competnecy             Assessment instrument: Comprehension Evaluation through Testing (specific       coaches on a daily class with this analysis.                    equimpment and facilities,
         through demonstration and instructor feedback, in a            to position) Performance Criteria: 70% of students will show compentency        basis. Everytime the class                                      including that will help
         practical setting and or in group or indivudal participation   through test performance                                                        meets the coaching staff                                        optimize student learning.
         and competition. 2. Upon completion of this course                                                                                             meets immediately after.                                        These resources will help
         students will identify faults and apply technique                                                                                                                                                              instructors demonstrate
         corrections to cimporave their overall skill and                                                                                                                                                               the appropriate sport
         knowledge performance. 3. At the end of this course the                                                                                                                                                        specific technique and
         student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of                                                                                                                                                        fundamentals.
         basic strength and agility fitness fundamentals. Through
         a variety of frequiences, intesnity, and duration and its
         role as it relates to their personal development in health,
         fitness, recreational and physical activity.




PE 176   The student will have an understanding of the role of an Acknowleding the proper methods to be used when presented with a specific             Record grades and apply                                         Access to sporting events,
         athletic trainer as a medical professional. The student athletic injury and or situation.                                                      to a point system to                                            computers, text books,
         will recognize signs and symptoms of specific athletic                                                                                         achieve a final grade.                                          and other reading
         injuries and applied acquired skill set of said injuries.                                                                                      Review techniques and                                           materials related to
                                                                                                                                                        methods prior to testing.                                       Athletic Training.




PE 180   a. Describe and recognize basic skills of selected sports Observation is used to assess the student‟s knowledge of activities, ability to be   Informal meetings are
         and outdoor activities b. Practice problem solving skills self-reliant, problem-solving ability, proper interaction with other students and    used to report student‟s
         when planning outdoor activities c. Demonstrate           personal organizational skills.                                                      individual progress
         personal organizational skills d. Practice self-reliance                                                                                       towards course objectives.
         (clothes, medications, attitudes, personal hygiene) e. If
         possible, practice helping others that may need extra
         help. f. Demonstrate working cooperatively with others




PE 181   a. Demonstrate basic swimming skills and aquatic          Class participation and demonstration is used to observe the aquatic skills,         Informal meetings with
         exercises b. Understand basic fitness related to          safety and comfort in the water. Changes in fitness are observable through           students are used to report
         endurance, strength and flexibility c. Explain the safety class activities.                                                                    their assessment results.
         involved in water exercises d. Use problem solving skills
         when in water exercise e. Show comfort in the water




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                            Page 73 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results   Changes   Resources


PE 182   a. Demonstrate specific weight training exercises b.          Students are assessed through observation of participation in weight lifting         Informal meetings are
         Show proper weight lifting technique c. Recognize             activities.                                                                          used to discuss students
         proper weight training exercise for different disabilities d.                                                                                      progress
         Understand the purpose of weight training (strength,
         range of motion, flexibility) e. Employ safe weight
         training practices f. Students will be able to employ
         weight training practices for life-long physical fitness.




PE 183   a. Understand safety of snow activities. b. Demonstrate Students are observed while on the ski trip to assess the course objectives. Ski Informal meetings are
         self-reliance while on trip (packing and unpacking        proficiency is measured at conclusion of trip by timed ski race                used to analyze
         belongings, medications, attitudes, personal hygiene). c.                                                                                assessment results
         Help other students who may need extra help. d. Show
         proper skiing techniques e. Demonstrate proper use of
         ski trip equipment used. f. Demonstrate proper ski
         etiquette g. Demonstrate ability to work cooperatively
         with classmates and Instructors in a living environment.




PE 184   a. Employ weight training exercises to increase strength, Students are assessed through observation of participation in fitness                    Informal meetings are
         range of motion and endurance b. Demonstrate various conditioning activities.                                                                      used to discuss students
         movements to increase conditioning and flexibility c.                                                                                              progress
         Practice weight training activities specific to each
         students‟ disability d. Understand how to apply a
         strength program to increase life-time physical fitness


PE 190   Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:     Methods of Assessment may include: 1.)Written composition or oral                    Faculty intend to          To be determined.              Continued improvement of
         1.)identify the rules of fastpitch softball and apply them    presentation of basic skills analysis (batting, catching, throwing, baserunning or   implement methods of                                      facilities and equipment
         to game situations. 2.)demonstrate basic softball skills of   fielding). Through qualitative analysis, 70% of students should master basic         assessment and revisit                                    for safety and better
         batting, catching, throwing, baserunning, and fielding.       skill analysis. 2.)Written objective test on rules and situations involved in        outcomes and discuss                                      understanding of basic
         3.)recall and apply proper technique corrections to           fastpitch competition. 70% of students should score 4 out of 6 or higher.            findings every semester.                                  skills.
         improve their overall skill and knowledge performance.




PE 204   Upon completion of this course students will be able to:      Major Assignment: Daily practice and participation.                                  Physical Education         To be determined.              Upgraded facilities and
         1. Identify plyometric, core and strength training            Assessment Instrument: 10 question/50point student survey.                           department meetings at                                    equipment.
         exercises pertinent to their specific sport. 2. Design a      Performance criteria: 70% of the students will score 35 or better on the course      the beginning and end of
         workout that will increase quickness, speed, agility,         exiting survey.                                                                      the semester.
         overall strength and core strength. 3. Assess their
         fitness level in regards to their specific sport.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                       Page 74 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                              Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results       Changes   Resources


PE 205   Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Major Assignment: Daily practice and participation. Assessment Instrument: 10        Physical education           To be determined.                  Upgraded facilities and
         1. Identify plyometric, core and strength training       question/50point student survey. Performance criteria: 70% of the students will      department meetings at                                          equipment.
         exercises pertinent in their specific sport. 2. Design a score 35 or better on the course exiting survey.                                     the beginning and end of
         plyometric workout that will increase quickness, speed,                                                                                       the semester.
         agility, overall strength and core strength. 3. Assess
         their fitness level in regards to their specific sport.


PE 210   1. Upon completion of this course, students will increase      Major Assignment: Daily Practice and football schematics and installation.     Formal staff meetings with No problems were evident             Up to date training
         their knowledge and performance fitness competnecy             Assessment instrument: Comprehension Evaluation through Testing (specific      coaches on a daily class with this analysis                     equimpment and facilities,
         through demonstration and instructor feedback, in a            to position) Performance Criteria: 70% of students will show compentency       basis. Everytime the class                                      including that will help
         practical setting and or in group or indivudal participation   through test performance                                                       meets the coaching staff                                        optimize student learning.
         and competition. 2. Upon completion of this course                                                                                            meets immediately after                                         These resources will help
         students will identify faults and apply technique                                                                                                                                                             instructors demonstrate
         corrections to cimporave their overall skill and                                                                                                                                                              the appropriate sport
         knowledge performance. 3. At the end of this course the                                                                                                                                                       specific technique and
         student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of                                                                                                                                                       fundamentals.
         basic strength and agility fitness fundamentals. Through
         a variety of frequiences, intesnity, and duration and its
         role as it relates to their personal development in health,
         fitness, recreational and physical activity.




PE 214   a. Demonstrate skills needed to be competitive in              Learning outcomes are assessed through Observing students preparation and Informal meetings are
         swimming, diving, or water polo. b. Understand how to          understanding in their water sport. Quantitative data is assessed through the used to discuss the results
         employ different types of training for various sports. c.      athletes results in their sport (i.e. swim race times, water polo game statistics,
         Describe how to properly prepare for swim meets, water         or diving competition scores)
         polo games, and/or dive meets d. Describe and employ
         proper time management techniques e. Recognize the
         importance of educational goals



PE 216   Upon completion of this class students will increase their     Major Assignment: Daily practice of basic skills Assessment Instrument:          Physical Education         None.                              Upgrade in facilities.
         competency through practical participation of individual       Instructor checklist Performance Criteria: 80% of students will score 7 of 10 on Department meetings.
         sports golf, tennis and wrestling. Upon completion of this     basic skills check list. Major Assignment: Student Survey Assessment
         course students will be able via instructor feedback and       Instrument: 10 question self-assessment survey Performance Criteria: 70% of
         video to identify and correct skills and form for their        students will show increased confidence in their sport. Major Assignment:
         individual sport. Upon completion of this cousre students      Technique correction/feedback Assessment instrument: 12 point sight rubric
         will demonstrate the value of practice, drills, and            Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score 9 points or more.
         routines in preperation of skills in their sport.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                          Page 75 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                         Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results   Changes       Resources


PE 229     1. Able to oversee the inventory of an aqautic facility
           and propose changes to make area safe for patrons. 2.
           Identify any individual in need of assistance and resolve
           the situation in a professional manner at an aquatic
           facility. 3. Consider how to make the rescue and then
           provide all of the necessary first aid for a victim.


PE 230     1. Identify any individual in need of assistance and
           resolve the situation in a professional manner at an
           aquatic facility. 2. Consider how to make the rescue and
           then provide all of the necessary first aid for the victim.
           3. Organize with your employees standard procedures
           any situation at your facility. 4 Understanding the
           knowledge and being able to evaluate the need for
           higher care within the EMS system.



PE 231     1. To have the ability to demonstrate the five basic
           styles of swimming and aquatic skills. 2. Organize and
           prepare six levels of swim class for individual of all ages.
           3. Evaluate swim stroke and skill of all students in
           classes.

PE 232     1. The have the ability to organize and create a swim
           class workout for beginner and intermediate classes at
           beginning, middle, and end of semester. 2. To analyze
           and critic strokes and swimming skills for students in a
           class. 3. Apply knowledge and make changes for
           students' skills.


PHIL 100   Clarify ethical claims and claims of political philosophy in An essay requiring mastery of course content, cogent argumentation and/or   Fall                          in progress          in progress   in progress
           self expression and in interpretation of classic and         analysis, and standard college level language usage.
           contemporary texts.
PHIL 100   1. Clarify ethical claims and claims of political philosophy Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class       Apply philosophy                                                 Availability of relevant
           in self expression and in interpretation of classic and      participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral          department criteria for                                          books in the college
           contemporary texts. 2. Analyze ethical issues and            presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                      clarity, rigor, and cogency                                      library. Availability of
           problems as well as issues and problems in political                                                                                     in all written work.                                             classroom space.
           philosophy. 3. Evaluate ethical arguments and                                                                                                                                                             Continued service of the
           arguments in political philosophy for cogency.                                                                                                                                                            student writing center.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                          Page 76 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                     Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results        Changes   Resources


PHIL 101   1. Clarify claims about epistemology and metaphysics in Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class              Apply philosophy                                                  Availability of relevant
           self expression and in interpretation of texts. 2. Analyze participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral              department criteria for                                           books in the college
           epistemological and metaphysical issues and problems. presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                               clarity, rigor, and cogency                                       library. Availability of
           3. Evaluate arguments about epistemology and                                                                                               in all written work.                                              classroom space.
           metaphysics for cogency.                                                                                                                                                                                     Continued service of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        student writing center.


PHIL 102   1. Clarify claims in self expression and in interpretation Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class           Apply philosophy                                                  Availability of relevant
           of texts. 2. Analyze issue and problems in their context. participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral               department criteria for                                           books in the college
           3. Evaluate arguments for cogency.                         presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                          clarity, rigor, and cogency                                       library. Availability of
                                                                                                                                                      in all written work.                                              classroom space.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Continued service of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        student writing center.


PHIL 103   Clarify philosophical claims in self expression and in    Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class            Apply philosophy                                                  Availability of relevant
           interpretation of classic and contemporary texts on       participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral               department criteria for                                           books in the college
           human nature. 2. Analyze issues and problems relating presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                               clarity, rigor, and cogency                                       library. Availability of
           to philosophical inquiries into human nature. 3. Evaluate                                                                                  in all written work.                                              classroom space.
           for cogency philosophical arguments concerning human                                                                                                                                                         Continued service of the
           nature.                                                                                                                                                                                                      student writing center.


PHIL 105   1. Clarify claims. 2. Analyze problems and issues. 3.   In the area of religion, students can discuss and write about philosophical        Faculty will meet once per Faculty reaffirmed student             Needed resources include
           Evaluate arguments.                                     positions in their historical contexts, and analyze both original and historical   semester to discuss and writing as an important                   continued and increased
                                                                   arguments with cogency.                                                            evaluate methods and        method of assessment.                 support for the college
                                                                                                                                                      criteria for the evaluation                                       writing center. This
                                                                                                                                                      of assessment.                                                    support would help
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        students develop their
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        skills as listed in #1 in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        addition to the support
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        provided by the instructor.



PHIL 110   1. Clarify claims in self expression and in interpretation Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class           Apply philosophy                                                  Availability of relevant
           of classic and contemporary texts of and on Asian          participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral              department criteria for                                           books in the college
           philosophy. 2. Analyze issues and problems in Asian        presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                          clarity, rigor, and cogency                                       library. Availability of
           philosophy. 3. Evaluate for cogency arguments relating                                                                                     in all written work.                                              classroom space.
           Asian philosophy.                                                                                                                                                                                            Continued service of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        student writing center.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                            Page 77 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                       Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results   Changes   Resources


PHIL 115   1.Clarify claims in self expression and in interpretation of Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class   Apply philosophy                                               Availability of relevant
           written materials. 2. Analyze issues and problems            participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral      department criteria for                                        books in the college
           related to critical thinking. 3. Evaluate arguments for      presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                  clarity, rigor, and cogency                                    library. Availability of
           cogency.                                                                                                                             in all written work.                                           classroom space.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Continued service of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                               student writing center.


PHIL 120   1.Clarify claims in self expression and in interpretation of Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class   Apply philosophy                                               Availability of relevant
           written material. 2. Analyze issues and problems relating participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral         department criteria for                                        books in the college
           to logical anlaysis. 3. Evaluate arguments for cogency. presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                       clarity, rigor, and cogency                                    library. Availability of
                                                                                                                                                in all written work.                                           classroom space.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Continued service of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                               student writing center.


PHIL 130   1.Clarify philosophical claims in self expression and in Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class       Apply philosophy                                               Availability of relevant
           interpretation of classic and contemporary texts. 2.     participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral          department criteria for                                        books in the college
           Analyze philosophical issues and problems. 3. Evaluate presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                        clarity, rigor, and cogency                                    library. Availability of
           philosophical arguments for cogency.                                                                                                 in all written work.                                           classroom space.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Continued service of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                               student writing center.


PHIL 136   1. Clarify claims in self expression and in interpretation   Learning outcomes (1-3 above) may be assessed primarily through class   This course is now being                                       Availability of relevant
           of historical texts. 2. Analyze issues and problems in       participation, class discussion, class work, exams, homework, oral      taught after an absence.                                       books in the college
           their historical context. 3. Evaluate arguments for          presentations, papers, quizzes, and research projects.                  Once the course is taught                                      library. Availability of
           cogency.                                                                                                                             by more than one                                               classroom space.
                                                                                                                                                instructor, these instructors
                                                                                                                                                will meet to discuss the
                                                                                                                                                methods of assessment as
                                                                                                                                                they relate to learning
                                                                                                                                                outcomes and course
                                                                                                                                                objectives.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                    Page 78 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results            Changes       Resources


PHIL 250   1. Analyze philosophical concepts for clarity and              Course objectives #1 and #2 (from 1. above) may be assessed primarily            This is a new course. Such     Such an evaluation will be                  Availability of relevant
           philosophical arguments for cogency. 2. Compare and            through class participation, class work, exams, homework, oral presentations,    an evaluation will be made     made in a meeting of                        books in the college
           contrast with relevant similarities and distinctions textual   papers, quizzes, and research projects. Course objective #3 may be assessed      in a meeting of instructors    instructors who teach this                  library will be made
           concepts and methods of analysis. 3. Compose well-             primarily through homework and papers. Course objective #4 may be primarily      who teach this course after    course after it has been                    possible by the $3000
           organized, rational, and insightful essays using college-      assessed through class participation, class work, and oral presentations. This   it has been taught for three   taught for three semesters.                 allocation recommended
           level written language skills. 4. Describe orally text         is a new course. Methods of assessment were discussed and agreed on by           semesters.                                                                 in the proposal.
           content and the strengths and weaknesses of the                philosophy faculty.
           linguistic modes of presentation.



POSC 100   A student will demonstrate knowledge of various           In progress                                                                           In progress                    In progress                   In progress   In progress
           theories and concepts of politics, political behavior
           among actors, ideology and political systems. Address
           weekly online discussion board questions that analyze a
           political science/political theory topic. Read political
           science and understand the interpretive qualities of the
           text. Use critical thinking to analyze and apply at least
           three political ideas, such as: Marxism, Leninism,
           Fascism, Lockian Classical Liberalism, Hobbsian Social
           Contract Theory and Machiavelli.




POSC 100   A student will interpret the fundamental differences     In Progress                                                                            In Progress                    In Progress                   In Progress   In Progress
           between revolutionary movements that lead to
           autocratic change and those reform movements that
           lead toward democratization. A student will analyze the
           various types of liberal democratic political systems,
           including, but not limited to: parliamentary systems,
           presidential systems, semi-presidential-premier systems,
           proportional representation electoral systems and SMP-
           “first past the post” electoral systems.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 79 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


POSC 100   A student will demonstrate knowledge of various              One example of evolving assessment in regards to the effects of globalization     Discipline members then       Problem: Different political                • Fully integrated “Smart”
           theories and concepts of politics, political behavior        and the importance/decline of the state, professors use a variety of surveyed     informally discuss, review    science texts offer different               classrooms • Expanded
           among actors, ideology and political systems. Address        methods including: • Text questions • Short essays • In class exam • Take         and assess their              emphasis in political science               number of discipline
           weekly online discussion board questions that analyze a      home exam • Online activities Political Science faculty members may use           successes and challenges      concepts and material and,                  specific classrooms with
           political science/political theory topic. Read political     written assignments, including, but not limited to: • Essay exams • Research      with their individual SLOs    thus, will limit the breadth of             appropriate technological
           science and understand the interpretive qualities of the     papers • Book reviews • Document analysis • Web Discussion Boards. Political      The professors individually   instruction. Some emphasize                 and physical teaching aids
           text. Use critical thinking to analyze and apply political   Science faculty members may use oral feedback, including, but not limited to: •   assess their utilized         purely political theory and                 (maps, charts, displays,
           ideas, such as Marxism, Leninism, Fascism, Lockian           Socratic method • Oral presentations • Debates • Political Reenactments           existing SLOs in order to     philosophy, while others                    etc.).
           Classical Liberalism, Hobbsian Social Contract Theory                                                                                          assess individual students    stress strictly comparative
           and Machiavelli. A student will interpret the fundamental                                                                                      and classes.                  political systems and
           differences between revolutionary movements that lead                                                                                                                        contemporary political issues.
           to autocratic change and those reform movements that                                                                                                                         Solution: POSC professors
           lead toward democratization. A student will analyze the                                                                                                                      have been able to assign
           various types of liberal democratic political systems,                                                                                                                       multiple and diverse books
           including, but not limited to: parliamentary systems,                                                                                                                        that, combined, cover a wide-
           presidential systems, semi-presidential-premier systems,                                                                                                                     range of political science
           proportional representation electoral systems and SMP-                                                                                                                       topics and sub-fields.
           “first past the post” electoral systems.                                                                                                                                     Problem: More than any other
                                                                                                                                                                                        POSC course offered, POSC
                                                                                                                                                                                        100 involves many abstract,
                                                                                                                                                                                        philosophical concepts that
                                                                                                                                                                                        are difficult for students to
                                                                                                                                                                                        grasp. Solution: Through the
                                                                                                                                                                                        use of the online discussion
                                                                                                                                                                                        board, class discussion,
                                                                                                                                                                                        students are able to apply
                                                                                                                                                                                        these ideas on to
                                                                                                                                                                                        contemporary current events
                                                                                                                                                                                        and “hot-button” issues – i.e.,
                                                                                                                                                                                        applying the classical
                                                                                                                                                                                        conservatism of Edmund
                                                                                                                                                                                        Burke with the debate over
                                                                                                                                                                                        the USA PATRIOT Act.
                                                                                                                                                                                        Another example involves the
                                                                                                                                                                                        application of the
                                                                                                                                                                                        philosophical struggle
                                                                                                                                                                                        between Marxist-Leninism vs.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 80 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results              Changes       Resources


POSC 101   1. Students will be able to identify their own political      Students will reveal their understandings in brief written assignments. Political   At the present time,        I think SLOs are an                           1. Several locations where
           ideology and the critical elements in their own political     autobiographies, a qualitative approach, and political predictions during           informal meetings are the   opportunity to reflect about                  students can engage in
           socialization process. 2. Students will identify the rights   election years, a quantitative exercise, will engage students with specific         preferred way to discuss    what concepts from a specific                 small group discussion of
           and responsibilities of citizens in the political and legal   concepts. It may be important for students to develop a student portfolio as a      SLOs and student            class students will remember                  issues and concepts are
           process established by the US Constitution. 3. Students       way to measure their own progress on the SLOs. A meeting between the two            progress.                   in the future. In this way,                   sorely needed. A class of
           will be able to explain the election process especially as    full-time faculty teaching the course was held during the fall semester to review                               reflecting on SLOs is similar                 45 scheduled in a typical
           it pertains to the US President in terms of the description   SLOs as developed by other institutions and to discuss which SLOs would best                                    to reflections on a capstone                  lecture room just does not
           in the US Constitution and also in terms of the evolution     fit in the context of Palomar College given its mission statement. No revisions,                                class. I want to ask students                 provide enough
           and changes to that system. 4. Students will be able to       just discussion occurred.                                                                                       themselves what was                           opportunities for small
           be comfortable participating in or observing government                                                                                                                       memorable to compare their                    group interactions. If there
           activities such as becoming a member of the voting                                                                                                                            answers with professor's                      were places specifically
           public, writing letters to the editor, and attending                                                                                                                          expectations.                                 designed for small group
           meetings, debates, or forums.                                                                                                                                                                                               interactions, that could be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       used twice a month, that
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       would be wonderful. 2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Also, desks or seating that
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       has a space for students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       to slide a card containing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       their name is a wonderful
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       idea used by many
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       universities. For some of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       us teaching in the social
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       sciences with 45 students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       in each of 5 classes, any
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       practice that fosters an
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ability to know your
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       students by name is a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       wonderful thing.




POSC 102   A student will demonstrate knowledge of American              In Progress                                                                         In Progress                 In Progress                     In Progress   In Progress
           national government institutions and California state
           politics and government. Address weekly online
           discussion board questions that analyze an American
           government topic. Read American Politics and
           understand the interpretive qualities of the text.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 81 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes       Resources


POSC 102   A student will interpret the fundamental tension between In Progress                                                                        In Progress                   In Progress                       In Progress   In Progress
           White House-Capitol Hill relations, including analysis of
           the Abdication Hypothesis, Two-Presidencies Thesis,
           Neusdadt‟s “Bargaining” model and Sam Kernell‟s
           “Going-Public” style. A student will appraise the
           developments of the Congressional committee system,
           the influence of party leadership and the rise of party
           unity in both chambers of the U.S. Congress.




POSC 102   A student will demonstrate knowledge of American            One example of evolving assessment in regards to looking at recent California   Discipline members then       Problem: There are only two                     • Fully integrated “Smart”
           national government institutions and California state       governors and their relationships with the California state legislature,        informally discuss, review    full-time faculty members in                    classrooms • Expanded
           politics and government. Address weekly online              professors use a variety of surveyed methods including: • Text questions •      and assess their              political science. There is, in                 number of discipline
           discussion board questions that analyze an American         Short essays • In class exam • Take home exam • Online activities Political     successes and challenges      my judgement, a need to hire                    specific classrooms with
           government topic. Read American Politics and                Science faculty members may use written assignments, including, but not         with their individual SLOs    more full-time faculty in                       appropriate technological
           understand the interpretive qualities of the text. Use      limited to: • Essay exams • Research papers • Book reviews • Document           The professors individually   Political Science, so that a                    and physical teaching aids
           critical thinking to analyze and apply American             analysis • Web Discussion Boards. Political Science faculty members may use     assess their utilized         broader and more rich                           (maps, charts, displays,
           economic and domestic policy, theories of monetary          oral feedback, including, but not limited to: • Socratic method • Oral          existing SLOs in order to     sharing of SLO's can take                       etc.).
           policy and Keynesian fiscal policy onto contemporary        presentations • Debates                                                         assess individual students    place. Success: The two full-
           issues, such as tax cuts, the economic stimulus                                                                                             and classes.                  time Faculty members have
           package, banking regulation and health-care reform. A                                                                                                                     met informally and have
           student will interpret the fundamental tension between                                                                                                                    discussed and shared SLOs
           White House-Capitol Hill relations, including analysis of                                                                                                                 and assessment techniques.
           the Abdication Hypothesis, Two-Presidencies Thesis,                                                                                                                       Because many of the Political
           Neusdadt‟s “Bargaining” model and Sam Kernell‟s                                                                                                                           Science 102 courses are
           “Going-Public” style. A student will appraise the                                                                                                                         taught by adjunct faculty, they
           developments of the Congressional committee system,                                                                                                                       have also been involved in
           the influence of party leadership and the rise of party                                                                                                                   the discussion and have
           unity in both chambers of the U.S. Congress.                                                                                                                              shared SLOs from their
                                                                                                                                                                                     experiences.




POSC 110   A student will demonstrate knowledge of various            In Progress                                                                      In Progress                   In Progress                       In Progress   In Progress
           theories of state behavior in the international system, as
           well as applications, case studies and current events of
           contemporary international affairs; Address weekly
           online discussion board questions that analyze an
           international relations topic




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 82 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                  Changes       Resources


POSC 110   Use critical thinking to analyze and apply IR theory onto In Progress                                                                          In Progress                   In Progress                         In Progress   In Progress
           case studies, such as the world wars, the Cold War, the
           Iraq War and the Arab-Israeli conflicts in the Middle
           East; A student will interpret the fundamental tension
           between the nuclear powers and those states that are
           aspiring nuclear regimes.


POSC 110   A student will appraise the developments of American         In Progress                                                                       In Progress                   In Progress                         In Progress   In Progress
           foreign policy with regard to the cases of U.S.-Soviet
           relations, the nuclear arms race and arms control,
           Vietnam and Iraq.

POSC 110   A student will demonstrate knowledge of various              One example of evolving assessment in regards to the effects of globalization     Discipline members then       Problem: The current edition                      • Fully integrated “Smart”
           theories of state behavior in the international system, as   and the importance/decline of the state, professors use a variety of surveyed     informally discuss, review    of the text used in POSC 110                      classrooms • Expanded
           well as applications, case studies and current events of     methods including: • Text questions • Short essays • In class exam • Take         and assess their              left out – from the 2nd edition -                 number of discipline
           contemporary international affairs; Address weekly           home exam • Online activities. Political Science faculty members may use          successes and challenges      important components of                           specific classrooms with
           online discussion board questions that analyze an            written assignments, including, but not limited to: • Essay exams • Research      with their individual SLOs    contemporary and historical                       appropriate technological
           international relations topic; Read world politics and       papers • Book reviews • Document analysis • Web Discussion Boards Political       The professors individually   international affairs, such as                    and physical teaching aids
           understand the interpretive qualities of the text; Use       Science faculty members may use oral feedback, including, but not limited to: •   assess their utilized         U.S.-Sino relations, U.S.-                        (maps, charts, displays,
           critical thinking to analyze and apply IR theory onto case   Socratic method • Oral presentations • Debates • IR/Historical Reenactments       existing SLOs in order to     Japanese relations, post-Cold                     etc.).
           studies, such as the world wars, the Cold War, the Iraq                                                                                        assess individual students    War Russian foreign policy
           War and the Arab-Israeli conflicts in the Middle East; A                                                                                       and classes.                  and early U.S. cold war
           student will interpret the fundamental tension between                                                                                                                       policy. Success: The course
           the nuclear powers and those states that are aspiring                                                                                                                        professor now uses a
           nuclear regimes. A student will appraise the                                                                                                                                 supplementary reading
           developments of American foreign policy with regard to                                                                                                                       packet that addresses these
           the cases of U.S.-Soviet relations, the nuclear arms race                                                                                                                    topics. The packet is used
           and arms control, Vietnam and Iraq.                                                                                                                                          extensively to draw question
                                                                                                                                                                                        for the exams.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                           Page 83 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                     Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


POSC 120   1. Students will gain competency in describing               1. Students will analyze, discuss and be tested on their knowledge of the             Students in some classes      There is a need to better                  Students need a more
           California's system of direct democracy with its             initiative process and of recent propositions placed on the ballot. For example,      participate in a simulation   assess student interest in                 structured environment
           propositions and the use of the recall. 2. Students will     since the California legislature is placing multiple budget propositions on the       that requires them to         California issues and to                   where they can engage in
           gain some understanding of the complexity of local           May, 2009 ballot, students will specifically focus on these. 2. Students will read    roleplay and to write an      structure their assignments so             small group discussions.
           governments with their various functions and                 and analyze specific issues in local government to learn about complexity of          analysis of the California    that they have the reading                 Large classes with limited
           responsibilites. 3. Students will be become more             government at this level, overlapping jurisdictions that may arise, and conflicts     issue they are studying.      materials necessary to                     classroom space cannot
           knowledgeable regarding state and local governments          that develop. For example, students often focus on the San Diego Regional                                           engage in a thorough                       easily break out into small
           so that they may feel more confident about their own         Airport Controversy with its many participants and conflicting political positions.                                 discussion.                                groups. Discussion
           participation in the process and acceptance of their role    The analysis is quantitative yet also subjective. 3. This SLO cannot be easily                                                                                 outdoors or at the Student
           as California citizens.                                      measured since there are few good ways to measure future participation. 3.                                                                                     Union both have
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       significant drawbacks.




POSC 130   1. Students will be able to discuss relevant                 1. Tests and assignments will be used to demonstrate student knowledge of             Students will keep a          Students may have difficulty               Students need
           organizational models including the council-manager          the major models of local government organization. 2. Students will use case          portfolio of their work,      developing the needed skills               interactions with local
           form, the strong mayor-council model, and the weak           studies and employ a problem-solving approach to gain an understanding of             including case studies and    to successfully use problem-               public managers so that
           mayor system. 2, Students will be able to discuss the        the role of a supervisor and issues related to cross-cultural communication in a      simulations in which they     solving approaches and                     they can see the diversity
           strengths and weaknesses of bureaucratic organizations       diverse society. 3. Students will reflect and discuss case studies that provide       have participated.            mediation processes. As new                of job opportunites in local
           in a democratic society. 3. Students are expectd to show     opportunites to use mediation methods.                                                                              students, they have difficulty             government. They need
           an understanding of and a sensitivity to interations with                                                                                                                        imaging the multi-faceted                  exposure to the variety of
           a culturally diverse population. 4. Students will identify                                                                                                                       tasks of a public manager                  local issues and
           the basic steps in the dispute mediation process.                                                                                                                                                                           specializations.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 84 of 644
                                                             Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                  Assessment Method                                                          Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results                Changes                 Resources


PSYC 100   1. How science compares and contrasts with non-      A standard assessment utilizing 3 agreed upon multiple-choice questions.   The assessment was           A majority of students           Upon discussion         More videos and
           science.                                                                                                                        conducted by three           achieved a 78% or higher on      and analysis of our     interactive animations in
                                                                                                                                           instructors in eight classes the multiple-choice questions.   results, the            addition to ongoing
                                                                                                                                           during the Spring '09,                                        committee decided       technology support would
                                                                                                                                           Summer '09 and Fall '09                                       to expand our           help students master
                                                                                                                                           semesters.                                                    assessment to ten       complex topics.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         questions and
                                                                                                                                                                                                         require all
                                                                                                                                                                                                         instructors teaching
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Psychology 100 to
                                                                                                                                                                                                         administer the
                                                                                                                                                                                                         questions within
                                                                                                                                                                                                         the first three
                                                                                                                                                                                                         weeks of the term.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Another finding
                                                                                                                                                                                                         was that one
                                                                                                                                                                                                         instructor became
                                                                                                                                                                                                         more aware of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                         need to define
                                                                                                                                                                                                         "science" vs.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         "nonscience" more
                                                                                                                                                                                                         explicitly. As a
                                                                                                                                                                                                         result, this
                                                                                                                                                                                                         instructor recorded
                                                                                                                                                                                                         an audiofile entitled
                                                                                                                                                                                                         "How to do
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Research" that
                                                                                                                                                                                                         provides more
                                                                                                                                                                                                         information on this
                                                                                                                                                                                                         topic. This audio
                                                                                                                                                                                                         file was uploaded
                                                                                                                                                                                                         into Blackboard
                                                                                                                                                                                                         and made
                                                                                                                                                                                                         available to
                                                                                                                                                                                                         students.




                                                                                                                Spring 2010                                                                                                           Page 85 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results                Changes        Resources


PSYC 100   Upon completion of Introduction to Psychology (100),       Assessment for Student Learning Outcome #1: Students will be given 3                Psychology faculty plan to   Results of our assessment                        Determination of
           students will be able to describe and/or explain: 1. How   multiple-choice questions on this topic (embedded in the first unit exam), and/or   meet at the end of the       will not be available until the                  resources will be
           science compares and contrasts with non-science. 2.        one short-answer essay (embedded in the final exam) in at least four                spring, 2009, semester to    end of the spring semester                       discussed once we have
           How the mind, brain, and body are inseparable, and         Introductory Psychology courses taught by two or more instructors. On the           discuss the results of the   2009.                                            the results of our
           how thoughts, feelings, and behaviors are biologically     short-answer essay, students will be asked to briefly explain how science           assessment described in                                                       assessment, which will not
           based. 3. How humans (and nonhuman animals) learn          differs from non-science, including a discussion of: a. three or more               #3.                                                                           be available until the end
           and remember. 4. How humans change across the              fundamental tools and concepts used in the science of psychology (e.g., control                                                                                   of the spring semester
           lifespan. 5. How abnormal and normal behavior can be       groups, systematic and objective gathering of evidence, independent and                                                                                           2009.
           viewed on a continuum, how “abnormal” is defined by        dependent variables); b. the public and self-correcting nature of psychological
           different standards, and how research suggests value       research (e.g., replication, peer-reviewed journal publications); and c. specific
           for many psychological interventions. 6. How we affect     examples of non-science (e.g., palmistry and astrology) do not meet these
           and are affected by social forces.                         standards of psychological science. Psyychology faculty met and agreed that
                                                                      we tend to share the same general methods of assessment (e.g., multiple-
                                                                      choice tests, short-answer/essay, etc.). No revisions were suggested.




PSYC 105   Demonstrate an understanding of the common elements Five multiple-choice questions will be used to assess achievement of this                  The assessment of this    In progress.                         In progress.   In progress.
           of all families and the diversity of family life within the student learning outcome.                                                          student learning outcome
           United States.                                                                                                                                 will be conducted in all
                                                                                                                                                          sections of this course
                                                                                                                                                          offered during the Spring
                                                                                                                                                          '10 semester.


PSYC 105   Demonstrate an understanding of the techniques of          Five multiple choice questions will be used to assess the achievement of this       The assessment of this    In progress.                         In progress.   In progress.
           effective interpersonal communication and conflict         student learning outcome.                                                           student learning outcome
           resolution.                                                                                                                                    will be conducted in all
                                                                                                                                                          sections of this course
                                                                                                                                                          offered during the Spring
                                                                                                                                                          '10 semester.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                           Page 86 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


PSYC 105   1. Demonstrate an understanding of the common               Students who successfully complete this course are able to define, describe        Faculty members have          Sharing of ideas for                        Students need more
           elements of all families and the diversity of family life   and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.        had cross-discipline          assignments and methods of                  assistance in the
           within the United States. 2. Analyze the meaning and        They are able to demonstrate their knowledge of key concepts through               meetings to discuss           presenting material is highly               development of their
           function of marriage, family and other intimate             successful completion of objective test questions. They are able to demonstrate    course objectives, learning   motivating for faculty and we               writing skills. There is a
           relationships by applying sociological and/or               their ability to apply concepts and theroetical perspectives by successfully       outcomes and methods of       discover that between us we                 need for more financial
           psychological theories. 3. Identify the social factors      answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in class discussions,     assessment. We have met       have a wealth of information.               support for speakers'
           which contribute to challenges confronting modern           making presentations and/or participating in activities in the community and       informally to discuss core    Some beneficial activities,                 funds, allowing members
           families and intimate relationships. 4. Identify the        reflecting on the connections between course content and the world outside of      concepts and the success      such as Service Learning                    of the community to share
           psychological and social factors that affect family         the classroom. Students are currently assessed using a variety of methods.         we have had with different    assignments, require                        their experience with
           relationship satisfaction and stability. 5. Develop         These include taking exams and quizzes using mult. choice, true-false, and         methods of instruction and    institutional support for their             students. We need to
           strategies for improving interpersonal communication        essay questions, writing short papers or research papers, engaging in reflective   assessment. We have           success. So we support                      further develop the newly
           and resolving conflict.                                     writing within and outside of the classroom, and/or participating in class         participated in "brown bag"   further development of this                 created Service Learning
                                                                       discussions, class demonstrations or service learning activities in the larger     get-togethers where           program.                                    Program on campus. This
                                                                       community. These assessments will be periodically reviewed to ensure that          teaching techniques and                                                   will encourage more
                                                                       they continue to effectively measure student success.                              assessments were shared.                                                  faculty members to
                                                                                                                                                          And we have attended                                                      incorporate this activity
                                                                                                                                                          professional association                                                  into their own classes,
                                                                                                                                                          meetings for exposure to                                                  thus allowing more
                                                                                                                                                          new developments in the                                                   students the opportunity
                                                                                                                                                          field. We plan to continue                                                to apply course content to
                                                                                                                                                          these formal and informal                                                 the real world.
                                                                                                                                                          methods of sharing
                                                                                                                                                          information, resources,
                                                                                                                                                          methods of assessment
                                                                                                                                                          and instructional
                                                                                                                                                          innovations.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 87 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


PSYC 110   Knowledge and Understanding At the completion of the          Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Currently, student scores      Successes: We have                         As stated above, without
           course students will have the ability to: 1. define and       conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students who           on individual instructor‟s     succeeded in stating some                  the background student
           provide examples of the major developmental issues of         meet these learning outcomes will demonstrate their knowledge and skills by         course writing                 student learning outcomes for              and institutional data
           nature vs. nurture, continuity vs. discontinuity; stability   performing related tasks which may include, but is not limited to, class            assignments, student           the course. Faculty are                    enumerated previously, it
           vs. change, universality vs. context-specificity 2.           discussions, writing assignments, oral presentations, research projects,            discussions/oral               covering course content as                 would be premature to
           describe the research methods used to study                   research paper, quizzes and/or exams and show gains on self-report college          presentations, research        stated in the COR and                      suggest what resources
           development 3. describe and distinguish major                 skills and attitudinal measures of course content learning.                         projects, research paper,      providing student learning                 may be needed for
           theoretical viewpoints in human development, including                                                                                            quizzes and/or exams and       expectations and methods of                students to better achieve
           psychodynamic, learning, cognitive-developmental,                                                                                                 student self-report college    assessment on their syllabi.               the SLOs in a particular
           social-cognitive and systems theories. 4. describe and                                                                                            skills and attitudinal         Faculty use both qualitative               course. However, there
           critically evaluate theories and research relevant to                                                                                             measures of course             and quantitative assessment                are numerous studies to
           development in areas which may include (but are not                                                                                               content learning provide       throughout the course to                   suggest that institutions
           limited to) physical development, sensory and                                                                                                     the assessment, and this       evaluate student progress.                 that provide academic,
           perceptual development, motor development, cognitive                                                                                              data is compared within        Examination and discussion                 social, emotional, and
           development, language development, social                                                                                                         sections taught by             of relevant theories and                   financial support of
           development, emotional development, personality                                                                                                   individual instructors, but    research on learning and                   students, and the
           development, gender identity and sexual development,                                                                                              not between instructors.       development has identified                 institutional commitment
           moral development, psychopathology 5) describe the                                                                                                Faculty members within         important student and                      to and provision of faculty
           effects of earlier life stage experiences on later behavior                                                                                       the department have had        institutional variables that               support for improvement
           and development in each of the following life stages (if                                                                                          formal meetings to discuss     must be collected for student              in the teaching/learning
           applicable): prenatal, infancy, early childhood, middle                                                                                           individual course              learning outcome data to be                process will help students
           and late childhood, adolescence, early adulthood,                                                                                                 objectives, learning           appropriately interpreted.                 better achieve collegiate
           middle adulthood, late adulthood, and death/dying.                                                                                                outcomes, and methods of       Problems: The research is                  goals. Substantial
           Application At the completion of the course students will                                                                                         assessment. We also have       clear that “academic                       institutional support would
           have the ability to: 6) apply course concepts, theories                                                                                           had informal meetings to       development is a result of                 be needed to create valid,
           and research findings to the student‟s own lifespan                                                                                               clarify and prioritize core    complex and interactive                    reliable, and standardized
           development and to real-world problems                                                                                                            concepts and discuss and       conditions in-and-out of                   measures of students
                                                                                                                                                             share different methods of     classrooms”. Community                     learning outcomes on a
                                                                                                                                                             instruction and student        colleges have a particularly               course-by-course basis if
                                                                                                                                                             assessment. Some faculty       difficult task due to the fact             between-instructor
                                                                                                                                                             have done literature           that, unlike the UCs or                    comparisons are
                                                                                                                                                             reviews to identify relevant   CalState, the open enrollment              desirable. (Due to the
                                                                                                                                                             student variables that         policy of the CC brings an                 likely prohibitory costs, a
                                                                                                                                                             affect student learning in     extremely diverse group of                 course-by-course
                                                                                                                                                             order to appropriately         students (from a                           measure is not
                                                                                                                                                             conceptualize analyzing        developmental learning                     recommended). However,
                                                                                                                                                             student learning outcome       history, social support, and               if such mandates are




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 88 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


PSYC 120   1. Recognize how social perception and attributions         We are still working on developing this. The methods of assessment were      We will be working on this We will be working on this                            This is still to be
           influence social behavior. 2. Understand the origins of     expanded beyond exams/tests to also include papers, oral presentations, book throughout the next        throughout the next academic                          determined.
           the self and develop critical self-awareness and            reviews, term papers, Discussion Boards, blogs and participation in service  academic year.             year.
           connections between identity and behavior. 3. Evaluate      learning projects.
           the impact of prejudice and stereotyping on attitudes
           and behavior. 4. Analyze the effects of developing pro-
           social attitudes and behaviors on the individual and on
           communities. 5. Apply the concepts of group influence
           involving persuasion, conformity and obedience to their
           own and others' experiences.




PSYC 125   Students completing the course will be able to: 1)          Assessment of learning outcomes will be achieved by several methods that            The faculty, both part time   These meetings have been                    It would be helpful if part-
           Describe the impact of social and cultural factors          may include performance on exams using multiple choice, short answer, and/or        and full time, have had       helpful in increasing                       time faculty were provided
           (gender, age, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status) on      essay type responses, writing assignments (e.g., reaction papers and/or term        and will continue to have     awareness of methods to                     with stipends or other
           sexual decision-making, risk-taking and sexual health.      papers), in- and out-of-class activities, and participation in class discussions.   informal discussions about    increase student learning and               remuneration to attend
           2)Demonstrate an understanding of sexual anatomy and                                                                                            student performance,          in identifying areas in need of             scheduled meetings to
           physiology including cause and treatments associated                                                                                            areas in need of greater      greater emphasis such as                    discuss learning outcomes
           with sexual dysfunctions. 3) Describe the reproductive                                                                                          emphasis, and methods of      increasing student awareness                and assessment issues,
           process in men and women as well as demonstrating an                                                                                            improving student             of ongoing ethical and legal                since a large portion of
           understanding of family planning and contraceptive                                                                                              progress through the          debates related to human                    these sections are
           methods. 4) Identify and describe the patterns of sexual                                                                                        active sharing of teaching    sexuality.                                  currently taught by part
           development across the lifespan. 5) Describe the major                                                                                          techniques and strategies                                                 time faculty.
           patterns of relationships associated with love and                                                                                              and improving objective
           intimacy between couples and theories of how                                                                                                    assessment.
           relationships develop. 6) Analyze the scientific research
           about issues of sexual orientation and areas of
           ethical/legal debate (e.g., abortion, infertility, and
           intersexuality). 7) Identify the types of sexually
           transmitted infections and be able to describe how they
           are prevented and treated.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 89 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                Assessment Timeline       Assessment Results            Changes                Resources


PSYC 130   1. Describe the different types of feminist theory. 2.         Outcome #1 is assessed by including an essay question on an exam which           We have no plans to      There is opportunity to move   Just writing out the   In order for the changes in
           Analyze media messages for gender stereotypes. 3.              requires the student to define and compare the various theories. Outcome #2 is   analyze the assessments. forward on making plans to     outcomes and           assessment and teaching
           Use critical thinking skills in evaluating research findings   assessed by an in-class assignment which requires the student to analyze a       I do informal analysis   analyze and use data.          assessments            to happen, there have to
           to detect gender bias. 4. Identify the ways being female       video presentation on media images of women. Outcome #3 is assessed by an        when I review the exams                                 helped me be more      be resources for training
           impacts relationships, work, aging and health. 5. Apply        exam question which requires understanding and being able to identify gender     and papers.                                             specific in the        and support in the
           feminist theory to issues such as domestic violence,           bias in research. Outcome #4 is assessed by a writing assignment which                                                                   types of               analysis process.
           sexual assault and gender roles.                               requires an in-depth analysis of one of these areas of female experience.                                                                assessment which       Expecting teachers to take
                                                                          There are also essay exam questions which address these areas. Outcome #5                                                                are needed in this     on the data analysis that
                                                                          is assessed by group discussions and writing summaries of the discussions. I                                                             class. So I am         is required without
                                                                          am the only faculty member who teaches this course. I do ocassionally revise                                                             changing a couple      adequate training and
                                                                          the assessment methods.                                                                                                                  of the assessments     support will not improve
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   to more fully align    the teaching-learning
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   with the desired       process. If the assumption
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   outcomes.              is that students will learn
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          better when teaching is
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          improved, then there has
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          to be a structured process
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          for teachers to learn what
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          will improve their teaching.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          That process does not
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          exist at this time.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                           Page 90 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


PSYC 145   Students completing the course will be able to: 1.           Students who successfully complete this course are able to define, describe          At the current time, only     A. Successes - The current                 Students need more
           Identify the most significant biological, psychological,     and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.          one part-time instructor      part-time instructor for this              assistance in the
           and social issues of aging. 2. Discuss the major theories    They are able to demonstrate their knowledge of key concepts through                 teaches this course. She      course and the full-time                   development of their
           applied to the experience of aging. 3. Create a personal     successful completion of objective and subjective test questions. Their ability to   has informally consulted      Palomar faculty member                     writing skills. There is a
           and family plan for successful aging that applies            apply concepts and theoretical perspectives are assessed by successfully             with a full-time Palomar      found this collaboration                   need for more financial
           concepts relevant to the course. 4. Identify the differing   answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in class discussions,       faculty member within the     helpful and enlightening. We               support for speakers‟
           needs of the elderly based on sex, race, ethnicity, and      making presentations and/or participating in activities in the community and         discipline and faculty        plan to continue our informal              funds, allowing members
           class. 5. Conduct a biopsychosocial assessment of            reflecting on the connections between course content and the world outside of        members from other            meetings to further refine and             of the community to share
           three older adults applying theories and concepts            the classroom. Current methods of assessment include: 1. Traditional exams           institutions to discuss       update our course objectives               their experience with
           acquired through the course.                                 and quizzes composed of multiple-choice, true-false, and/or short-                   course objectives, learning   and methods of assessment.                 students. We need to
                                                                        answer/essay questions. 2. Written papers within and outside the classroom. 3.       outcomes and methods of       B. Problems C. Opportunities               further develop the newly
                                                                        Participation in class discussions, class demonstrations, and/or service learning    assessment. She plans to      D. Changes                                 created Service Learning
                                                                        activities in the larger community.                                                  continue these formal and                                                Program on campus. This
                                                                                                                                                             informal methods of                                                      will encourage more
                                                                                                                                                             sharing information,                                                     faculty members to
                                                                                                                                                             resources, methods of                                                    incorporate this activity
                                                                                                                                                             assessment and                                                           into their own classes,
                                                                                                                                                             instructional innovations.                                               thus allowing more
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      students the opportunity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      to apply course content to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      the real world.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 91 of 644
                                                            Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                   Assessment Method                                                             Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


PSYC 205   1. apply their knowledge to research problems in areas Students who meet these learning outcomes will demonstrate their knowledge   Scores on individual        We have succeeded in                       Due to academic freedom,
           such as psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and skills by performing related tasks in tests and homework.                 instructor‟s exams and      stating student learning                   each instructor structures
           anthropology and business. 2. critically analyze                                                                                    homework sets provide the   outcomes. We have been                     the timing and nature of
           statistical results from the media and/or professional                                                                              assessment. No group        unable to provide grouped                  the tests as is appropriate
           journals of their field. 3. organize and analyze data using                                                                         aggregation across stat     stats. There is opportunity to             to his/her section.
           descriptive statistics. 4. analyze research projects using                                                                          sections is currently       group the outcomes, provided               Coordination of existing
           inferential statistics such as t-tests, analysis of variance,                                                                       performed.                  we are given the necessary                 test results amongst the
           correlation, regression and/or other appropriate                                                                                                                resources. No changes are                  instructors could be
           methods.                                                                                                                                                        currently planned                          aggregated. For better
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      assessment, these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      grouping aggregation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      statistics would provide an
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      overview of the student
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      outcome data. For
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      grouping aggregation, a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      psychology coordinator
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      with appropriate release
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      time would be needed.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      This person could help
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      coordinate adjuncts and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      full-time faculty. The effect
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      on Student Learning
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Outcomes is unclear at
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      this point.




                                                                                                                Spring 2010                                                                                                 Page 92 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


PSYC 205L   a. Students will enter data into a statistical computer       Students who meet these learning outcomes will demonstrate their knowledge   Scores on individual        We have succeeded in                       Due to academic freedom,
            program. b. Students will graph data using a computer and skills by performing related tasks in tests and homework.                        instructor‟s exams and      stating student learning                   each instructor structures
            program. c. Students will produce descriptive statistics,                                                                                  homework sets provide the   outcomes. We have been                     the timing and nature of
            such as mean, mode, variance, standard deviation, and                                                                                      assessment. No group        unable to provide grouped                  the tests as is appropriate
            correlation coefficient. d. Students will produce                                                                                          aggregation across stat     stats. There is opportunity to             to his/her section.
            appropriate inferential statistics, such as t-tests, one and                                                                               sections is currently       group the outcomes, provided               Coordination of existing
            two way analysis of variance, and non-parametric                                                                                           performed.                  we are given the necessary                 test results amongst the
            statistics. e. Students will write a narrative explaining the                                                                                                          resources. No changes are                  instructors could be
            statistical results.                                                                                                                                                   currently planned                          aggregated. For better
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              assessment, these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              grouping aggregation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              statistics would provide an
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              overview of the student
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              outcome data. For
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              grouping aggregation, a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              psychology coordinator
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              with appropriate release
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              time would be needed.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              This person could help
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              coordinate adjuncts and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              full-time faculty. The effect
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              on Student Learning
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Outcomes is unclear at
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              this point.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                  Page 93 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                  Changes   Resources


PSYC 210   After successfully completing this course, a student      Successful students will be able to describe, define, and apply the fundamental     Department/Discipline         The balancing of lecture-                     The purchasing of more
           should be able to: 1. Realize the degree to which         course concepts as described in the course outline of record. In the laboratory     faculty has had several       based content and laboratory-                 physiological recording
           biological concepts underlie all psychological            sections, the successful students will attend, actively participate, and critical   formal and countless          based content often changes.                  equipment would enhance
           phenomena, 2. Demonstrate knowledge of anatomical         think about and defend their knowledge of the subject matter via written,           informal meetings to          As an example, I had moved                    the laboratories and
           and physiological properties of the Nervous, Endocrine,   interactive, and oral assignments. Successful students will also be able to         discuss specific course       the basic neuroanatomy                        subsequently enhance
           and Reproductive systems, 3. Understand how               clearly articulate complex scientific concepts in both written and oral             objectives, student           lecture out of the lecture and                student learning
           fundamental biological processes like genetics,           presentation of their final research project. Knowledge of anatomical and           learning outcomes, and        into the laboratory on brain                  outcomes.
           evolution, and homeostasis play a part in the             physiological concepts in physiological psychology are primarily assessed via       the refinement of methods     dissection (for the last two
           development, expression, and pathology of human           three quizzes and three examinations. The varied laboratory exercises and           of assessment. In addition,   semesters) hoping it would
           behavior, 4. Read and summarize a scientific journal      assignments provide assessment of scientific research via written and oral          the campus offers a           enhance that laboratory, but
           article, 5. Know how to properly behave in a laboratory   presentation formats, conceptual development of content via hands-on,               seemingly endless array of    realized that the lecture only
           and how to work collaboratively with their peers, 6.      interactive dissections, individual and group assignments, critical thinking        meeting formats,              bogged down a laboratory the
           Conduct research on a topic in physiological              exercises, and learning games.                                                      impromptu discussions,        students were already excited
           psychology, summarize the findings, and present these                                                                                         and professional              about. Laboratories and their
           findings to the class in written (web page design) and                                                                                        development opportunities     methods of assessment are
           oral format.                                                                                                                                  to enhance course             always in flux. As a second
                                                                                                                                                         development and student       example, at the end of the
                                                                                                                                                         learning outcomes across      eye dissection laboratory I
                                                                                                                                                         the curriculum.               had the students color in two
                                                                                                                                                                                       detailed panels of eye system
                                                                                                                                                                                       anatomy from the Coloring
                                                                                                                                                                                       Book of the Brain only to find
                                                                                                                                                                                       out at the end of the semester
                                                                                                                                                                                       that this was the part of all the
                                                                                                                                                                                       labs that they disliked the
                                                                                                                                                                                       most - go figure. The further
                                                                                                                                                                                       gradual development of "The
                                                                                                                                                                                       Fertilization Game", a board
                                                                                                                                                                                       game that uses the
                                                                                                                                                                                       reproductive system lecture
                                                                                                                                                                                       test bank as its questions has
                                                                                                                                                                                       (after 6-8 revisions) become
                                                                                                                                                                                       quite a success story and
                                                                                                                                                                                       serves to fortify their
                                                                                                                                                                                       knowledge of this subject
                                                                                                                                                                                       matter.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 94 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                 Changes   Resources


PSYC 225   Knowledge and Understanding At the completion of the         Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning will be   Currently, student scores      Successes: We have                           As stated above, without
           course, students will have the ability to: 1) describe and   conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students who           on individual instructor‟s     succeeded in stating student                 the background student
           distinguish the major perspectives for understanding         meet these learning outcomes will demonstrate their knowledge and skills by         course writing                 learning outcomes for the                    and institutional data
           human behavior and psychological abnormality,                performing related tasks which may include, but is not limited to, class            assignments, student           course. Faculty are covering                 enumerated previously, it
           including (but not limited to) Biological, Psychodynamic,    discussions, writing assignments, oral presentations, research projects,            discussions/oral               course content as stated in                  would be premature to
           Behavioral, Humanistic, Cognitive, and Multicultural         research paper, quizzes and/or exams and show gains on self-report college          presentations, research        the the Course Outline of                    suggest what resources
           theories. 2) demonstrate accurate knowledge of the           skills and attitudinal measures of course content learning.                         projects, research paper,      Record. Faculty clearly state                may be needed for
           current diagnostic system used to diagnose mental                                                                                                quizzes and/or exams and       student learning expectations                students to better achieve
           illness. 3) describe, distinguish and evaluate the major                                                                                         student self-report college    and methods of assessment                    the SLOs in a particular
           theories and research examining the definition, causes                                                                                           skills and attitudinal         on their syllabi. Faculty use                course. However, there
           and treatment of mental disorders, including (but not                                                                                            measures of course             both qualitative and                         are numerous studies to
           limited to): Anxiety disorders, Mood disorders, and                                                                                              content learning provide       quantitative assessment                      suggest that institutions
           Schizophrenia, and common childhood disorders such                                                                                               the assessment, and this       techniques throughout the                    that provide academic,
           as Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. 4) describe                                                                                         data is compared within        course of the semester to                    social, emotional, and
           legal and ethical issues involved in the diagnosis and                                                                                           sections taught by             evaluate student learning                    financial support of
           treatment of mental disorders                                                                                                                    individual instructors, but    outcomes, and adjust their                   students will help students
                                                                                                                                                            not between instructors.       teaching accordingly.                        better achieve collegiate
                                                                                                                                                            Faculty members within         Examination and discussion                   goals. Substantial
                                                                                                                                                            the department have had        of relevant theories and                     institutional support would
                                                                                                                                                            formal meetings to discuss     research on learning in                      be needed to create valid,
                                                                                                                                                            individual course              general, and college student                 reliable, and standardized
                                                                                                                                                            objectives, learning           learning in particular, has                  measures of students
                                                                                                                                                            outcomes, and methods of       identified important student                 learning outcomes on a
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. We also have       and institutional variables that             course-by-course basis if
                                                                                                                                                            had informal meetings to       must be collected for student                between-instructor
                                                                                                                                                            clarify and prioritize core    learning outcome data to be                  comparisons are
                                                                                                                                                            concepts and discuss and       appropriately interpreted and                desirable. (Due to the
                                                                                                                                                            share different methods of     used to increase student                     likely prohibitory costs, a
                                                                                                                                                            instruction and student        success in college courses.                  course-by-course
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. Some faculty       Problems: The research is                    measure is not
                                                                                                                                                            have done literature           clear that “academic                         recommended). However,
                                                                                                                                                            reviews to identify relevant   development is a result of                   if such mandates are
                                                                                                                                                            student variables that         complex and interactive                      appropriately funded, and
                                                                                                                                                            affect student learning in     conditions in-and-out of                     if valid, reliable and
                                                                                                                                                            order to appropriately         classrooms”. Community                       standardized measures
                                                                                                                                                            conceptualize analyzing        colleges have a particularly                 are created, and all the
                                                                                                                                                            student learning outcome       difficult task due to the fact               background data is




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 95 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                                      Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                 Changes   Resources


PSYC 230   Upon completing the course, students will be able to: 1)   Students who successfully complete this course are able to define and apply            Faculty members within        As a Community College with                  Students need more
           Describe the basic characteristics of the science of       the concepts described in the course outline of record. They demonstrate their         the department have had       open enrollment, the recency                 assistance with the
           psychology. 2)Explain different research methods used      knowledge of these concepts through successful completion of objective test            formal meetings to discuss    with which students have had                 development of their
           by psychologists, including strengths and weaknesses of    questions. They demonstrate their ability to apply their knowledge and                 course objectives, learning   the Statistics course                        writing skills. Increased
           different designs, types of questions addressed by each,   understanding of these concepts through the successful design and completion           outcomes, and methods of      prerequisite is highly variable,             resources for such
           and the process of making causal inferences. 3)            of a research project and presenting the results of that project in written, oral,     assessment. We also have      which places some students                   assistance would be
           Evaluate the appropriateness of conclusions derived        and poster formats. Their writing (both in paper and essay exam question               had informal meetings to      at a disadvantage to others                  helpful, as would making
           from psychological research, including such concepts as    formats) will demonstrate critical thought in evaluating the quality of past           clarify and prioritize core   on certain topics within the                 such resources more
           practical vs. statistical significance, effect size, and   research, the study being described, and in generalizing the results to other          concepts and the success      course. Greater emphasis on                  visible on campus.
           understanding basic statistical results. 4) Design and     settings. Students are currently assessed using a variety of methods. These            we have had with different    statistical interpretation has
           conduct basic studies to address psychological issues      include taking exams and quizzes using multiple choice, true/false, and essay          methods of assessment.        been implemented as a
           using an appropriate method. 5)Follow the APA Code of      responses, designing and carrying out group research projects, writing up the          We routinely attend           result.
           Ethics in the treatment of human and nonhuman              results of those projects in APA editorial style, and presenting the results in oral   professional conferences
           participants at all phases of psychological research. 6)   and poster formats. These assessments will be periodically reviewed to ensure          to stay current within the
           Generalize research conclusions at an appropriate level    that they continue to effectively measure student success.                             field and participate in
           (e.g., causal vs correlational interpretations) based on                                                                                          department "brown bag"
           the type of research design used.                                                                                                                 discussions on improving
                                                                                                                                                             teaching methodology and
                                                                                                                                                             assessments. Formal and
                                                                                                                                                             informal meetings of this
                                                                                                                                                             sort have been beneficial
                                                                                                                                                             and will continue in the
                                                                                                                                                             future.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 96 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results                 Changes   Resources


PSYC 235   Knowledge and Understanding At the completion of the         Multiple measures, both qualitative and quantitative, of student learning are   Currently, student scores      Successes: We have                           As stated above, without
           course, students will have the ability to: 1. identify and   conducted throughout the course, and upon course completion. Students who       on individual instructor‟s     succeeded in stating student                 the background student
           describe the basic learning principles and procedures        meet the learning outcomes will demonstrate their knowledge and skills by       course writing                 learning outcomes. Faculty                   and institutional data
           from classical conditioning, operant conditioning and        performing related tasks which may include, but is not limited to, class        assignments, student           are covering course content                  enumerated previously, it
           social learning theories. 2. identify and describe           discussions, writing assignments, oral presentations, research projects,        discussions/oral               as stated in the the Course                  would be premature to
           applications of learning theory to changing behaviors. 3.    research papers, quizzes and/or exams and show gains on self-report college     presentations, research        Outline of Record. Faculty                   suggest what resources
           identify and summarize ethical issues involved in            skills and attitudinal measures of course content learning.                     projects, research paper,      clearly state student learning               may be needed for
           learning research and the application of learning and                                                                                        quizzes and/or exams and       expectations and methods of                  students to better achieve
           behavior modification principles. Application At the                                                                                         student self-report college    assessment on their syllabi.                 the SLOs in a particular
           completion of the course, students will have the ability                                                                                     skills and attitudinal         Faculty use both qualitative                 course. However, there
           to: 4. apply basic behavioral principles and procedures                                                                                      measures of course             and quantitative assessment                  are numerous studies to
           to problems in a variety of settings.                                                                                                        content learning provide       techniques throughout the                    suggest that institutions
                                                                                                                                                        the assessment, and this       course of the semester to                    that provide academic,
                                                                                                                                                        data is compared within        evaluate student learning                    social, emotional, and
                                                                                                                                                        sections taught by             outcomes, and adjust their                   financial support of
                                                                                                                                                        individual instructors, but    teaching accordingly.                        students will help students
                                                                                                                                                        not between instructors.       Examination and discussion                   better achieve collegiate
                                                                                                                                                        Faculty members within         of relevant theories and                     goals. Substantial
                                                                                                                                                        the department have had        research on learning in                      institutional support would
                                                                                                                                                        formal meetings to discuss     general, and college student                 be needed to create valid,
                                                                                                                                                        individual course              learning in particular, has                  reliable, and standardized
                                                                                                                                                        objectives, learning           identified important student                 measures of students
                                                                                                                                                        outcomes, and methods of       and institutional variables that             learning outcomes on a
                                                                                                                                                        assessment. These              must be collected for student                course-by-course basis if
                                                                                                                                                        aspects are discussed          learning outcome data to be                  between-instructor
                                                                                                                                                        regularly during the faculty   appropriately interpreted and                comparisons are
                                                                                                                                                        evaluation process. We         used to increase student                     desirable. (Due to the
                                                                                                                                                        also have had informal         success in college courses.                  likely prohibitory costs, a
                                                                                                                                                        meetings to clarify and        Problems: The research is                    course-by-course
                                                                                                                                                        prioritize core concepts       clear that “academic                         measure is not
                                                                                                                                                        and discuss and share          development is a result of                   recommended). However,
                                                                                                                                                        different methods of           complex and interactive                      if such mandates are
                                                                                                                                                        instruction and student        conditions in-and-out of                     appropriately funded, and
                                                                                                                                                        assessment. Some faculty       classrooms”. Community                       if valid, reliable and
                                                                                                                                                        have done literature           colleges have a particularly                 standardized measures
                                                                                                                                                        reviews to identify relevant   difficult task due to the fact               are created, and all the
                                                                                                                                                        student variables that         that, unlike the UCs or                      background data is




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 97 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results   Changes        Resources


PSYC 298



                                                                                                                                                           Reflection Logs (Weeks 4-
                                                                                                                                                           14) Community Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Group Project (Week 10)
                                                                                                                                                           Cultural Genogram and
                                                                                                                                                           Report (Week 12) MI
                                                                                                                                                           Helping Skills
                                                                                                                                                           Demonstration (Week 14
                                                                                                                                                           and 15) Course Portfolio
                                                                                                                                                           (Week 15) 1:1 Interview
           Evaluate his or her workplace behaviors and attitudes                                                                                           (Week 16 or final week of
           and define their worldview.                                  Reflection logs, site report, cultural genogram report, 1:1 interview              the semester)             In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
PSYC 299   Demonstrate orally and in writing knowledge of the 12        Written assignments, five pre-tests and one posttest, a group presentation,        Field Placement Weekly in progress              in progress    in progress
           core functions of an alcohol and other drug counselor                                                                                           Logs (Weeks 5-13) Core
           and counseling issues related to one specific cultural                                                                                          Function Assignments and
           group.                                                                                                                                          Pre-Tests (Week 5-10)
                                                                                                                                                           Core Functions Exam
                                                                                                                                                           (Week 12) Cultural
                                                                                                                                                           Diversity Presentation
                                                                                                                                                           (Week 13 and 14)
                                                                                                                                                           Practicum Site and Group
                                                                                                                                                           Analysis Report (Week 15)
                                                                                                                                                           Course Portfolio (Week
                                                                                                                                                           15) 1:1 Interview (Week 16
                                                                                                                                                           or final week of the
                                                                                                                                                           semester)




REC 110    Upon completion of this course, students will increase       Major Assignment: Final Project Paper                                              Meetings of the Health,    To be determined.                   Much needed
           their knowledge,understanding and recoginition of            Assesment Instrument: Instructor Evaluation                                        Physical Education and                                         improvements to the
           Community Recreation with competency through                 Performance Criteria: Students will score a 70% or higher via instructor grading   Recreation Department                                          facilities that the health,
           demonstration and instructor feedback in a practical         scale by illustration and recognizing general recreational practices.              throughout the semester.                                       physical education and
           setting and/or in group or individual participation. Upon                                                                                                                                                      recreation department
           completion of this course students will identify, examine,                                                                                                                                                     uses.
           differentiate and contrast their overall knowledge of
           Recreation. At the conclusion of this course the student
           will possess an understanding of the conceptual
           foundations of play, recration and leisure.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                           Page 98 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                           Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline        Assessment Results   Changes   Resources


REC 115   Upon completion of this course, students will apply and       Major Assignment: Practical experience in a Instructor supervised Internship.       Meeting of the Health,     To be determined.              Much needed
          employ increased knowledge and performance of                 Assessment Instrument: Instructor Evaluation Performance Criteria: Students         Physical Education and                                    improvements to the
          Recreation Leadership competency through practice,            will achieve a minimum of 35 hours with an understanding and application of         Recreation Department                                     facilities that the health,
          demonstration and instructor feedback, in a practical         the concepts of the profession and its ethical principles with professionalism as   throughout the semester.                                  physical education and
          setting and/or in group or individual participation.          applied to all professional practices, attitudes, and behavior in recreation and                                                              recreation department
          Upon completion of this course students will possess an       leisure services delivery.                                                                                                                    utilizes.
          understanding of the recreation and leisure services
          profession.
          At the end of this course the students will be able to
          demonstrate and understanding of recreation leadership
          and its role as it relates to their personal development in
          health, fitness, recreation and physical activity.




REC 120   Upon completion of this course, students will increase Major Assignment: Final examination Assessment Instrument: Multiple                        Meeting of the Physical    To be determined.              Much needed
          their knowledge and analysis of Recreational Team              choice/short answer questions Performance Criteria: 70% of students will score     Education, Health and                                     improvements to the
          Sports with competency through demonstration and               70% or better on final exam questions pertaining to Recreational Sports.           Recreation Department                                     facilities the the Physical
          instructor feedback, in a practical setting an or in group                                                                                        throughout the semester.                                  Education, Health and
          or individual participation. Upon completion of this                                                                                                                                                        Recreation Department
          course, students will analyse skills/abilities, diversity with                                                                                                                                              uses.
          in the community and institution to improve and
          enhance the overall recreation and leisure sports
          experience. At the end of this course the students will be
          able to articulate an understanding of Recreation Team
          Sports and the important role it plays in personal and
          social development.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                        Page 99 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


RS 101   1. Knowledge of core practices, beliefs, and institutions      Successful students will demonstrate their knowledge, skills, and sensitivity to    Currently, student scores We are just implementing the                   The continued
         of major religions across the globe. 2. Ability to compare     diversity primarily by way of class discussions, writing assignments,               on writing assignments,      process and will assess the                 development of library
         and contrast the teachings and characteristics of the          collaborative exercises, oral presentations, research projects, a research paper,   discussions/oral             results at the end to the year.             resources will be key in
         world religions. 3. Knowledge of the key elements that         quizzes, and exams (i.e., multiple-choice questions, short answers, essays).        presentations, research                                                  order to provide breadth
         make up a tradition of religion. 4. Ability to identify and    Students will show gains made on self-report college skills, knowledge, and         projects, a research paper,                                              and depth of sources for
         analyze the influence of religion on cultures and              attitudinal measures of course content learning. Outcome #1 will be assessed        quizzes, and exams                                                       students to develop the
         societies of the world. 5. Sensitivity to the diversity of     by way of in-class discussions, quizzes, and exams (i.e., formats of multiple-      provide the assessment.                                                  desired knowledge and
         religion including the diverse variations within a religion.   choice, short answer, and essay) Outcome #2 will be evaluated through in-           The plan is to add student                                               abilities.
                                                                        class discussion, collaborative exercises, and essays for exams. Outcome #3         self-reports on college
                                                                        will be assessed by way of in-class exercises, quizzes, oral presentations,         skills, knowledge, and
                                                                        essays for exams, and a research paper. Outcome #4 will be evaluated                attitudinal measures to
                                                                        through in-class discussions, collaborative exercises, and essays for exams.        evaluate course learning.
                                                                        Outcome #5 will assessed by way of in-class discussion, reflection papers on        The data from the above
                                                                        visits to religious communities, oral presentations, and essays for exams.          measures will be
                                                                                                                                                            compared between
                                                                                                                                                            sections of common
                                                                                                                                                            courses. Faculty members
                                                                                                                                                            within the department
                                                                                                                                                            have had formal meetings
                                                                                                                                                            to discuss individual
                                                                                                                                                            course objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                            outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. We also have
                                                                                                                                                            had informal meetings to
                                                                                                                                                            clarify core concepts and
                                                                                                                                                            share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                            instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. Some faculty
                                                                                                                                                            have done literature
                                                                                                                                                            reviews to identify relevant
                                                                                                                                                            student variables that
                                                                                                                                                            affect student learning in
                                                                                                                                                            order to appropriately
                                                                                                                                                            analyze student learning
                                                                                                                                                            outcome assessment
                                                                                                                                                            results.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 100 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


RS 102   1. Ability to identify, describe, and analyze the historical   Successful students will demonstrate their knowledge, skills, and sensitivity to    Currently, student scores This is a new course and will                  The continued
         influence of religion in the United States. 2. Knowledge       diversity primarily by way of class discussions, writing assignments,               on writing assignments,      be taught for the first time in             development of library
         of major events, movements, and traditions in American         collaborative exercises, oral presentations, research projects, a research paper,   discussions/oral             the fall of 2009.                           resources will be key in
         religious history. 3. Ability to identify and describe core    quizzes, and exams (i.e., multiple-choice questions, short answers, essays).        presentations, research                                                  order to provide breadth
         characteristics of major movements and traditions of           Students will show gains made on self-report college skills, knowledge, and         projects, a research paper,                                              and depth of sources for
         religion in the history of the United States. 4. Sensitivity   attitudinal measures of course learning. Outcome #1 will be assessed by way         quizzes, and exams                                                       students to develop the
         to the diversity of religion in American history. 5. Ability   of in-class discussion and essays for exams. Outcome #2 will be evaluated           provide the assessment.                                                  desired knowledge and
         to compare and contrast ways in which religious                through quizzes and exams (i.e., formats of multiple-choice, short answers, and     The plan is to add student                                               abilities.
         communities have interacted with society of the United         essay). Outcome #3 will be assessed of in-class discussions, collaborative          self-reports on college
         States.                                                        exercises, quizzes, and exams (i.e., formats of multiple-choice, short answers,     skills, knowledge, and
                                                                        and essay). Outcome #4 will be evaluated by way of in-class discussions,            attitudinal measures of
                                                                        collaborative exercises, reflection papers about visits to religious communities,   course learning. The data
                                                                        and essays for exams. Outcome #5 will be assessed through in-class                  from the above measures
                                                                        discussions, collaborative exercises, and exams (i.e., formats of multiple-choice   will be compared within
                                                                        and essay).                                                                         sections of common
                                                                                                                                                            courses. Faculty members
                                                                                                                                                            within the department
                                                                                                                                                            have had formal meetings
                                                                                                                                                            to discuss individual
                                                                                                                                                            course objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                            outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. We also have
                                                                                                                                                            had informal meetings to
                                                                                                                                                            clarify core concepts and
                                                                                                                                                            share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                            instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                            assessment. Some faculty
                                                                                                                                                            have done literature
                                                                                                                                                            reviews to identify relevant
                                                                                                                                                            student variables that
                                                                                                                                                            affect student learning in
                                                                                                                                                            order to appropriately
                                                                                                                                                            analyze student learning
                                                                                                                                                            outcome assessment
                                                                                                                                                            results.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 101 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                          Assessment Method                                                                    Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results               Changes   Resources


RS 105   1. Ability to identify, describe, and analyze the key        Successful students will demonstrate their knowledge, skills, and sensitivity to     Currently, student scores      The course just being taught               The continued
         elements of a religion. 2. Knowledge of classic theories     diversity primarily by way of class discussions, writing assignments,                on writing assignments,        for the first time in almost a             development of library
         regarding the study of religion. 3. Ability compare and      collaborative exercises, oral presentations, research projects, a research paper,    discussions/oral               decade. We are committed                   resources will be key in
         contrast the role of rituals, symbols, and myth between      quizzes, and exams (i.e., multiple-choice questions, short answers, essays).         presentations, research        and prepared to annually                   order to provide the
         traditions of religion. 4. Sensitivity to the diversity of   Students will show gains made on self-report college skills, knowledge, and          projects, a research paper,    access the outcomes.                       breadth and depth of
         religion in the dimensions of ritual, symbol, and myth. 5.   attitudinal measures of course learning. Outcome #1 will be assessed by way          quizzes, and exams                                                        sources for students to
         Ability to identify, describe, and analyze how people are    of in-class discussions, collaborative exercises, research papers, and exams         provide the assessment.                                                   develop the desired
         religious in unconventional ways.                            (i.e., multiple-choice and essay formats). Outcome #2 will be evaluated through      The plan is to add student                                                knowledge, abilities, and
                                                                      collaborative exercises, quizzes, research papers, and exams (i.e., multiple-        self-reports on college                                                   sensitivity. Continued
                                                                      choice, short answer, and essay formats). Outcome #3 will be assessed by way         skills, knowledge, and                                                    service of the Writing
                                                                      of in-class discussions, collaborative exercises, and exams (i.e., multiple-choice   attitudinal measures of                                                   Center remains very
                                                                      and essay formats). Outcome #4 will be evaluated through in-class                    course learning. The data                                                 important.
                                                                      discussions, reflections papers about visits to religious communities, and           from the above measures
                                                                      essays for exams. Outcome #5 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions,        will be compared within
                                                                      and a research paper.                                                                sections of common
                                                                                                                                                           courses. Faculty members
                                                                                                                                                           within the department
                                                                                                                                                           have had formal meetings
                                                                                                                                                           to discuss individual
                                                                                                                                                           course objectives, learning
                                                                                                                                                           outcomes, and methods of
                                                                                                                                                           assessment. We also have
                                                                                                                                                           had informal meetings to
                                                                                                                                                           clarify core concepts and
                                                                                                                                                           share different methods of
                                                                                                                                                           instruction and student
                                                                                                                                                           assessment. Some faculty
                                                                                                                                                           have done literature
                                                                                                                                                           reviews to identify relevant
                                                                                                                                                           student variables that
                                                                                                                                                           affect student learning in
                                                                                                                                                           order to appropriately
                                                                                                                                                           analyze student learning
                                                                                                                                                           outcome assessment
                                                                                                                                                           results.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 102 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results            Changes        Resources


RS 108   1. Identify and analyze the historical influence of            Outcome #1 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions and as a focus of We plan to review and           Not yet relevant, as the                      The continued
         Christianity on societies from ancient to recent times. 2.     essays for exams. Outcome #2 will be assessed through in-class discussions, assess the quality of            course will be a new course.                  development of library
         Identify and describe core characteristics of major            in-class paragraphs to identify core characteristics, quizzes, and a variety of student work in relation to                                                resources will be key in
         movements and communities in Christian history. 3.             formats in exams (e.g., multiple-choice, short answer, and essay), and in a     the SLOs after each                                                        order to provide breadth
         Compare and contrast the roles of Christianity in              research paper. Outcome #3 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions, in- academic year. Instructors                                                 and depth of sources for
         relations with societies and governments. 4. Recognize         class writings to make comparisons, essays for exams, and in a research         for the course will meet                                                   students to develop the
         and assess the role of political and social factors in the     paper. Outcome #4 will be assessed by way of in-class discussion, in-class      annually to further                                                        desired knowledge and
         history of Christianity. 5. Demonstrate knowledge of           paragraphs on social facts, and as a key area of focus in essay questions for evaluate the developments                                                    abilities.
         Christianity in various settings of time and place. 6.         exams. Outcome #5 will be assessed through in-class discussions, quizzes,       in the past year and write a
         Show sensitivity to the diverse forms of Christianity.         and a variety of formats (e.g., multiple-choice, short answer, essay in exams. report.
                                                                        Outcome #6 will be assessed through in-class discussions and in essays for
                                                                        exams. There has not yet been the opportunity for revisions, as this is a new
                                                                        course.




RS 110   Ability to compare and contrast the characteristics of         The ability to compare and contrast will be assessed by way of three essays for The first assessment of the In progress during this current In progress.   In progress.
         religious communities of the United States                     exams during the semester.                                                      compare and contrast SLO semester.
                                                                                                                                                        will occur in the fall of
                                                                                                                                                        2009.

RS 110   1. Ability to identify and analyze the influence of religion   Outcome #1 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions and essays for       We plan to review and         The course has not been                      The continued
         and religious communities on the culture of the United         exams. Outcome #2 will be assessed through in-class discussion, exercises,      assess the quality of         reviewed for many years. We                  development of library
         States. 2. Knowledge of core characteristics for major         and exams (i.e., multiple-choice, short answer, and essay formats). Outcome     student work in relation to   are ready and committed to                   resources will be key in
         communities of religion in the United States. 3. Ability to    #3 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions, exercises, and essays for   the SLOs after each           consistent assessment from                   order to provide breadth
         compare and contrast the characteristics of religious          exams. Outcome #4 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions and           academic year. Instructors    now forward.                                 and depth of sources for
         communities of the United States. 4. Knowledge of what         essays for exams. Outcome #5 will be assessed through in-class discussions      for the course will meet                                                   students to develop the
         is "American" about religion in the United States. 5.          and essays for exams. Outcome #6 will be assessed by way of in-class            annually to evaluate the                                                   desired knowledge and
         Sensitivity to diverse forms of religion in the United         discussion, exercises, and essays for exams.                                    developments in the past                                                   abilities.
         States. 6.Ability to recognize and evaluate the influence                                                                                      year and write a report to
         of race, class, and gender on religious communities of                                                                                         record the conclusions.
         the United States.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                   Page 103 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                               Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results            Changes           Resources


RS 120    1. Ability to identify and analyze the influence of religion   Outcome #1 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions, and essays for
          and religious communities on the culture of the United         exams. Outcome #2 will be assessed through in-class discussions, exercises,
          States. 2. Knowledge of core characteristics for major         and exams (i.e., multiple-choice, short answer, and essay formats). Outcome
          communities of religion in the United States. 3. Ability to    #3 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions, exercises, and essays for
          compare and contrast the characteristics of religious          exams. Outcome #4 will be assessed by way of in-class discussion and essays
          communities of the United States. 4. Knowledge of what         for exams. Outcome #5 will be assessed through in-class discussions and
          is "American" about religion in the United States. 5.          essays for exams. Outcome #6 will be assessed by way of in-class discussions,
          Sensitivity to diverse forms of religion in the United         exercises, and essays for exams.
          States. 6.Ability to recognize and evaluate the influence
          of race, class, and genderon religious communities of
          the United States.




SOC 100   Describe the sociological imagination and apply its       The assessment method used to evaluate this student learning outcome was             The assessment was            The assessments found an      It was decided to Continued access to on-
          emphasis on the interconnections between individuals four multiple-choice questions.                                                           conducted by two              average success rate of 81%   revise some of the campus tutoring
          and macro-level forces to a better understanding of their                                                                                      instructors in ll course      on the four multiple-choice   questions and to resources.
          own lives and the society in which they live.                                                                                                  sections during the Spring,   questions used to test this   include all
                                                                                                                                                         Summer and Fall, 2009         student learning outcome.     instructors and
                                                                                                                                                         semesters.                                                  sections of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     introductory
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     courses offered in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     the Spring of 2010.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     In looking at the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     questions, the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     difficulties students
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     were having with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     some of them led
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     us to discuss
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     alternative wording
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     and pinpointed
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     areas of difficulty
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     which need more
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     lecture and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     discussion
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     attention in future
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     classes.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 104 of 644
                                                          Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                  Assessment Method                                                          Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results            Changes           Resources


SOC 100   Compare and contrast the three main theoretical     The assessment method chosen consisted of four multiple-choice questions.   The assessment was           The student success rate on   It was decided to Continued access to on-
          paradigms in Sociology and analyze social phenomena                                                                             admininstered by two         the questions used for        revise some of the campus tutoring
          from these different perspectives.                                                                                              instructors in 11 sections   assessment was an average     questions and to resources.
                                                                                                                                          of the course administered   of 80%.                       include all
                                                                                                                                          during the Spring, Summer                                  instructors and
                                                                                                                                          and Fall, 2009 semesters.                                  sections of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                     introductory course
                                                                                                                                                                                                     offered in the
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Spring of 2010. In
                                                                                                                                                                                                     looking at the
                                                                                                                                                                                                     questions, the
                                                                                                                                                                                                     difficulties students
                                                                                                                                                                                                     were having with
                                                                                                                                                                                                     some of them led
                                                                                                                                                                                                     us to discuss
                                                                                                                                                                                                     alternative wording
                                                                                                                                                                                                     and pinpointed
                                                                                                                                                                                                     areas of difficulty
                                                                                                                                                                                                     which need more
                                                                                                                                                                                                     lecture and
                                                                                                                                                                                                     discussion
                                                                                                                                                                                                     attention in future
                                                                                                                                                                                                     classes.




                                                                                                             Spring 2010                                                                                                   Page 105 of 644
                                                            Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                                             Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results           Changes            Resources


SOC 100   Demonstrate the ability to think critically about        The assessment method chosen consisted of four multiple-choice questions.   The assessment was           The students averaged          It was decided to Continued access to on-
          knowledge, how it is defined, generated, and interpreted                                                                             administered by two          scores of 78% on the multiple- revise some of the campus tutoring
          and understand the basic principles of quantitative and                                                                              instructors in 11 sections   choice questions chosen for questions and to resources.
          qualitative scientific research methods.                                                                                             of the course offered        this student learning          include all
                                                                                                                                               during the Spring,           outcome.                       instructors and
                                                                                                                                               Summer, and Fall, 2009                                      sections of the
                                                                                                                                               semesters.                                                  introductory
                                                                                                                                                                                                           courses offered in
                                                                                                                                                                                                           the Spring of 2010.
                                                                                                                                                                                                           In looking at the
                                                                                                                                                                                                           questions, the
                                                                                                                                                                                                           difficulties students
                                                                                                                                                                                                           were having with
                                                                                                                                                                                                           some of them led
                                                                                                                                                                                                           us to discuss
                                                                                                                                                                                                           alternative wording
                                                                                                                                                                                                           and pinpointed
                                                                                                                                                                                                           areas of difficulty
                                                                                                                                                                                                           which need more
                                                                                                                                                                                                           lecture and
                                                                                                                                                                                                           discussion
                                                                                                                                                                                                           attention in future
                                                                                                                                                                                                           classes.




                                                                                                                 Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 106 of 644
                                                                  Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                                           Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results           Changes             Resources


SOC 100   Understand the process of social interaction and           The assessment method chosen consisted of four multiple-choice questions.   The assessment was           The students averaged          It was decided to Continuing access to on-
          describe the role of culture and socialization in the                                                                                  administered by two          scores of 81% on the multiple- revise some of the campus tutoring
          development of the self.                                                                                                               instructors in 11 sections   choice questions chosen for questions and to resources.
                                                                                                                                                 of the course offered        this student learning          include all
                                                                                                                                                 during the Spring,           outcome.                       instructors and
                                                                                                                                                 Summer, and Fall, 2009                                      sections of the
                                                                                                                                                 semesters.                                                  introductory
                                                                                                                                                                                                             courses offered in
                                                                                                                                                                                                             the Spring of 2010.
                                                                                                                                                                                                             In looking at the
                                                                                                                                                                                                             questions, the
                                                                                                                                                                                                             difficulties students
                                                                                                                                                                                                             were having with
                                                                                                                                                                                                             some of them led
                                                                                                                                                                                                             us to discuss
                                                                                                                                                                                                             alternative wording
                                                                                                                                                                                                             and pinpointed
                                                                                                                                                                                                             areas of difficulty
                                                                                                                                                                                                             which need more
                                                                                                                                                                                                             lecture and
                                                                                                                                                                                                             discussion
                                                                                                                                                                                                             attention in future
                                                                                                                                                                                                             classes.




                                                                                                                    Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 107 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                             Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


SOC 100   Students completing the course will be able to:                 Students who successfully complete this course are able to define, describe        Faculty members within        Sharing of ideas for                        Students need more
          1)Describe the sociological imagination and apply its           and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.        the discipline have had       assignments and methods of                  assistance in the
          emphasis on the interconnections between individuals            They are able to demonstrate their knowledge of key concepts through               formal meetings to discuss    presenting material is highly               development of their
          and macro-level forces to a better understanding of their       successful completion of objective test questions. They are able to demonstrate    course objectives, learning   motivating for faculty and we               writing skills. There is a
          own lives and the society in which they live. 2)Compare         their ability to apply concepts and theoretical perspectives by successfully       outcomes and methods of       discover that between us we                 need for more financial
          and contrast the three main theoretical paradigms in            answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in class discussions,     assessment. We have met       have a wealth of information.               support for speakers‟
          Sociology and analyze social phenomena from these               making presentations and/or participating in activities in the community and       informally to discuss core    Providing economic support                  funds, allowing members
          different perspectives. 3)Demonstrate the ability to think      reflecting on the connections between course content and the world outside of      concepts and the success      for the participation of part-              of the community to share
          critically about knowledge, how it is defined, generated,       the classroom. Students are currently assessed using a variety of methods.         we have had with different    time faculty is very helpful in             their experience with
          and interpreted and understand the basic principles of          These include taking exams and quizzes using mult. choice, true-false, and         methods of instruction and    increasing their involvement.               students. We need to
          quantitative and qualitative scientific research methods.       essay questions, writing short papers or research papers, engaging in reflective   assessment. We have           Some beneficial activities,                 further develop the newly
          4)Understand the process of social interaction and              writing within and outside of the classroom, and/or by participating in class      participated in “brown bag”   such as Service Learning                    created Service Learning
          describe the role of culture and socialization in the           discussions, class demonstrations or service learning activities in the larger     get-togethers where           assignments, require                        Program on campus. This
          development of the self. 5)Explain the ways in which            community. These assessments will be periodically reviewed to ensure that          teaching techniques and       institutional support for their             will encourage more
          social stratification manifests itself in society and be able   they continue to effectively measure student success.                              assessments are shared.       success. So we support                      faculty members to
          to link stratification to life chances. 6)Describe the major                                                                                       And we have attended          further development of this                 incorporate this activity
          social institutions of society and the ways in which these                                                                                         professional association      program.                                    into their own classes,
          institutions shape individual and group behavior.                                                                                                  meetings together for                                                     thus allowing more
          7)Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of social                                                                                             exposure to new                                                           students the opportunity
          movements and the connections between inequality,                                                                                                  developments in the field.                                                to apply course content to
          social justice and activism.                                                                                                                       We plan to continue these                                                 the real world.
                                                                                                                                                             formal and informal
                                                                                                                                                             methods of sharing
                                                                                                                                                             information, resources,
                                                                                                                                                             methods of assessment
                                                                                                                                                             and instructional
                                                                                                                                                             innovations.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 108 of 644
                                                                 Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                             Assessment Method                                                                  Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


SOC 100   Students completing the course will be able to:                 Students who successfully complete this course are able to define, describe        Faculty members within        Sharing of ideas for                        Students need more
          1)Describe the sociological imagination and apply its           and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.        the discipline have had       assignments and methods of                  assistance in the
          emphasis on the interconnections between individuals            They are able to demonstrate their knowledge of key concepts through               formal meetings to discuss    presenting material is highly               development of their
          and macro-level forces to a better understanding of their       successful completion of objective test questions. They are able to demonstrate    course objectives, learning   motivating for faculty and we               writing skills. There is a
          own lives and the society in which they live. 2)Compare         their ability to apply concepts and theoretical perspectives by successfully       outcomes and methods of       discover that between us we                 need for more financial
          and contrast the three main theoretical paradigms in            answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in class discussions,     assessment. We have met       have a wealth of information.               support for speakers‟
          Sociology and analyze social phenomena from these               making presentations and/or participating in activities in the community and       informally to discuss core    Providing economic support                  funds, allowing members
          different perspectives. 3)Demonstrate the ability to think      reflecting on the connections between course content and the world outside of      concepts and the success      for the participation of part-              of the community to share
          critically about knowledge, how it is defined, generated,       the classroom. Students are currently assessed using a variety of methods.         we have had with different    time faculty is very helpful in             their experience with
          and interpreted and understand the basic principles of          These include taking exams and quizzes using mult. choice, true-false, and         methods of instruction and    increasing their involvement.               students. We need to
          quantitative and qualitative scientific research methods.       essay questions, writing short papers or research papers, engaging in reflective   assessment. We have           Some beneficial activities,                 further develop the newly
          4)Understand the process of social interaction and              writing within and outside of the classroom, and/or by participating in class      participated in “brown bag”   such as Service Learning                    created Service Learning
          describe the role of culture and socialization in the           discussions, class demonstrations or service learning activities in the larger     get-togethers where           assignments, require                        Program on campus. This
          development of the self. 5)Explain the ways in which            community. These assessments will be periodically reviewed to ensure that          teaching techniques and       institutional support for their             will encourage more
          social stratification manifests itself in society and be able   they continue to effectively measure student success.                              assessments are shared.       success. So we support                      faculty members to
          to link stratification to life chances. 6)Describe the major                                                                                       And we have attended          further development of this                 incorporate this activity
          social institutions of society and the ways in which these                                                                                         professional association      program.                                    into their own classes,
          institutions shape individual and group behavior.                                                                                                  meetings together for                                                     thus allowing more
          7)Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of social                                                                                             exposure to new                                                           students the opportunity
          movements and the connections between inequality,                                                                                                  developments in the field.                                                to apply course content to
          social justice and activism.                                                                                                                       We plan to continue these                                                 the real world.
                                                                                                                                                             formal and informal
                                                                                                                                                             methods of sharing
                                                                                                                                                             information, resources,
                                                                                                                                                             methods of assessment
                                                                                                                                                             and instructional
                                                                                                                                                             innovations.




                                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 109 of 644
                                                              Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                   Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes   Resources


SOC 110   Students completing the course will be able to: 1.)         Students who successfully complete this course are able to define, describe         Faculty members within        Sharing of ideas for                        Students need more
          Identify current social problems and the social and         and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.         the discipline have had       assignments and methods of                  assistance in the
          historical factors influencing them. 2.) Compare and        They are able to demonstrate their knowledge of key concepts through                informal meetings to          presenting material is highly               development of their
          contrast the main theoretical paradigms in sociology and    successful completion of objective test questions. They are able to demonstrate     discuss course objectives,    motivating for faculty and we               writing skills through on-
          analyze social problems from these different                their ability to apply concepts and theoretical perspectives by successfully        learning outcomes and         discover that between us we                 campus tutoring and
          perspectives. 3.) Demonstrate critical thinking in the      answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in class discussions,      methods of assessment.        have a wealth of information.               writing workshops. There
          analysis of social policies and proposals. 4.) Understand   making presentations, and/or participating in activities in the community and       We have met to discuss        Providing economic support                  is a need for more
          the role of social movements and other forms of activism    reflecting on the connections between course content and the world outside of       core concepts and the         for the participation of part-              financial support for
          in the solving of social problems.                          the classroom. Students are currently assessed using a variety of methods.          success we have had with      time faculty is very helpful in             speakers‟ funds, allowing
                                                                      The methods used by different instructors include taking exams and quizzes          different methods of          increasing their involvement.               members of the
                                                                      using multiple-choice, true-false, and essay questions; writing research papers;    instruction and               Some beneficial activities,                 community to share their
                                                                      engaging in reflective writing within and outside of the classroom; participating   assessment. We have           such as Service Learning                    experience with students.
                                                                      in class discussions, demonstrations, presentations, and other projects; and        participated in “brown bag”   assignments, require                        We need to further
                                                                      taking part in service-learning activities in the larger community. These           get-togethers where           institutional support for their             develop the newly created
                                                                      assessments will be periodically reviewed to ensure that they continue to           teaching techniques and       success, so we support                      Service Learning Program
                                                                      effectively measure student success.                                                assessments are shared.       further development of this                 on campus; this will
                                                                                                                                                          And we have attended          program.                                    encourage more faculty
                                                                                                                                                          professional association                                                  members to incorporate
                                                                                                                                                          meetings together for                                                     this activity into their own
                                                                                                                                                          exposure to new                                                           classes, thus allowing
                                                                                                                                                          developments in the field.                                                more students the
                                                                                                                                                          We plan to continue these                                                 opportunity to apply
                                                                                                                                                          formal and informal                                                       course content to the real
                                                                                                                                                          methods of sharing                                                        world.
                                                                                                                                                          information, resources,
                                                                                                                                                          methods of assessment
                                                                                                                                                          and instructional
                                                                                                                                                          innovations.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                                     Page 110 of 644
                                                                Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                            Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results               Changes       Resources


SOC 115   1. Describe and apply the major theoretical approaches         Students who successfully complete this course are able to define, describe       Faculty members within        Sharing ideas for                            Students need more help
          to understanding gender and the social experiences of          and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.       the discipline have had       assignments and methods of                   in the development of
          women. 2. Describe the social-psychological theories of        They are able to demonstrate their knowlege of key concepts through               formal meetings to discuss presenting material is highly                   their writing skills. There is
          gender differentiation and socialization and their role in     successful completion of objective test questions. They are able to demonstrate   course objectives, learning motivating for faculty and we                  a need for more financial
          the development of the self. 3. Identify the effects of        their ability to apply concepts and theoretical perspectives by successfully      outcomes and methods of discover that between us we                        support for speakers'
          societal institutions and power structures on the material     answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in class discussions,    assessment. We have met have a wealth of information.                      funds, allowing members
          conditions of women. 4. Demonstrate an understanding           making presentations and/or participating in the community and reflecting on      informally to discuss core Providing economic support                      of the community to share
          of how social location characteristics such as                 the connections between course content and the world outside of the               concepts and the success for the participation of part-                    their experience with
          race/ethnicity, class, age, religion, geographical location,   classroom. Students are currently assessed using a variety of methods. These      we have had with different time faculty is very helpful in                 students. We need to
          culture and sexual orientation affect women's differing        include taking exams and quizzes, writing short papers or research papers,        methods of instruction and increasing their involvement.                   further develop the newly
          life experiences. 5. Identify how historical conditions        engaging in reflective writing within and outside of the classroom, and/or by     assessment. We have                                                        created Service Learning
          including social movements (e.g. First and Second              participating in class discussions, class demonstrations or service learning      participated in informal get-                                              Program on campus. This
          Wave Feminism) assist in understanding women's                 activities in the larger community. These assessments will be periodically        togethers where teaching                                                   will encourage more
          contemporary social and political experience.                  reviewed to ensure that they continue to effectively measure student success.     techniques and                                                             faculty to incorporate this
                                                                                                                                                           assessments are shared.                                                    activity into their own
                                                                                                                                                           We plan to continue these                                                  classes, thus allowing
                                                                                                                                                           methods of sharing                                                         more students the
                                                                                                                                                           information, resources,                                                    opportunity to apply
                                                                                                                                                           methods of assessment                                                      course content to the real
                                                                                                                                                           and instructional                                                          world.
                                                                                                                                                           innovations.




SOC 130   Understand and apply sociological theories and                 Assesment method will consist of a series of multiple-choice questions.           The assessment was         Using ten multiple-choice      It was discovered N/A
          concepts to analyze the experience of health and                                                                                                 conducted during the Fall, questions, the rate of student that since students
          illness, including chronic illness and disability.                                                                                               2009 semester.             success was 85.5%              had trouble
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     applying some of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     the sociological
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     concepts, a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     decision was made
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     to devote more
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     lecture time to a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     discussion of these
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     concepts.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                        Page 111 of 644
                                                               Social and Behavioral Science Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                                                 Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results                Changes            Resources


SOC 130   Explain how economic, political, and institutional          The assessment method consists of two essay questions graded with a rubric. The assessment of this              The result of the essay           Although students Continued access to the
          structures shape health, illness and disease.                                                                                           student learning outcome            assignment was an average         were familiar with on-campus writing center.
                                                                                                                                                  was administered during             score of 25.6 points out of 30,   the information,
                                                                                                                                                  the Fall, 2009 semester.            or 85%.                           they appeared to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        need help building
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        a persuasive
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        argument. Based
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        on this information,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        in the future more
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        time will be spent
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        at the beginning of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        the semester on
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        writing a well-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        constructed,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        cogent essay.




SOC 130   1. Understand and apply sociological theories and           Students who successfully complete the course are able to define, describe        I plan to discuss student     Success. Being able to talk                          It would help to have clear
          concepts to analyze the experience of health and            and apply the terms and concepts described in the course outline of record.       assessment results with       with faculty from other                              examples from faculty
          illness, including chronic illness and disability.          They are able to demonstrate their knowledge of key concepts through              other full time faculty who   departments encourages and                           who have revised their
          2.Describe the impact of race/ethnicity, gender, age,       successful completion of objective test questions. They are able to demonstrate   teach related courses such    reinforces the multicultural                         teaching and assessment
          socioeconomic status,sexual orientation, and disabilities   their ability to apply concepts and theoretical perspectives by successfully      as "Medical Anthropology"     and interdisciplinary focus of                       methods based on an
          on health status and the experience of health and           answering essay questions, writing papers, participating in weekly class          at a formal meeting at the    this course.                                         analysis of results. Given
          illness.3.Explain how economic, political, and              discussion boards, and writing weekly reflection papers based on readings and     end of the semester.                                                               the nature of this course, it
          institutional structures shape health, illness and          other course material. I am the only full time faculty member teaching this                                                                                          would be helpful to have a
          disease.4.Understand how social and cultural factors        course. I have reviewed syllabi and course goals presented in the American                                                                                           service learning
          influence interactions between consumers and providers      Sociological Association's teaching guidebook for Medical Sociology. I have                                                                                          component. I support
          of health services.5. Demonstrate an awareness of           also reviewed course material for the Sociology of Health and Illness as it is                                                                                       further development of the
          contemporary debates in health and social policy,           taught in other community colleges.                                                                                                                                  service learning office on
          including proposals for health care reform. 6.                                                                                                                                                                                   campus.
          Demonstrate the ability to think critically about ethical
          issues connected to medical treatments and
          technologies. 7. Analyze the role of activists in the
          health care system. 8. Access, use, and interpret data to
          effectively communicate about health issues.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                             Page 112 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 101   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress    In progress    Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest mamagement
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




ACS 110   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 113 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 115   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport




ACS 120   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 114 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 125   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




ACS 130   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 115 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 135   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




ACS 140   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 116 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 145   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




ACS 150   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 117 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 155   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




ACS 160   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 118 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                     Assessment Method                                                        Assessment     Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                           Timeline       Results
ACS 165   An understanding of the demands and/or requirements associated          The evaluation of an individual student athlete and/or                   Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   Annual operational budget review/augmentation to
          with preparation for competitive athletic performance at the            intercollegiate team is, by nature, both constant and frequent in        semester in                                  maintain a level of competitive proficiency inclusive of
          intercollegiate level. The scope of which encompasses the               the competitive setting. The results of these progressive                which the                                    but not limited to: 1. General supplies 2. Uniforms
          following components: 1. Physical training (i.e., strength and          competitive evaluations (contests versus peer opponents that are         competitive                                  (home/away) 3. Travel 4. Transportation 5. Facility
          conditioning). 2. Specific assignments and/or responsibilities, as      either won or lost) are, at the same time, immediate, obvious and        season of sport                              maintenance 6. Contest management
          associated with the various positions and/or activities of the sport.   public. The sequence of evaluations follows: 1. Assessment of            is conducted.
          3. General strategy and tactics of the sport. 4. Specific strategy      individual participants‟ physical ability and mental capacity
          and tactics of the sport, as associated with various opponents. 5.      through preparation drills. 2. Determination of the individual
          Understanding and acceptance of the teamwork concept. 6.                participant‟s specific position, responsibility and/or role as related
          Competitive motivation in the development of work ethic. 7. An          to team execution. 3. Full team preparation for competition. 4.
          understanding of the playing rules and acceptable conduct               Scheduled intercollegiate competition.
          associated with the sport.




ACS 50    Have a basic understanding of a student education plan (sep)as it Evaluation of written assignments, group discussions and                       Throughout the In progress.   In progress.   In progress.
          relates to the NCAA and or NAIA eligibility rules for transfer to a projects.                                                                    semester.
          University.
ACS 50    1. Students will produce a written analysis that creates, defines,      1. Instructor will identify performance levels for justification and
          and communicates their desired academic, athletic, and career           implication of their desired academic, athletic, and career goals
          goals on a short and long term basis. These goals will include          strategies and create a grading rubric or other scoring method. At
          justification and plans of implementation. 2. Students will apply       least 70% of students will achieve proficiency or mastery level on
          appropriate study skills and learning strategies that maximize          all criteria. 2. Instructor will identify performance levels for study
          universal understanding of course material.                             skills and learning strategies and create a grading rubric or other
                                                                                  scoring method. At least 80% of students will achieve proficiency
                                                                                  or mastery level. 1. Instructor will measure student competency
                                                                                  through periodic use of direct assessment, classroom
                                                                                  assignment, written analysis, and oral presentation in which
                                                                                  student demonstrates application of personal knowledge to goal
                                                                                  setting and life planning. 2. Instructor will measure student
                                                                                  competency through periodic use of direct assessment,
                                                                                  classroom assignment, essay, journal writing, and objective
                                                                                  testing; student demonstrates knowledge of and use of
                                                                                  appropriate study skills and learning strategies.




                                                                                                                            Spring 2010                                                                                                       Page 119 of 644
                                                              Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                                  Assessment Method                                                    Assessment       Assessment      Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                      Timeline         Results
ACS 55      Proficiency in performance of specific cheer, dance and gymnastic Evaluation of individual student ability and proficiency in selection Each academic In progress.         In progress.   Adequate facility, equipment and supplies (uniforms,
            routines introduced and practiced during the class sessions before of group to perform in public appearances. Evaluation of the level semester.                                           public address system, megaphones) currently in place
            audiences at intercollegiate athletic events and/or annual cheer   of success achieved by the group in public performances.                                                               for continuance of the course/program.
            competitions.

COUN 100 Apply appropriate basic counseling skills and strategies that           Students will learn and practice helping skills: attending, listening, Students will    In Progress   In Progress    In Progress
         maximize student understanding and practice of course material.         paraphrasing, reflecting, questioning, providing feedback,             participate in a
                                                                                 reframing, summarizing in role plays with classmates.                  total of six
                                                                                                                                                        practice skills
                                                                                                                                                        sessions, the
                                                                                                                                                        sixth practicum
                                                                                                                                                        will be used as
                                                                                                                                                        an opportunity
                                                                                                                                                        for students to
                                                                                                                                                        demonstrate all
                                                                                                                                                        of their helping
                                                                                                                                                        skills in their
                                                                                                                                                        role play.




COUN 101 The student will compare and contrast at least two successful           The instructor will collect and monitor this information through     The pre test will In-progress    To be          Internet, College Catalog,access to transportation for
         university transfer options based on school characteristics and         classroom activities, assignments and individual meetings            be administred                   determined     campus tours.
         qualities that are consistent with their own personal values and        throughout the course. The instructor will administer a pre and      on the first day                 by future
         needs. The student will list the minimum eligibility requirements to    post test. The student will develop an educational plan to be        of class. The                    instructors.
         transfer to University of California and California State University.   reviewed by the instructor.                                          post test and
         The student will identify general education, major preparation and                                                                           educational
         elective courses required for his/her transfer goal.                                                                                         plan will be
                                                                                                                                                      administred on
                                                                                                                                                      the last day of
                                                                                                                                                      class.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                                      Page 120 of 644
                                                              Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                                  Assessment Method                                                          Assessment      Assessment    Changes       Resources
                                                                                                                                                            Timeline        Results
COUN 110 Students will determine their preferred learning style while            Competency is measured through pre/post test, classroom             Fall 2010              in progress   in progress   in progress
         identifying key characteristics of each learning style; analyze role    assignment, essay/journal writing or other means, where student
         of culture in learning style; select and practice at least three        demonstrates use of preferred learning style strategies to
         suggested learning strategies; identify instructor teaching styles      effectively process new material and to reinforce initial learning.
         (actual or case study) and construct a plan to adapt learning           Instructor will identify performance levels and create a grading
         strategies; identify ways to strengthen use of less preferred           rubric or other scoring method. At least 80% of students will
         learning strategies.                                                    achieve proficiency or mastery level.



COUN 115 Identify and explain personal strengths, traits, preferences, values,   The course will use appropriate assessment methods for career              Assessments In Progress       In Progress   In Progress
         interests, skills, abilities, and attitudes and compare them with       research and planning through resume and cover letter                      will be
         careers and college majors in preparation of self management,           development, interviewing skills, labor market reports, essays,            conducted and
         career development and planning in the workforce.                       presentations, journal writing or discussions to evaluate how this         interpreted
                                                                                 learning outcome has been achieved.                                        throughout the
                                                                                                                                                            class session.




COUN 120 Identity Characteristics Recognition: Students will be able to write    Students will complete a Grid at the end of Chapter One that               The instructor In progress.   In progress   In progress
         a personal mission statement utilizing self-exploration                 summarizes how they answered questions relating to their                   will collect the
         assignments that elicit their identity characteristics that include     identity characteristics. The instructor will determine proficiency        grids at the end
         their: personal values, motivational tendencies, interests,             and completion of the grid and the tests material using a grading          of four weeks.
         personality type, emotional wounds, and personal experiences            rubric. At least 80% of students will achieve proficiency on both          Students will
         that have affected their life.                                          the test and the grid. The results will illustrate the student's ability   also be tested
                                                                                 to identify their personal characteristics that form their identity.       on the material
                                                                                                                                                            in the 7th week.




COUN 120 Coping Skills: Students will be able to analyze previous methods        Instructor will measure student competency through periodic use            Instructor will In progress   In progress   In progress
         of how they coped with adversity and use critical thinking skills to    of classroom assignments, cognitive reframe questions, defense             assess the
         write a strategy that addresses why they used the previous coping       mechanism exercise, essay, journal writing, and objective testing          outcome after
         mechanism, how it served them, and what they were trying to             in which student demonstrates knowledge of and ability to use              the eighth week
         protect. Subsequently, they will be able to devise a healthier          coping skills. Instructor will identify performance levels for coping      of the
         strategy that best relates to their particular issue with the help of   skills through analyzing student's self-assessment of the success          semester.
         exposure to coping methods such as stress reduction, cognitive          of various coping mechanisms. A pre-post life skills assessment
         reframing, meditation, journal writing, self-assessment, critical       will evaluate whether or not coping skills contributed to their
         thinking, and seeking social support to increase personal growth,       personal growth, happiness, and fulfillment. At least 80% of
         happiness, and fulfillment.                                             students will achieve success.




                                                                                                                             Spring 2010                                                                              Page 121 of 644
                                                           Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                               Assessment Method                                                      Assessment       Assessment    Changes       Resources
                                                                                                                                                     Timeline         Results
COUN 120 Goal Setting Skills: Students will be able to write a goal setting   Instructor will determine if goal setting competency is met by         Assignments In progress        In progress   In progress
         plan, measure their progress and make progress toward their goal     evaluating the goal setting outline assignment and the goal            will be
         by completing a goal setting outline assignment. Students will be    calendar at mid semester, and whether progress was made                evaluated at
         able to write the strategies into a calendar or daily planner that   toward the goal at the end of the semester. Instructor will identify   the end of the
         they follow until the end of the semester.                           performance levels for goal setting through measuring completion       11th week and
                                                                              and satisfactory progress of all three goal assignments and on a       at the end of
                                                                              pre-post skills assessment. At least 80% of students will achieve      the semester.
                                                                              success.



COUN 120 Diversity Awareness: Students will be able to recognize the          Instructor will determine if diversity recognition occurred through    It will be       In progress   In progress   In progress
         struggles of disadvantaged groups and appreciate differences in      periodic use of assessing the students' completion and                 conducted at
         groups of diverse peoples including cultural, disabled, gender,      proficiency of a cultural plunge, cultural essay, gender plunge,       the end of the
         socioeconomic, religious, elderly, ideology, and the like.           and testing results. Instructor will identify performance levels for   13th week.
                                                                              diversity recognition in a grading rubric by assessing whether
                                                                              students identified positive aspects of these groups in their
                                                                              assignments and understood the material through testing.



COUN 120 Communication Skills: Students will be able to analyze past          Instructor will determine if communication skills are met by           This will be     In progress   In progress   In progress
         reasons for attracting to others, identify and role-play healthy     assessing the completion of assignments, role-play for boundary        completed by
         boundary setting, as well as complete self-assessment                setting, self-assessments, and chapter summaries at the end of         the end of the
         assignments for purposes of enhancing communication skills with      the semester. Instructor will identify performance levels in a         16th week of
         both themselves and others while improving their relationships.      grading rubric by observing role-plays and the five criteria for       the semester.
                                                                              boundary setting. Measuring completion and satisfactory
                                                                              progress of assignments, self-assessments, and the pre-post life
                                                                              skills assessment will also occur.



COUN 165 Identify, explain and compare how a chosen occupation fits with The couurse will use career inventories, surveys, tests, lab and Students attend In Progress               To be         To be determined
         the student's personality type, interests, work values, transferable written assignments, presentations, or discussion to evaluate how a four class                        determined
         skills and career motivators.                                        this learning outcome has been achieved.                          meeting.
                                                                                                                                                Aassessments
                                                                                                                                                will be
                                                                                                                                                conducted and
                                                                                                                                                interprested
                                                                                                                                                during each
                                                                                                                                                session.




                                                                                                                        Spring 2010                                                                                  Page 122 of 644
                                                          Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                             Assessment Method                                                    Assessment      Assessment     Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                Timeline        Results
COUN 170 Students will be able to identify how their interests relate to   Students will produce written documents communicating the            Weekly           In progress   To be          Students require internet access to properly research
         compatible college majors and demonstrate an understanding of     results of their interest inventory; key factors in their decision   assignments                    determined     college majors and access to college catalogs (online or
         the process involved in research, planning, and decision making   making process for major selection; a detailed list of major and     will be required               by future      hard copy). The instructor needs to identify an
         as it pertains to college majors.                                 GE requirements for two college majors; and an education plan        in sequential                  instructors.   assessment tool that links student interests to compatible
                                                                           outlining the exact order of courses required to complete their      order to allow                                college majors.
                                                                           academic degree goal (i.e. transfer or AA).                          the student to
                                                                                                                                                demonstrate a
                                                                                                                                                progressive
                                                                                                                                                understanding
                                                                                                                                                of the process
                                                                                                                                                of assessment,
                                                                                                                                                research, and
                                                                                                                                                planning.




                                                                                                                    Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 123 of 644
                                                            Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                 Assessment Method                                                 Assessment         Assessment        Changes        Resources
                                                                                                                                                Timeline           Results
COUN 45   Students will be able to write a plan on how they will manage their The instructor will determine if plans were completed and         The viewing will   Instructor will   If the         The students have access to my email, phone, and
          time, manage stress, as well as take responsibility to identify study techniques were applied by viewing the textbooks to verify      occur toward       identify          students'      webpage.
          techniques they will use to apply to and gain greater                 completion and correct application.                             the end of the     performance       performance
          understanding of course material.                                                                                                     semester.          levels using a    level falls
                                                                                                                                                                   grading rubric.   below 80%,
                                                                                                                                                                   Students who      the counselor
                                                                                                                                                                   complete their    will require
                                                                                                                                                                   assignments       the student to
                                                                                                                                                                   will be able to   make an
                                                                                                                                                                   identify study    extra
                                                                                                                                                                   skills to gain    counseling
                                                                                                                                                                   great             appointment
                                                                                                                                                                   understanding     with the
                                                                                                                                                                   of course         counselor to
                                                                                                                                                                   material. At      ensure
                                                                                                                                                                   least 80% of      learning is
                                                                                                                                                                   students who      occurring.
                                                                                                                                                                   complete the
                                                                                                                                                                   course will
                                                                                                                                                                   achieve
                                                                                                                                                                   proficiency in
                                                                                                                                                                   these areas.




COUN 48   Students will assess wellness concepts, including stress, test      Instructor will develop and implement a pre/post stress and        Conduct        In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
          anxiety, diet, sleep and exercise to develop a personal health      lifestyle evaluation system to determine the degree of application assessment in
          assessment action plan.                                             of techniques for overcoming test anxiety.                         Fall semester
                                                                                                                                                 and analyze in
                                                                                                                                                 fall semester.


COUN 48   Students will assess wellness concepts, including stress, test      Students will measure through direct assessment and self-         Conduct         In progress.         In progress.   In progress.
          anxiety, diet, sleep and exercise to develop a personal health      evaluation stress and relaxation techniques to include dietary,   assessment in
          assessment action plan                                              sleep and exercise requirements. Students will identify self-     Spring and
                                                                              defeating test taking believes and re-write outdated scripts.     analyze in fall
                                                                                                                                                semester.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                    Page 124 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course   SLO                                                                   Assessment Method                                                 Assessment      Assessment     Changes       Resources
                                                                                                                                                 Timeline        Results
DR 15    Demonstrates ability to self advocate in a letter to an English       Pre/Post letter; Rubric will be used to measure the "Limited,"    Spring 10        In Progress   In Progress   In Progress
         teacher by describing the student's disability, how the disability    "Developing," and "Capable" advocate.                             (using Fall 09 &
         affects writing/reading, and the strategies the student uses to                                                                         Spring 10 data)
         manage it.

DR 18    Demonstrates ability to use knowledge of phonetics and an          Pre/Post tests demonstrating knowledge of phonetic                   Fall 10 &       In Progress    In Progress   In Progress
         electronic spellchecker as a strategy to manage spelling problems. representations (symbols) for all 49 English sounds. Pre/Post        Spring 11
                                                                            tests demonstrating the use of phonetic symbols matched to           (Course not
                                                                            appropriate spellings with an electronic spellchecker.               offered Fall 09
                                                                                                                                                 & Spr 10)

DR 20    Demonstrates the ability to accurately input a series of calculations A calculator proficiency pre-test and post-test will be           Spring        In Progress      In Progress   In Progress
         into a scientific calculator. These calculations will require the use administered. A 90% accuracy will required.                       Semester 2010
         of the fraction, +/-, %, decimal, exponent and bracket keys.


DR 25    Demonstrates the ability to accurately input a series of calculations Calculator proficiency will be demonstrated at the 90% level of   Spring        In Progress      In Progress   In Progress
         into a scientific calculator. These calculations will require the use accuracy through pre and post tests.                              Semester 2010
         of the fraction, +/-, %, decimal, exponent and bracket keys.


DR 40    The student will apply MLA formatting to a Microsoft Word             Assessment by pre/post test to measure progress. Students will    Beginning        In progress   in progress   Resources are sufficient at this time.
         document.                                                             also complete weekly computer projects that demonstrate MLA       Spring 2010,
                                                                               formatting of a document.                                         within the first
                                                                                                                                                 two weeks and
                                                                                                                                                 last 2 weeks of
                                                                                                                                                 the semester.


DR 41    The student will demonstrate file management skills which include Assessment by pre/post test to measure skill development.             1. Beginning     In Progress   In progress   Resources are sufficient at this time.
         appropriately naming a file and organizing files in folders.      Students will also demonstrate mastery of skill throughout the        Spring 2010,
                                                                           semster in class projects                                             within the first
                                                                                                                                                 two weeks and
                                                                                                                                                 last two weeks
                                                                                                                                                 of the semester
                                                                                                                                                 2. Through
                                                                                                                                                 multiple
                                                                                                                                                 assignments
                                                                                                                                                 during the
                                                                                                                                                 semester.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                                   Page 125 of 644
                                                             Counseling and Student Services Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                                Assessment Method                                                Assessment      Assessment    Changes       Resources
                                                                                                                                              Timeline        Results
DR 42     The student will demonstrate the ability to correct recognition    1. Skill demonstration 1. Writing assignments                    1. Assessment In Progress     In Progress   Resources are suffiecient at this time. This course will
          errors when using Voice Recognition Software.                                                                                       will occur 3                                not be offered until Fall 2010
                                                                                                                                              times
                                                                                                                                              throughout the
                                                                                                                                              semester
                                                                                                                                              beginning in the
                                                                                                                                              first 2 weeks
                                                                                                                                              through skill
                                                                                                                                              demonstration.
                                                                                                                                              2. Pre/post
                                                                                                                                              writing
                                                                                                                                              assignments.




DR 43.1   The student will customize his/her assistive technology to meet    Assessment to begin Spring 2010                                  1. Skill survey In Progress   In Progress   Resources are sufficient at this time.
          their vision needs.                                                1. Skill survey to be conducted 3 times during the semester to   will be
                                                                             measure progress.                                                conducted 3
                                                                             2. Skill demonstration                                           times
                                                                                                                                              throughout the
                                                                                                                                              semester.
                                                                                                                                              2. Skill
                                                                                                                                              demonstration
                                                                                                                                              to be observed
                                                                                                                                              twice during the
                                                                                                                                              semester.



DR 45L    The student will demonstrate ability to use the Discussion Board in Assessment by: 1. Recording weekly lab projects. 2. Skill       1. Skill        In Progress   In Progress   Resources are sufficient at this time.
          the BlackBoard interface.                                           demonstration.                                                  demonstration
                                                                                                                                              will be
                                                                                                                                              conducted 3
                                                                                                                                              times
                                                                                                                                              throughout the
                                                                                                                                              semester. 2.
                                                                                                                                              Acheive 85%
                                                                                                                                              posting of
                                                                                                                                              weekly lab
                                                                                                                                              projects by the
                                                                                                                                              end of the
                                                                                                                                              semester.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                                   Page 126 of 644
                                             Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results Changes   Resources


ASTR 100    A. Phases of the Moon – Given any two of three              The SLOs will be formally assessed during the fall         To date, analysis of current To be determined.            Completion of the new planetarium will
            variables (time of day, phase of Moon, position of the      semester each academic year. Data will be compiled,        assessment methods and                                    help with visualization by the students of
            Moon in the sky) predict the missing variable. This will    evaluated and reviewed during the spring semester by       teaching strategies has been                              the various physical relationships
            demonstrate knowledge of the concept of why the             the appropriate person. Based on the evaluation,           informal. Formal assessment                               attributed to each SLO.
            Moon shows phases and how its phase is related to           teaching strategies will be modified with the goal of      based on the newly
            where the Moon is in its orbit and where the observer       increasing student success. Assessment of SLOs will        developed SLOs will begin in
            is on Earth. [Critical thinking skills, conceptual          be determined using a set of questions that will be        the Fall 2009 semester.
            visualization skills] B. Seasons – Explain why the          embedded into exams administered during the
            Earth experiences seasons. [Conceptual visualization        semester. Questions will be designed to assess a
            skills] C. The Hertzsprung-Russell Diagram – Interpret      student‟s ability to demonstrate an understanding of
            the measurable physical characteristics of a star           each outcome. If the student scores 60% on each
            (temperature, radius, luminosity, absolute magnitude,       assessment, that particular SLO was successfully met
            etc.) based on its position on the H-R diagram. [Critical   by that student. If 60% of the class earns 60% on each
            thinking skills, conceptual relationships]                  SLO, then the outcome has been successfully met for
                                                                        that class.




ASTR 105L   A. Use Newton‟s Version of Kepler‟s Third Law to            Assessment of SLOs will be determined using a set of       The SLOs will be formally     To be determined.           The current resources that are used in the
            determine the mass of a body being orbited - Many of        questions that will be embedded into quizzes               assessed during the fall                                  Astronomy Lab classes are sufficient to
            the concepts covered in the lab class (Mass of Jupiter,     administered during the semester. Questions will be        semester each academic                                    achieve the SLOs described above.
            Black Holes, Mass of the Milky Way Galaxy) use this         designed to assess a student‟s ability to demonstrate an   year. Data will be compiled,
            concept. It is one where the concept of gravity, orbiting   understanding of each outcome and the skills needed to     evaluated and reviewed
            bodies, mass and time are all integrated together into      achieve the SLO. If the student scores 60% on each         during the spring semester by
            one very commonly used “tool” in astronomy. [Critical       assessment, that particular SLO was successfully met       the appropriate person.
            thinking skills, laboratory data processing skills,         by that student. If 60% of the class earns 60% on each     Based on the evaluation,
            conceptual visualization skills] B. Determine the Age of    SLO, then the outcome has been successfully met for        teaching strategies will be
            the Universe – Using a Hubble Diagram, students will        that class. Currently these concepts are assessed          modified with the goal of
            demonstrate the proper skills to interpret a data set       through completion of laboratory exercises and through     increasing student success.
            and create a graph to find the Hubble constant. Then        questions on various quizzes throughout the semester.
            using the appropriate methodology they will use the
            Hubble constant to determine the age of the Universe.
            [Critical thinking skills, laboratory data processing
            skills, conceptual visualization skills]




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                 Page 127 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


ASTR 120   A. given any of two of three given variables, predict by   Outcomes will be assessed through a set of embedded           At the present time only one    Current assessments          To help students visualize crater formation
           previous observations, deductive reasoning and             questions in quizzes. If the student scores 60% on each       faculty member teaches this     are in class quizzes.        processes, obtaining high quality slow
           cognitive processes one of the following: the position     assessment, that particular SLO was successfully met          course. Until more than one     Analysis of effective        motion computer simulations videos would
           of the Moon in the sky, phase of the Moon or local         by that student. If 60% of the class earns 60% on each        section of this course is       teaching strategies          definitely enhance student learning.
           time. B. Identify crater surface features and relative     SLO, then the outcome has been successfully met by            taught, the outcomes will be    has been done for the
           surface age on any object in the Solar System that         the class. Assessment will be determined by a set of          formally assessed in the fall   "Phases of the Moon
           has a solid crust. These features includes simple and      questions that will be embedded into quizzes                  semester of each year. Data     Exercise" through
           complex craters, ejecta blanket regions, rays and the      administered during the semester. The questions will be       will be compiled, evaluated     informal analysis of
           type of crater erosion.                                    designed to set up the conditions, i.e., position, or phase   and reviewed each spring        quiz results. Formal
                                                                      of the Moon or local time; and the student will have to       semester by the appropriate     assessment based on
                                                                      calculate the unknown variable. Assessment will be            person. Based on the            newly developed
                                                                      determined by giving the student an image of a cratered       evaluation, teaching            SLOs will begin in the
                                                                      surface or a verbal description of a cratered surface         strategies will be modified     Fall 2009 semester.
                                                                      embedded into quizzes administered during the                 with the goal of increasing
                                                                      semester. The questions will be designed to assess a          student success.
                                                                      student's ability to identify the various crater features.




ASTR 210   A. Describe why the Earth is a favorable harbor for life   Assessment of SLOs will be determined using a set of          This is a course that is not    To date, analysis of         There are no resources identified as
           in our Solar System. B. Describe the variables that are    questions that will be embedded into exams                    taught on a regular basis       current assessment           needed at this time.
           used in the Drake Equation in predicting the likelihood    administered during the semester. Questions will be           therefore the SLOs will be      methods and teaching
           of intelligent life occurring elsewhere in the Universe.   designed to assess a student‟s ability to demonstrate an      formally assessed during the    strategies has been
                                                                      understanding of each outcome. If the student scores          semester that it is offered.    informal. Formal
                                                                      60% on each assessment, that particular SLO was               Data will be compiled,          assessment based on
                                                                      successfully met by that student. If 60% of the class         evaluated and reviewed          the newly developed
                                                                      earns 60% on each SLO, then the outcome has been              during the spring semester by   SLOs will begin the
                                                                      successfully met for that class. The current method of        the appropriate person.         next time this course
                                                                      assessment is through the completion of homework              Based on the evaluation,        is offered.
                                                                      assignments. Students are then required to demonstrate        teaching strategies will be
                                                                      their knowledge of the concepts by successful                 modified with the goal of
                                                                      completion of targeted questions included on various          increasing student success.
                                                                      quizzes and exams throughout the semester.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                     Page 128 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 100   As a result of successful completion of the course, the    The four unit exams contain questions that are designed    This course is taught           The course was               No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1) describe how major events in    to reveal the students understanding of the student        primarily by one faculty        revised in 2008 to
           the history of aviation influenced the development of      learning outcomes previously stated. In addition, the      member. This faculty            reflect areas where
           aviation as we know it today, 2) describe the              term paper reveals the student's appraisal of the          member analyzes the results     examinations revealed
           governmental agencies that control aviation today and      aviation industry today. The current method of             of the examinations to          the need for additional
           explain the basic duties of each, 3) describe the major    assessment includes four unit examinations as well as a    determine the number of         emphasis.
           industry organizations that influence aviation today,      term paper. No changes have been made during the           students who miss a
           and 4) describe the state of the aviation industry as it   past few years.                                            particular question. Based on
           exists today.                                                                                                         this analysis, the course is
                                                                                                                                 revised to emphasize areas
                                                                                                                                 where the question miss rate
                                                                                                                                 was higher than expected.




AVIA 105   As a result of successful completion of this course,       Students are given four unit exams as well as a            The results of the exams        Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           students will be able to 1) apply his/her learned          comprehensive final examination. The comprehensive         administered in the             more emphasis in a
           knowledge in a manner so as to be able to achieve a        final examination is designed to closely duplicate the     classroom are analyzed in       few of the weaker
           passing score on the Federal Aviation Administration's     actual knowledge exam that will be administered by the     terms of the number of          areas (as evidenced
           private pilot knowledge exam and 2) explain his/her        Federal Aviation Administration. The questions             students who miss a             by exams and student
           learned knowledge during the verbal portion of the         (approximately 250) that are asked on the in-class         particular question. Based on   comments), no major
           practical test (administered by a Federal Aviation         exams are selected in a manner that the instructor can     this analysis, the course is    changes have been
           Administration designated pilot examiner) for the          gain a comprehensive understanding of the student's        revised to place additional     made in the past few
           private pilot certificate.                                 knowledge and ability to apply the material presented in   emphasis in areas where the     years.
                                                                      the course. At the completion of the course, students      question miss rate was high.
                                                                      are given a pre-addressed post card and asked to mail it   In addition, post cards that
                                                                      back to the aviation discipline with the score earned on   are returned from students
                                                                      the actual Federal Aviation Administration's knowledge     after they take the actual
                                                                      exam. On the post card, they are also asked to             Federal Aviation
                                                                      comment on areas where they felt they were weak and        Administration's exam are
                                                                      would have liked additional classroom instruction.         examined for student
                                                                      Student knowledge is assessed by four written exams        comments. Needed changes
                                                                      and a comprehensive final exam that are based on           are made to the course
                                                                      sample questions provided by the Federal Aviation          based on these comments.
                                                                      Administration. These questions cover the knowledge
                                                                      and understanding required for both the knowledge and
                                                                      practical tests. There have been no recent changes to
                                                                      this method of assessment.




                                                                                                                    Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 129 of 644
                                          Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 106   As a result of successful completion of this course,     Students are given five unit exams as well as a            The results of the exams        Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           students will be able to 1) apply his/her learned        comprehensive final examination. The comprehensive         administered in the             more emphasis in a
           knowledge in a manner so as to be able to achieve a      final examination is designed to closely duplicate the     classroom are analyzed in       few of the weaker
           passing score on the Federal Aviation Administration's   actual knowledge exam that will be administered by the     terms of the number of          areas (as evidenced
           commercial pilot knowledge exam and 2) explain           Federal Aviation Administration. The questions             students who miss a             by exams and student
           his/her learned knowledge during the verbal portion of   (approximately 300) that are asked on the in-class         particular question. Based on   comments), no major
           the practical test (administered by a Federal Aviation   exams are selected in a manner that the instructor can     this analysis, the course is    changes have been
           Administration designated pilot examiner) for the        gain a comprehensive understanding of the student's        revised to place additional     made in the past few
           commercial pilot certificate.                            knowledge and ability to apply the material presented in   emphasis in areas where the     years.
                                                                    the course. At the completion of the course, students      question miss rate was high.
                                                                    are given a pre-addressed post card and asked to mail it   In addition, post cards that
                                                                    back to the aviation discipline with the score earned on   are returned from students
                                                                    the actual Federal Aviation Administration's knowledge     after they take the actual
                                                                    exam. On the post card, they are also asked to             Federal Aviation
                                                                    comment on areas where they felt they were weak and        Administration's exam are
                                                                    would have liked additional classroom instruction.         examined for student
                                                                    Student knowledge is assessed by five written exams        comments. Needed changes
                                                                    and a comprehensive final exam that are based on           are made to the course
                                                                    sample questions provided by the Federal Aviation          based on these comments.
                                                                    Administration. These questions cover the knowledge
                                                                    and understanding required for both the knowledge and
                                                                    practical tests. There have been no recent changes to
                                                                    this method of assessment.




                                                                                                                  Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 130 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 107   As a result of successful completion of this course,       Students are given five unit exams as well as a            The results of the exams        Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           students will be able to 1) apply his/her learned          comprehensive final examination. The comprehensive         administered in the             more emphasis in a
           knowledge in a manner so as to be able to achieve a        final examination is designed to closely duplicate the     classroom are analyzed in       few of the weaker
           passing score on the Federal Aviation Administration's     actual knowledge exam that will be administered by the     terms of the number of          areas (as evidenced
           instrument rating (airplane) knowledge exam and 2)         Federal Aviation Administration. The questions             students who miss a             by exams and student
           explain his/her learned knowledge during the verbal        (approximately 300) that are asked on the in-class         particular question. Based on   comments), no major
           portion of the practical test (administered by a Federal   exams are selected in a manner that the instructor can     this analysis, the course is    changes have been
           Aviation Administration designated pilot examiner) for     gain a comprehensive understanding of the student's        revised to place additional     made in the past few
           the instrument rating in an airplane.                      knowledge and ability to apply the material presented in   emphasis in areas where the     years.
                                                                      the course. At the completion of the course, students      question miss rate was high.
                                                                      are given a pre-addressed post card and asked to mail it   In addition, post cards that
                                                                      back to the aviation discipline with the score earned on   are returned from students
                                                                      the actual Federal Aviation Administration's knowledge     after they take the actual
                                                                      exam. On the post card, they are also asked to             Federal Aviation
                                                                      comment on areas where they felt they were weak and        Administration's exam are
                                                                      would have liked additional classroom instruction.         examined for student
                                                                      Student knowledge is assessed by five written exams        comments. Needed changes
                                                                      and a comprehensive final exam that are based on           are made to the course
                                                                      sample questions provided by the Federal Aviation          based on these comments.
                                                                      Administration. These questions cover the knowledge
                                                                      and understanding required for both the knowledge and
                                                                      practical tests. There have been no recent changes to
                                                                      this method of assessment.




                                                                                                                    Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 131 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline              Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 110   As a result of successful completion of the course, the     The two unit exams and the comprehensive final exam        Although this course is taught   Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to describe the different types of     contain questions and problems that are designed to        primarily by one faculty         more emphasis in a
           controlled airspace and formulate a plan for a visual       reveal the students understanding of the desired student   member, another faculty          few of the weaker
           flight rules flight through these different types of        learning outcomes previously stated. The current           member has taught the            areas (as evidenced
           airspace within the United States to include 1) the         method of assessment includes two unit examinations        course on two occasions          by the analysis of the
           identification of the air traffic control facilities with   and a comprehensive final exam that consists of a flight   during the past five years.      exams), no major
           whom one must communicate while flying through the          between two assigned airports. No changes have been        The faculty members analyze      changes have been
           airspace as well as a demonstration of the of the           made during the past few years.                            the results of the               made in the past few
           ability to select the appropriate radio frequency and 2)                                                               examinations to determine        years.
           the use of the navigation computer and plotter to                                                                      the number of students who
           prepare a detailed plan of a flight through the airspace                                                               miss a particular question.
           to include courses, altitudes, and radio navigation.                                                                   Based on this analysis, the
                                                                                                                                  course has been and will
                                                                                                                                  continue to be revised to
                                                                                                                                  emphasize areas where the
                                                                                                                                  question miss rate was
                                                                                                                                  higher than expected.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                    Page 132 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                           Assessment Timeline              Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 115   As a result of successful completion of the course, the     The three unit exams contain questions that are             This course is taught            Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1) describe how the air traffic     designed to reveal the students understanding of the        primarily by one faculty         more emphasis in a
           control facilities in the United States provide services    previously stated student learning outcomes. In addition,   member. This faculty             few of the weaker
           to an aircraft travelling between two cities on a visual    the term paper and class participation contribute to the    member analyzes the results      areas (as evidenced
           flight rules flight plan, 2) describe how the air traffic   instructor's understanding of the student's                 of the examinations to           by the analysis of the
           control facilities in the United States provide services    comprehension of the desired student learning               determine the number of          exams, term papers,
           to an aircraft travelling between two cities on an          outcomes. The current method of assessment includes         students who miss a              and class
           instrument flight rules flight plan, and 3) demonstrate     three unit examinations, class participation, and a term    particular question. In          participation), no
           how the pilot of an aircraft would access and utilize       paper. No changes have been made during the past few        addition the instructor          major changes have
           these services during the flights.                          years.                                                      examines the content of the      been made in the past
                                                                                                                                   term paper along with            few years.
                                                                                                                                   considering the participation
                                                                                                                                   of the students in class.
                                                                                                                                   Based on these items, the
                                                                                                                                   course is revised to
                                                                                                                                   emphasize areas where it is
                                                                                                                                   felt that the students are not
                                                                                                                                   achieving the level desired by
                                                                                                                                   the stated student learning
                                                                                                                                   outcomes.




AVIA 120   As a result of successful completion of the course, the     The four unit exams contain questions that are designed     Faculty members analyze the      Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1) interpret and evaluate           to reveal the students understanding of the student         results of the examinations to   more emphasis in a
           weather reports and forecasts, 2) recognize areas that      learning outcomes previously stated. In addition, the       determine the number of          few of the weaker
           should be avoided due to hazardous weather                  term paper reveals the student's appraisal of selected      students who miss a              areas (as evidenced
           conditions, and 3) apply this knowledge to selecting a      weather phenomenon and its possible hazard to air           particular question. Based on    by the analysis of the
           satisfactory route and altitude for flights under both      navigation. This is an important part of the desired        this analysis, the course has    exams and term
           visual and instrument flight conditions.                    student learning outcomes. The current method of            been and will continue to be     papers), no major
                                                                       assessment includes four unit examinations as well as a     revised to emphasize areas       changes have been
                                                                       term paper. No changes have been made during the            where the question miss rate     made in the past few
                                                                       past few years.                                             was higher than expected. In     years.
                                                                                                                                   addition, the term papers
                                                                                                                                   indicate areas where
                                                                                                                                   additional emphasis is
                                                                                                                                   needed.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                     Page 133 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 125   As a result of successful completion of the course, the   The observation of the students in the flight simulator    This course is taught             Other than a little          Recent changes in technology, in both
           student will be able to apply knowledge learned to 1)     during the final examination is the primary method used    primarily by one faculty          more emphasis in a           aircraft and simulation devices, has made
           demonstrate a flight between two airports under           to determine whether students are meeting the stated       member. This faculty              few of the weaker            available more suitable flight simulators.
           simulated instrument flight rules conditions, 2)          desired learning outcomes. The current method of           member analyzes the results       areas (as evidenced          However, the cost of the new flight
           demonstrate the appropriate instrument approach at        assessment includes a comprehensive final examination      of the final examinations in      by the analysis of the       simulators (approximately $100,000. each)
           the destination airport, and 3) formulate appropriate     conducted in a flight simulator. In addition, informal     the flight simulator as well as   informal observations        puts them out of the reach of most
           actions when faced with simulated emergencies or          observations of student progress in the flight simulator   the periodic informal             and of the final             community college budgets at this time.
           abnormal situations during the flight. These student      are randomly made during the semester. No changes          observations of students in       examination in the           Possible grants need to be explored. The
           learning outcomes are to be demonstrated in a flight      have been made during the past few years.                  the flight simulators to          simulators), no major        availability of modern flight simulators
           simulator (ground trainer).                                                                                          determine that the students       changes have been            would make the simulated flight
                                                                                                                                are meeting the desired           made in the past few         experience more closely match the actual
                                                                                                                                student learning outcomes. If     years.                       aircraft that the student is likely to
                                                                                                                                weak areas are noted at any                                    eventually be flying.
                                                                                                                                time, the course is revised to
                                                                                                                                emphasize and/or to provide
                                                                                                                                more directed practice of the
                                                                                                                                observed weak area in the
                                                                                                                                flight simulators.




AVIA 145   As a result of successful completion of the course, the   The demonstration of the Garmin G1000 and 430/530          This course has not yet been This course has not               Unknown at this time. This course has not
           student will be able to apply knowledge learned to 1)     systems on the computer simulator will be a significant    offered. When it is offered, it yet been offered.              yet been offered.
           demonstrate the complete operation of the Garmin          factor in determining if the students are achieving the    is anticipated that the results
           G1000 glass cockpit system to include normal and          stated student learning outcomes. In addition, written     of the student performance
           emergency situations and 2) demonstrate the               exams will contain questions that are designed to reveal   on the computer simulators
           complete operation of the Garmin 430/530 global           the students level of achievement with regard to the       as well missed questions on
           positioning navigation system.                            desired student learning outcomes. The method of           the written exams will be
                                                                     assessment will include demonstration of the Garmin        used as a basis for course
                                                                     G1000 and 430/530 systems on a computer that               improvements so that future
                                                                     simulates the actual operation of the system as well as    students will better
                                                                     written exams and class participation.                     demonstrate the desired
                                                                                                                                student learning outcomes.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                     Page 134 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                        Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 205   As a result of successful completion of the course, the    The four examinations contain questions and problems     This course is taught           Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1) describe, in detail, the        that are designed to reveal the students understanding   primarily by one faculty        more emphasis in a
           aerodynamic forces that act on an airplane during          of the desired student learning outcomes that were       member. This faculty            few of the weaker
           both subsonic and supersonic flight, 2) explain aircraft   previously stated. The current method of assessment      member analyzes the results     areas (as evidenced
           stability and controllability, and 3) explain the          includes four examinations.                              of the examinations to          by the analysis of the
           principles of operation of aircraft engines.                                                                        determine the number of         exams), no major
                                                                                                                               students who miss a             changes have been
                                                                                                                               particular question. Based on   made in the past
                                                                                                                               this analysis, the course is    several years.
                                                                                                                               revised to emphasize areas
                                                                                                                               where the question miss rate
                                                                                                                               was higher than expected.




AVIA 210   As a result of successful completion of the course, the    The three exams contain questions that are designed to   This course is taught           Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1) describe the basic methods      reveal the students understanding of the student         primarily by one faculty        more emphasis in a
           of accident investigation and how the determination of     learning outcomes previously stated. In addition, the    member. This faculty            few of the weaker
           the probable cause leads to the prevention of similar      term paper, class participation, and the oral            member analyzes the results     areas (as evidenced
           accidents in the future, 2) describe the role that the     presentations indicate how well the students are         of the examinations to          by the analysis of the
           pilots physical and psychological factors play in the      meeting the desired student learning outcomes. The       determine the number of         exams, term papers,
           chain of events that may lead to an accident, and 3)       current method of assessment includes three exams, a     students who miss a             and oral
           describe techniques and procedures that a pilot may        paper, and an oral presentaiton before the class.        particular question. Based on   presentations), no
           use to prevent an accident as well as to help him/her                                                               this analysis, the course has   major changes have
           survive an accident.                                                                                                been and will continue to be    been made in the past
                                                                                                                               revised to emphasize areas      few years.
                                                                                                                               where the question miss rate
                                                                                                                               was higher than expected. In
                                                                                                                               addition, term papers, class
                                                                                                                               participation, and the oral
                                                                                                                               presentations indicate areas
                                                                                                                               where the course has and will
                                                                                                                               continue to be revised to
                                                                                                                               place additional emphasis
                                                                                                                               where needed.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                  Page 135 of 644
                                               Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                             Assessment Method                                           Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 215   As a result of successful completion of the course, the         The seven unit exams are carefully written so that they     This course is taught           Other than a little          No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1) describe all of the                  contain questions that are designed to reveal the           primarily by one faculty        more emphasis in a
           mechanical and electrical systems found in the                  students understanding of the student learning              member. This faculty            few of the weaker
           Citation I (small corporate jet) series aircraft, 2)            outcomes previously stated. In addition, class              member analyzes the results     areas (as evidenced
           describe the normal operation of all of the just                participation reveals the students understanding of the     of the examinations to          by the analysis of the
           mentioned systems, and 3) describe the                          desired student learning outcomes. The current method       determine the number of         exams and class
           abnormal/emergency operation of the just mentioned              of assessment includes seven unit examinations as well      students who miss a             participation), no
           systems.                                                        as class participation. No changes have been made           particular question. Based on   major changes have
                                                                           during the past few years.                                  this analysis, the course has   been made in the past
                                                                                                                                       been and will continue to be    few years.
                                                                                                                                       revised to emphasize areas
                                                                                                                                       where the question miss rate
                                                                                                                                       was higher than expected. In
                                                                                                                                       addition, class participation
                                                                                                                                       indicates areas where
                                                                                                                                       additional emphasis is
                                                                                                                                       needed to insure that
                                                                                                                                       students meet the desired
                                                                                                                                       student learning outcomes.




AVIA 75    As a result of successful completion of the course, the         A Federal Aviation Administration designated pilot          Flight Instructors regularly    Minimal changes have         No new resources are needed at this time.
           student will be able to 1.) demonstrate the planning of         examiner will judge the ability of the student based on     meet with the Chief Pilot to    been needed during
           a flight (using visual flight rules) to include the preflight   criteria established by the Federal Aviation                review student performance.     the past couple of
           preparation of an aircraft, 2) explain and demonstrate          Administration. The examination will consist of             Adjustments are made to the     years.
           flight maneuvers required by the Federal Aviation               approximately 2 hours of activity on the ground followed    training curriculum with more
           Administration, 3)apply his/her knowledge and                   by approximately 1 1/2 hours of flight time in the actual   emphasis placed on areas
           planning to demonstrate a successful flight (at the             aircraft. The current method of assessment is dictated      that need improvement as
           private pilot level) to a Federal Aviation Administration       by the Federal Aviation Administration. Faculty             evidenced by the final
           designated pilot examiner.                                      members are not able to change this method of               checkride with the designated
                                                                           assessment.                                                 pilot examiner.




                                                                                                                          Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 136 of 644
                                              Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                             Assessment Method                                           Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes   Resources


AVIA 80   As a result of successful completion of the course, the         A Federal Aviation Administration designated pilot          Flight Instructors regularly    Minimal changes have         No new resources are needed at this time
          student will be able to 1.) demonstrate the planning of         examiner will judge the ability of the student based on     meet with the Chief Pilot to    been needed during
          a flight (using instrument flight rules) to include the         criteria established by the Federal Aviation                review student performance.     the past couple of
          preflight preparation of an aircraft and the filing of an       Administration. The examination will consist of             Adjustments are made to the     years.
          instrument flight plan, 2) explain and demonstrate              approximately 2 hours of activity on the ground followed    training curriculum with more
          flight maneuvers required by the Federal Aviation               by approximately 1 1/2 hours of flight time in the actual   emphasis placed on areas
          Administration including instrument navigation and              aircraft under actual and/or simulated instrument flight    that need improvement as
          approaches, 3)apply his/her knowledge and planning              conditions. The current method of assessment is             evidenced by the final
          to demonstrate a successful flight under instrument             dictated by the Federal Aviation Administration. Faculty    checkride with the designated
          flight rules to a Federal Aviation Administration               members are not able to change this method of               pilot examiner.
          designated pilot examiner.                                      assessment.




AVIA 85   As a result of successful completion of the course, the         A Federal Aviation Administration designated pilot          Flight Instructors regularly    Minimal changes have         No new resources are needed at this time.
          student will be able to 1.) demonstrate the planning of         examiner will judge the ability of the student based on     meet with the Chief Pilot to    been needed during
          a flight (using visual flight rules) to include the preflight   criteria established by the Federal Aviation                review student performance.     the past couple of
          preparation of an aircraft, 2) explain and demonstrate          Administration. The examination will consist of             Adjustments are made to the     years.
          flight maneuvers required by the Federal Aviation               approximately 2 hours of activity on the ground followed    training curriculum with more
          Administration, 3)apply his/her knowledge and                   by approximately 1 1/2 hours of flight time in the actual   emphasis placed on areas
          planning to demonstrate a successful flight (at the             aircraft. The current method of assessment is dictated      that need improvement as
          commercial pilot level) to a Federal Aviation                   by the Federal Aviation Administration. Faculty             evidenced by the final
          Administration designated pilot examiner.                       members are not able to change this method of               checkride with the designated
                                                                          assessment.                                                 pilot examiner.




                                                                                                                         Spring 2010                                                                                   Page 137 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 100   Students will be able to apply the scientific method to   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           a research question. They will be able to synthesize a    using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #1 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           basic experiment indentifying the independent,            each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2009 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           dependent and outside variables of the experiment as      teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2011.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           well as describe the experimental group and control       questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           group. Students will be able to apply this knowledge      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
           and be able to evaluate information obtained              comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
           scientifically.                                           questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                     comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                     appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will design       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                     and execute a scientific inquiry in a laboratory setting      Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                     using the steps of the scientific method to demonstrate       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                     application and comprehension. Option 4 – Students will       department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                     be given a conceptual inventory of Natural Selection as       designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                     published by Anderson et. Al 2002, Development and            member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                     Evaluation of the Conceptual Inventory of Natural             meeting of the faculty
                                                                     Selection in The Journal of Research in Science               teaching the course to
                                                                     Teaching. VOL. 39, NO. 10, PP. 952–978. Option 5 –            discuss and analyze the
                                                                     Other means as determined by an individual instructor.        results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                   this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                   assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                   and discussed.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 138 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 100   Students will be able to describe where new traits in a   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           population come from and how these traits might           using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #2 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           become more or less common over time. Students will       each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2011 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           comprehend the terms natural selection, gene flow,        teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2013.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           genetic drift and mutation.                               questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
                                                                     appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
                                                                     comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                     questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                     comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                     appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will analyze      mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                     a mathematical model of natural selection of the lab.         Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                     Option 4 – Other means as determined by an individual         will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                     instructor.                                                   department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                                                                                   designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                   member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                   meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                   teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                   discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                   results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                   this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                   assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                   and discussed.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 139 of 644
                                         Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 100   Students will be able to explain how and where a       In each evaluation period students will be assessed            Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           person‟s genotype is obtained and describe how it is   using one of the following techniques. The method for          the #3 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           expressed. Students will be able to apply the terms    each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor    Outcome from Fall of 2013 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           gene, allele, heterozygous, homozygous, recessive,     teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice      the Spring of 2015.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           dominance, co-dominance and incomplete dominance       questions on exams will be designed to assess the              Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           to the expression of a genotype.                       appropriate application of specific terms and the              of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
                                                                  comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                  demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                  questions will prompt students to demonstrate                  be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                  comprehension of the scientific method using the               instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                  appropriate terminology. Option 3- In a laboratory             mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                  setting students will analyze pedigrees to determine the       Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                  expression and mode of acquisition of a particular allele.     will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                  Additionally students will construct Punnet Squares to         department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                  determine the probability of inheriting sets of alleles from   designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                  a specific pair of parents. Option 4 – Other means as          member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                  determined by an individual instructor.                        meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                 teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                 discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                 results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                 this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                 assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                 and discussed.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 140 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 101   Students will be able to apply the scientific method to   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           a research question. They will be able to synthesize a    using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #1 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           basic experiment indentifying the independent,            each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2009 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           dependent and outside variables of the experiment as      teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2011.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           well as describe the experimental group and control       questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           group. Students will be able to apply this knowledge      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
           and be able to evaluate information obtained              comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
           scientifically.                                           questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                     comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                     appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will design       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                     and execute a scientific inquiry in a laboratory setting      Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                     using the steps of the scientific method to demonstrate       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                     application and comprehension. Option 4 – Students will       department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                     be given a conceptual inventory of Natural Selection as       designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                     published by Anderson et. Al 2002, Development and            member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                     Evaluation of the Conceptual Inventory of Natural             meeting of the faculty
                                                                     Selection in The Journal of Research in Science               teaching the course to
                                                                     Teaching. VOL. 39, NO. 10, PP. 952–978. Option 5 –            discuss and analyze the
                                                                     Other means as determined by an individual instructor.        results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                   this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                   assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                   and discussed.




                                                                                                                     Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 141 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 101   Students will be able to describe where new traits in a   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           population come from and how these traits might           using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #2 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           become more or less common over time. Students will       each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2011 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           comprehend the terms natural selection, gene flow,        teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2013.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           genetic drift and mutation.                               questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
                                                                     appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
                                                                     comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                     questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                     comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                     appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will analyze      mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                     a mathematical model of natural selection of the lab.         Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                     Option 4 – Other means as determined by an individual         will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                     instructor.                                                   department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                                                                                   designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                   member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                   meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                   teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                   discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                   results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                   this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                   assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                   and discussed.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 142 of 644
                                         Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                              Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 101   Students will be able to explain how and where a       In each evaluation period students will be assessed            Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           person‟s genotype is obtained and describe how it is   using one of the following techniques. The method for          the #3 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           expressed. Students will be able to apply the terms    each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor    Outcome from Fall of 2013 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           gene, allele, heterozygous, homozygous, recessive,     teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice      the Spring of 2015.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           dominance, co-dominance and incomplete dominance       questions on exams will be designed to assess the              Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           to the expression of a genotype.                       appropriate application of specific terms and the              of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
                                                                  comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                  demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                  questions will prompt students to demonstrate                  be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                  comprehension of the scientific method using the               instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                  appropriate terminology. Option 3- In a laboratory             mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                  setting students will analyze pedigrees to determine the       Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                  expression and mode of acquisition of a particular allele.     will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                  Additionally students will construct Punnet Squares to         department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                  determine the probability of inheriting sets of alleles from   designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                  a specific pair of parents. Option 4 – Other means as          member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                  determined by an individual instructor.                        meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                 teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                 discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                 results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                 this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                 assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                 and discussed.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 143 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                            Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 101L   Understand natural selection and its relationship to   Assessment in the course will be based on measuring          Each instructor will focus their No SLO cycles have      We have not                Having the appropriate materials and
            evolution.                                             subject mastery (as determined by individual instructors)    assessment on the SLO for a been completed at this       completed an SLO           chemicals is crucial to hands-on learning
                                                                   on the natural selection laboratory exercise. In each        two year cycle. In an            time for this course.   assessment cycle.          in the laboratory. Tech support for both
                                                                   evaluation period, instructors will assess class             assessment cycle instructors                             However, following         students and faculty is also important.
                                                                   performance on the natural selection laboratory and          teaching this course will                                discussion,
                                                                   report results to the full-time faculty member responsible   record the percentage of                                 department members
                                                                   for recording the results (described below).                 students in their classes who                            will collectively decide
                                                                                                                                satisfactorily master the                                whether changes need
                                                                                                                                target slo for that particular                           to be made in the SLO
                                                                                                                                cycle. These numbers will be                             or course. Individual
                                                                                                                                reported to a contract faculty                           instructors will be free
                                                                                                                                member (the department                                   to determine whether
                                                                                                                                chair or designee)                                       changes are
                                                                                                                                responsible for the course. At                           necessary in
                                                                                                                                the end of the two year cycle,                           assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                the designated faculty
                                                                                                                                member will make a report to
                                                                                                                                the department members
                                                                                                                                involved and they will meet to
                                                                                                                                discuss.




                                                                                                                  Spring 2010                                                                                                            Page 144 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results Changes   Resources


BIOL 102   1) Understand and apply the Scientific Method in both      Successful students are able to clearly describe,             Instructors teaching this     Successes: The               No additional resources are needed at this
           lecture and lab, and apply these principles to analysis    interrelate, and apply the terms and concepts listed in       course meet informally to     recent addition of the       time.
           of experimental results. 2) Understand the properties      the course outline of record for this course. Student         discuss the successes and     formal lab report
           of chemical elements, compounds, and molecules that        success will be assessed through multiple-choice, short-      failures associated with      requirement has
           are critical to understanding biology. 3) Understand       answer, and essay exams to test different levels of           specific assessment methods   helped students to
           basic cell structure, organelle function, and cell         cognitive subject mastery. In addition, student success       and teaching methods used     better understand their
           division. 4) Understand the principles of energy           will be assessed through student-prepared formal lab          by each instructor.           experimental results in
           transfer, photosynthesis, and cellular respiration. 5)     reports which must apply the scientific method to                                           the laboratory. Also,
           Understand the basic principles of inheritance, DNA        analysis and discussion of experimental results.                                            testing students on
           replication, RNA transcription, and protein translation.   Students must also demonstrate basic required                                               basic lab skills has
           6) Demonstrate basic laboratory skills and techniques      laboratory skills and techniques through practical lab                                      forced students to
           which are required for more advanced courses in            exams and quizzes. Assessment in this course was                                            learn the skills
           biology.                                                   originally based upon testing different cognitive levels of                                 individually rather than
                                                                      subject mastery, including knowledge, comprehension,                                        relying upon lab
                                                                      application, analysis, and synthesis. We have added the                                     partners for help. This
                                                                      requirement for students to practice and demonstrate                                        will help students in
                                                                      basic laboratory skills and techniques, and the                                             future science
                                                                      requirement for students to apply the scientific method                                     courses. Changes:
                                                                      to preparation of formal lab reports, including analysis                                    Changes will continue
                                                                      and discussion of experimental results.                                                     to occur as we assess
                                                                                                                                                                  the successes and
                                                                                                                                                                  failures of students as
                                                                                                                                                                  they advance to
                                                                                                                                                                  higher-level science
                                                                                                                                                                  courses. We will
                                                                                                                                                                  continue to analyze
                                                                                                                                                                  the knowledge and
                                                                                                                                                                  skills students need to
                                                                                                                                                                  succeed in the higher-
                                                                                                                                                                  level courses.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                  Page 145 of 644
                                          Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes           Resources


BIOL 105   1) Understand the Scientific Method and apply these A successful student will score 70% or above on the           Student scores on the SLO       Changes: Changes                     No additional resources are needed at this
           principles to analysis of experimental results.     SLO assessment. Student comprehension of SLO's #1             exam will be compiled for all   will occur as                        time.
           2)Understand the basic physiology of human systems. and #2 will be assessed during the Fall semester of           sections of Biology 105 and     necessary when
                                                               each year, with SLO #1 being assessed the first year          results will be analyzed. Any   instructors meet to
                                                               and SLO #2 being assessed during the 2nd year.                possible changes or             analyze assessment
                                                               Assessment will continue to alternate with one SLO            adjustments to the course       results.
                                                               assessed each year in which the course is offered.            curriculum or teaching
                                                               Assessment methods may include reports, projects,             methods will be discussed
                                                               quizzes, exams, or other methods as determined by the         among faculty members of
                                                               course instructor.                                            the department.




BIOL 106   Understand the basic chemical and cellular processes   This SLO will be assessed by a comprehensive final         Assessment will occur on a In progress                In progress    In progress
           of Eukaryotic organisms and apply this knowledge to    exam in which specific questions are included to assess    two year cycle with
           explain the basic physiology of at least three human   the SLO. All instructors teaching the course shall meet    assessment of SLO #1 in the
           organ systems                                          and agree upon the minimum number of questions and         Fall of year 1, and
                                                                  the specific questions to be used by all instructors.      assessment of SLO #2 in the
                                                                  Methods of assessment shall be consistent among all        Fall of year 2.
                                                                  instructors teaching the course. Successful students
                                                                  shall score 70% or higher on the specific assessment
                                                                  questions.



BIOL 106   Understand the scientific method and apply these       This SLO will be assessed by submittal of a report which   Assessment will occur on a In progress.               In progress.   In progress.
           principles to analysis of scientific information.      analyzes experimental results using the scientific         two year cycle with
                                                                  method or by exam essay questions which analyze            assessment of SLO #1 in the
                                                                  experimental results using the scientific method. If the   Fall of year 1, and
                                                                  instructor chooses to use exam questions as the            assessment of SLO #2 in the
                                                                  preferred method of assessment, all instructors teaching   Fall of year 2.
                                                                  the course shall meet and agree upon the minimum
                                                                  number of questions and the specific questions to be
                                                                  used by all instructors. Methods of assessment shall be
                                                                  consistent among all instructors teaching the course.




                                                                                                                Spring 2010                                                                                           Page 146 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                   Assessment Method                                      Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results Changes   Resources


BIOL 106    1) Understand the basic physiology of human           A successful student will score 70% or above on the    Student scores on the SLO         Changes: Changes             None
            systems.                                              SLO assessment. Student comprehension of the SLO       assessment will be compiled       will occur as
                                                                  will be assessed each year in which the course is      for all sections of Biology 106   necessary when
                                                                  offered. Assessment methods may include reports,       and results will be analyzed.     instructors meet to
                                                                  projects, quizzes, exams, or other methods as          Any possible changes or           analyze assessment
                                                                  determined by the course instructor.                   adjustments to the course         results.
                                                                                                                         curriculum or teaching
                                                                                                                         methods will be discussed
                                                                                                                         among faculty members of
                                                                                                                         the department.




BIOL 106L   1)Understand the Scientific Method and apply these    A successful student will score 70% or above on the    Student scores on the SLO         Changes: Changes             No additional resources are needed at this
            principles to the analysis of experimental results.   SLO assessment. Student comprehension of the SLO's     assessment will be compiled       will occur as                time.
                                                                  will be assessed on an annual basis for the years in   for all sections of the course    necessary when
                                                                  which the course is offered. Assessment methods may    and results will be analyzed.     instructors meet to
                                                                  include reports, projects, quizzes, exams, or other    Any necessary changes to          discuss assessment
                                                                  methods as determined by the course instructor.        the course curriculum or          results.
                                                                                                                         teaching methods will be
                                                                                                                         discussed among faculty
                                                                                                                         members of the department.




                                                                                                             Spring 2010                                                                                    Page 147 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                        Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results Changes                         Resources


BIOL 110   Successful students will be able to demonstrate an         Student understanding of gene and chromosome             Records will be kept each         No results will be          While the first SLO     No other resources are needed at this
           understanding of gene and chromosome                       abnormalities is assessed using a combination of essay   semester the course is            available until the first   cycle does not end      time.
           abnormalities in humans. Specifically, they will be able   and multiple choice questions. The instructor has the    offered. Every two years the      SLO cycle is                until Fall 2011 the
           to demonstrate an understanding of the various types       option of including one or more independent student      records will be consolidated      completed (in Fall          procedure that will be
           of gene mutations and chromosome aberrations (of           research projects to assess this SLO . A student         from all instructors teaching     2011).                      used to analyze and
           number and structure) and how these affect the             classified as having an acceptable level of              the course and will then be                                   modify the assessment
           incidences of birth defects and genetic diseases in        understanding for this SLO will have earned 75% or       summarized by the main                                        outcomes will involve
           humans.                                                    higher on questions related to the specific SLO in       instructor. The main instructor                               the main instructor of
                                                                      question.                                                of the course will generate a                                 the course generating
                                                                                                                               report summarizing the                                        a report to consolidate
                                                                                                                               percentage of students who                                    and summarize the
                                                                                                                               have successfully                                             percentage of students
                                                                                                                               demonstrated mastery of the                                   who have successfully
                                                                                                                               specific SLO. After the report                                demonstrated mastery
                                                                                                                               is completed the instructors                                  of the SLO. After the
                                                                                                                               who teach the course will                                     report is completed all
                                                                                                                               meet to discuss how to                                        instructors teaching
                                                                                                                               improve the teaching                                          the course will meet to
                                                                                                                               (learning) and assessment of                                  discuss how to
                                                                                                                               the SLO. The final report will                                improve the teaching
                                                                                                                               be sent to the Department                                     (learning) and
                                                                                                                               Chair for review, feedback                                    assessment of the
                                                                                                                               and approval. The report will                                 SLO. The final report
                                                                                                                               then be permanently filed.                                    will be sent to the
                                                                                                                                                                                             Department Chair for
                                                                                                                                                                                             review, feedback and
                                                                                                                                                                                             approval.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                                           Page 148 of 644
                                          Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                     Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results Changes   Resources


BIOL 110   The key student learning outcomes for this course are   Successful students are able to clearly describe and          Instructors teaching this   It was found that
           to: 1. Understand the principles of inheritance,        interrelate concepts related to the overarching learning      course meet informally to   student research
           including gene transmission, molecular genetics and     outcomes. This is assessed on examinations requiring          discuss the successes and   projects and oral
           population genetics. 2. Understand the causes and       written responses testing for different cognitive levels of   failures associated with    presentations resulted
           the outcomes of chromosome abnormalities and gene       subject mastery (ranging from knowledge,                      specific assessment         in higher levels of
           mutations. Understand the most common human             comprehension, application, analysis and synthesis). In       methods, student projects   student participation
           genetic problems related to chromosome and gene         addition, this assessment is based on evaluating student      and teaching methods used   and student success.
           abnormalities. 3. Understand the more common            research projects requiring students to apply and             by each instructor.         In response, these
           diagnostic techniques, current treatments and           interrelate concepts learned in the course to                                             activities have become
           promising future treatments (e.g. gene therapies) for   independently researched topics. Assessment in the                                        important components
           the most common human genetic problems.                 course was originally based on testing different cognitive                                of the course.
                                                                   levels of subject mastery (ranging from knowledge,
                                                                   comprehension, application, analysis and synthesis).
                                                                   We have added to this the requirement for students to
                                                                   research specific topics throughout the course in order
                                                                   to extend and reinforce lecture and textbook content.
                                                                   These research assignments will require students to
                                                                   independently learn new topics related to human
                                                                   genetics and to apply and relate concepts learned in the
                                                                   course to these researched topics.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                        Page 149 of 644
                                          Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                     Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results Changes   Resources


BIOL 110   The key student learning outcomes for this course are   Successful students must demonstrate the ability to        Instructors teaching this   It was found that
           to: 1. Understand the principles of inheritance,        describe, interrelate and apply the terms and concepts     course meet informally to   student research
           including gene transmission, molecular genetics and     listed in the course outline of record for this course.    discuss the successes and   projects and oral
           population genetics. 2. Understand the causes and       Student success is assessed using essay-based and          failures associated with    presentations resulted
           the outcomes of chromosome abnormalities and gene       multiple choice examinations to measure different          specific assessment         in higher levels of
           mutations. Understand the most common human             cognitive levels of subject mastery, ranging from          methods, student projects   student participation
           genetic problems related to chromosome and gene         knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis and        and teaching methods used   and student success.
           abnormalities. 3. Understand the more common            synthesis. In addition to essay-based and multiple         by each instructor.         In response, these
           diagnostic techniques, current treatments and           choice examinations, students are assigned several                                     activities have become
           promising future treatments (e.g. gene therapies) for   independent research projects which are evaluated                                      important components
           the most common human genetic problems.                 based on their accuracy, clarity and critical analysis.                                of the course.
                                                                   Assessment in the course was originally based on
                                                                   testing different cognitive levels of subject mastery
                                                                   (ranging from knowledge, comprehension, application,
                                                                   analysis and synthesis). We have added to this the
                                                                   requirement for students to research specific topics
                                                                   throughout the course in order to extend and reinforce
                                                                   lecture and textbook content. These research
                                                                   assignments will require students to independently learn
                                                                   new topics related to human genetics and to apply and
                                                                   relate concepts learned in the course to these
                                                                   researched topics.




                                                                                                                 Spring 2010                                                                       Page 150 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                     Assessment Method                                         Assessment Timeline                Assessment Results Changes   Resources


BIOL 114   Key student learning outcomes for this course are to:   Successful students will be able to clearly describe,     Each instructor will focus their   This course has not          Computer access is vital to success in the
           1. Understand the scientific process (method). 2.       identify, analyze, or otherwise appropriately             assessment on SLO #1 for           yet been offered and         course. Tech support for both students
           Understand natural selection 3. Understand energy       demonstrate mastery (as determined by individual          years 2009-2011 and then           no such analysis has         and faculty is also important.
           flow in ecosystems.                                     instructor) of the concepts related to the slo being      each SLO in sequence               yet been conducted
                                                                   considered. In each evaluation period, instructors will   during subsequent
                                                                   assess class performance on the questions/assignments     assessment cycles. In an
                                                                   relevant to the slo being considered. Assessment in the   assessment cycle instructors
                                                                   course will be based on measuring cognitive levels of     teaching this course will
                                                                   subject mastery (e.g. knowledge, comprehension,           record the percentage of
                                                                   application, analysis, etc.), on specific                 students in their classes who
                                                                   questions/prompts related to the slo being considered     satisfactorily master a the
                                                                   via examination questions (multiple choice or essay),     target slo for that particular
                                                                   essay questions, laboratory exercises, or other means     cycle. These numbers will be
                                                                   as determined by individual instructors. In each          reported to a contract faculty
                                                                   evaluation period, instructors will assess class          member (the department
                                                                   performance on the questions/assignments relevant to      chair or designee)
                                                                   the slo being considered.                                 responsible for the course. At
                                                                                                                             the end of the two year cycle,
                                                                                                                             the designated faculty
                                                                                                                             member will make a report to
                                                                                                                             the department members
                                                                                                                             involved and they will meet to
                                                                                                                             discuss. The next slo is then
                                                                                                                             selected and the process
                                                                                                                             repeated.




                                                                                                                Spring 2010                                                                                       Page 151 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                     Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 114L   Understand the scientific process (method) to include   Assessment in the course will be based on measuring        Each instructor will focus their No SLO cycles have      We have not                One "resource" is the opportunity to offer
            formulating an hypothesis; testing the hypothesis and   subject mastery on specific questions/prompts related to   assessment on the SLO for a been completed at this       completed an SLO           the class at the appropriate times in the
            experimental design; analysis of the hypothesis; and    the slo being considered via means as determined by        two year cycle. In an            time for this course.   assessment cycle.          academic calendar. Field courses are best
            the importance of peer review.                          individual instructors. In each evaluation period,         assessment cycle instructors                             However, following         suited to the summer session,
                                                                    instructors will assess class performance on the           teaching this course will                                discussion,                intersessions, and winter and spring
                                                                    questions/assignments relevant to the slo being            record the percentage of                                 department members         breaks. Certain ecosystems are also best
                                                                    considered.                                                students in their classes who                            will collectively decide   studied at certain times of the year. The
                                                                                                                               satisfactorily master the                                whether changes need       proper equipment and maintenance of that
                                                                                                                               target slo for that particular                           to be made in the SLO      equipment is also important to observing
                                                                                                                               cycle. These numbers will be                             or course. Individual      wildlife.
                                                                                                                               reported to a full-time faculty                          instructors will be free
                                                                                                                               member (the department                                   to determine whether
                                                                                                                               chair or designee)                                       changes are
                                                                                                                               responsible for the course. At                           necessary in
                                                                                                                               the end of the two year cycle,                           assessment methods.
                                                                                                                               the designated faculty
                                                                                                                               member will make a report to
                                                                                                                               the department members
                                                                                                                               involved and they will meet to
                                                                                                                               discuss.




BIOL 118    Understand the scientific method and apply these        This SLO will be assessed by submittal of a report which The SLO will be assessed         In progress               In progress                In progress
            principles to analysis of scientific information.       analyzes experimental results using the scientific       during each semester in
                                                                    method or by exam essay questions which analyze          which the course is offered.
                                                                    experimental results using the scientific method. If the
                                                                    instructor chooses to use exam questions as the
                                                                    preferred method of assessment, all instructors teaching
                                                                    the course shall meet and agree upon the minimum
                                                                    number of questions and the specific questions to be
                                                                    used by all instructors. Methods of assessment shall be
                                                                    consistent among all instructors teaching the course.




                                                                                                                  Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 152 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes       Resources


BIOL 118    Understand the basic principles of evolution,          This SLO will be assessed by a comprehensive final      Assessment will occur during In progress            In progress    In progress
            population ecology, community ecology, and             exam in which specific questions are included to assess each semester in which the
            ecosystem ecology.                                     the SLO. All instructors teaching the course shall meet course is offered.
                                                                   and agree upon the minimum number of questions and
                                                                   the specific questions to be used by all instructors.
                                                                   Methods of assessment shall be consistent among all
                                                                   instructors teaching the course. Successful students
                                                                   shall score 70% or higher on the specific assessment
                                                                   questions.



BIOL 118    1) Understand the scientific method and apply these
            principles to analysis of scientific information. 2)
            Understand the basic principles of evolution,
            population ecology, community ecology, and
            ecosystem ecology.

BIOL 118L   Understand the scientific method and apply these       This SLO will be assessed by submittal of a formal lab     This SLO will be assessed      In progress       In progress    In progress
            principles to analysis of experimental results.        report in which students must analyze experimental         during each semester in
                                                                   results from data collected in lab. A successful student   which the course is offered.
                                                                   will score 70% or higher on the assigned lab report.


BIOL 118L   Understand the basic principles of evolution,          Students will be required to prepare a formal lab report   Assessment will occur once In progress.          In progress.   In progress.
            population ecology, community ecology, and             using the scientific method and using their knowledge of   per year during years in
            ecosystem ecology, and apply this knowledge to         ecology to interpret and discuss experimental results      which the course is offered.
            preparation of a formal lab report.                    from one lab exercise during the semester. A successful    The report will be assigned
                                                                   student will score 70% or higher on the assigned report.   one semester, and results will
                                                                                                                              be compiled and analyzed
                                                                                                                              during the following
                                                                                                                              semester.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                               Page 153 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 130   Students will be able to apply the scientific method to   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           a research question. They will be able to synthesize a    using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #1 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           basic experiment indentifying the independent,            each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2009 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           dependent and outside variables of the experiment as      teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2011.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           well as describe the experimental group and control       questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           group. Students will be able to apply this knowledge      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
           and be able to evaluate information obtained              comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
           scientifically.                                           questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                     comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                     appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will design       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                     and execute a scientific inquiry in a laboratory setting      Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                     using the steps of the scientific method to demonstrate       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                     application and comprehension. Option 4 – Other               department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                     means as determined by an individual instructor.              designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                   member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                   meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                   teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                   discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                   results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                   this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                   assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                   and discussed.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 154 of 644
                                             Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 130   Students will be able to explain the origin of ocean       In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           water movements and their influence upon marine            using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #2 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           organisms. Students will master the use of the terms       each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2011 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           gyre, tide, water density, Coriolis effect, salinity and   teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2013.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           surface current.                                           questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
                                                                      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
                                                                      comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                      questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                      comprehension of the origin of water movements and            instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                      it‟s effect on marine organisms. Option 3– Other means        mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                      as determined by an individual instructor.                    Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                                                                                    will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                                                                                    department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                                                                                    designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                    member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                    meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                    teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                    discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                    results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                    this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                    assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                    and discussed.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 155 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 130   Students will be able to analyze the ecological             In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           interactions within a marine ecosystem by identifying       using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #3 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           the physical characteristics of the environment and the     each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2013 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           adaptations required by species to succeed there.           teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2015.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           Additionally students will be able to explain the flow of   questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           energy through the community and resource                   appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
           limitations creating competition there.                     comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                       questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                       comprehension of the ecological interactions, energy          instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                       flow and adaptations of the marine ecosystem. Option 3-       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                       Students will visit local marine ecosystems and make          Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                       specific observations of the adaptations and ecological       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                       interactions. Option 4– Other means as determined by          department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                       an individual instructor.                                     designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                     member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                     meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                     teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                     discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                     results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                     this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                     assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                     and discussed.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 156 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 131   Students will be able to apply the scientific method to   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           a research question. They will be able to synthesize a    using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #1 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           basic experiment indentifying the independent,            each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2009 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           dependent and outside variables of the experiment as      teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2011.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           well as describe the experimental group and control       questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           group. Students will be able to apply this knowledge      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
           and be able to evaluate information obtained              comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
           scientifically.                                           questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                     comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                     appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will design       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                     and execute a scientific inquiry in a laboratory setting      Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                     using the steps of the scientific method to demonstrate       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                     application and comprehension. Option 4 – Other               department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                     means as determined by an individual instructor.              designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                   member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                   meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                   teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                   discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                   results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                   this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                   assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                   and discussed.




                                                                                                                      Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 157 of 644
                                             Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 131   Students will be able to explain the origin of ocean       In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           water movements and their influence upon marine            using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #2 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           organisms. Students will master the use of the terms       each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2011 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           gyre, tide, water density, Coriolis effect, salinity and   teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2013.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           surface current.                                           questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
                                                                      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
                                                                      comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                      questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                      comprehension of the origin of water movements and            instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                      it‟s effect on marine organisms. Option 3– Other means        mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                      as determined by an individual instructor.                    Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                                                                                    will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                                                                                    department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                                                                                    designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                    member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                    meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                    teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                    discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                    results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                    this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                    assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                    and discussed.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 158 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                         Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 131   Students will be able to analyze the ecological             In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
           interactions within a marine ecosystem by identifying       using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #3 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
           the physical characteristics of the environment and the     each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2013 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
           adaptations required by species to succeed there.           teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2015.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
           Additionally students will be able to explain the flow of   questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
           energy through the community and resource                   appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
           limitations creating competition there.                     comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
                                                                       questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                       comprehension of the ecological interactions, energy          instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                       flow and adaptations of the marine ecosystem. Option 3-       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                       Students will visit local marine ecosystems and make          Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                       specific observations of the adaptations and ecological       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                       interactions. Option 4– Other means as determined by          department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                       an individual instructor.                                     designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                     member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                     meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                     teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                     discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                     results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                     this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                     assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                     and discussed.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                          Page 159 of 644
                                            Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course      SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 131L   Students will be able to apply the scientific method to   In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     No SLO cycles have       We have not                We have not completed an SLO
            a research question. They will be able to synthesize a    using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #1 Student Learning         been completed at this   completed an SLO           assessment cycle. However, following
            basic experiment indentifying the independent,            each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2009 to time for this course.       assessment cycle.          assessment, department members will
            dependent and outside variables of the experiment as      teaching that section. Option 1- Specific multiple choice     the Spring of 2011.                                      However, following         discuss how we might better achieve
            well as describe the experimental group and control       questions on exams will be designed to assess the             Instructors will record the %                            discussion,                student success and what resources might
            group. Students will be able to apply this knowledge      appropriate application of specific terms and the             of students in their class that                          department members         help us meet that goal.
            and be able to evaluate information obtained              comprehension of the concept. Option 2- Essay                 demonstrate satisfactory (to                             will collectively decide
            scientifically.                                           questions will prompt students to demonstrate                 be determined by the                                     whether changes need
                                                                      comprehension of the scientific method using the              instructor of the course)                                to be made in the SLO
                                                                      appropriate terminology. Option 3- Students will design       mastery of the Student                                   or course. Individual
                                                                      and execute a scientific inquiry in a laboratory setting      Learning Outcome. The data                               instructors will be free
                                                                      using the steps of the scientific method to demonstrate       will be reported to the                                  to determine whether
                                                                      application and comprehension. Option 4 – Other               department chair or the                                  changes are
                                                                      means as determined by an individual instructor               designated contract faculty                              necessary in
                                                                                                                                    member who will facilitate a                             assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                    meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                    teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                    discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                    results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                    this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                    assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                    and discussed.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                                         Page 160 of 644
                                             Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                    Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline           Assessment Results Changes      Resources


BIOL 135   Apply fundamental ecological principles (such as       This SLO is assessed by a comprehensive case study            Biology 135 is taught          In progress      in progress   in progress
           population structure, food webs, life histories,       where students design a conservation and recovery plan        sporadically. This SLO will be
           interactions, and resource allocation) to critically   for the threatened sea otter populations on the west          assessed every second
           evaluate conservation plans for selected marine        coast of the continental U.S. This case study requires        semester this course is
           mammals.                                               students to read, comprehend, and evaluate information        taught.
                                                                  in several primary articles and other demographic data
                                                                  sets related to sea otter population structure and marine
                                                                  mammal conservation biology. Critical thinking and
                                                                  analysis are required to discern the pertinent information
                                                                  in these papers. Based on the data and concepts
                                                                  presented in the provided literature, students then
                                                                  design a conservation strategy for the west coast
                                                                  population of sea otters. Special emphasis is placed on
                                                                  a practical conservation strategy that (1) clearly
                                                                  delineates a minimal threshold, distribution, and timeline
                                                                  for the sea otter population; (2) identifies the major
                                                                  threats to sea otters and develops a plan to minimize
                                                                  the risk of such threats; (3) balances the conservation
                                                                  plan with conflicting human interest groups, and; (4)
                                                                  acknowledges the economic cost of implementing the
                                                                  plan. Students must carefully articulate the motivation
                                                                  behind their specific plan in both oral and written format.




                                                                                                                  Spring 2010                                                                               Page 161 of 644
                                         Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                               Assessment Method                                           Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results Changes      Resources


BIOL 135   After completion of this course, students will    In 2002, Anderson et al. published the article              Biology 135 is taught         In progress      In progress   In progress
           demonstrate conceptual understanding of natural   "Development and Evaluation of the Conceptual               sporadically. Therefore, this
           selection, evolution, and fitness.                Inventory of Natural Selection" in the Journal of           SLO will be assessed every
                                                             Research in Science Teaching. The paper includes a 20       other semester the course is
                                                             question test that assesses a person's conceptual           offered.
                                                             understanding of the theory of natural selection and
                                                             evolution rather than memorization of terms. In this
                                                             course, this SLO will be assessed by administering the
                                                             test (Conceptual Inventory of Natural Selection)
                                                             published by Anderson et al. in 2002. Ten of the 20
                                                             available questions will be administered at the beginning
                                                             of the course, and the other ten questions of
                                                             comparable scope will be administered at the end of the
                                                             semester. Although the Conceptual Inventory of Natural
                                                             Selection test does not use marine mammals in their
                                                             examples, the content presented in BIOLOGY 135
                                                             should provide students with a very solid understanding
                                                             for the overarching principles of natural selection and
                                                             evolution by using marine mammals as examples for
                                                             such concepts. Therefore, success would be defined as
                                                             a statistically significant improvement in raw score from
                                                             the beginning of the semester (it would be offered
                                                             during the first week) versus the end of semester.




                                                                                                           Spring 2010                                                                              Page 162 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                        Assessment Timeline               Assessment Results Changes                            Resources


BIOL 200   Successful students will be able to describe biological   Student understanding of biological evolution is         Records will be kept each         No results will be          While the first SLO       Because this course is designed for life
           evolution and the roles the environment, mutations,       assessed using a combination of essay and multiple       semester the course is            available until the first   cycle does not end        sciences majors the funding of the course
           natural selection, genetic drift and gene flow play in    choice questions. Questions assess different cognitive   offered. Every two years the      SLO cycle is                until Fall 2011 the       must allow for the incorporation of new
           the genetic changes that occur within natural             levels of subject mastery, ranging from knowledge,       records will be consolidated      completed (in Fall          procedure that will be    laboratory procedures in order for the
           populations.                                              comprehension, application, analysis and synthesis. A    from all instructors teaching     2011).                      used to analyze and       course to remain current.
                                                                     student classified as having an acceptable level of      the course and will then be                                   modify the assessment
                                                                     understanding for this SLO will have earned 75% or       summarized by the main                                        outcomes will involve
                                                                     higher on questions related to the specific SLO in       instructor. The main instructor                               the main instructor of
                                                                     question.                                                of the course will generate a                                 the course generating
                                                                                                                              report summarizing the                                        a report to consolidate
                                                                                                                              percentage of students who                                    and summarize the
                                                                                                                              have successfully                                             percentage of students
                                                                                                                              demonstrated mastery of the                                   who have successfully
                                                                                                                              specific SLO. After the report                                demonstrated mastery
                                                                                                                              is completed the instructors                                  of the SLO. After the
                                                                                                                              who teach the course will                                     report is completed all
                                                                                                                              meet to discuss how to                                        instructors teaching
                                                                                                                              improve the teaching                                          the course will meet to
                                                                                                                              (learning) and assessment of                                  discuss how to
                                                                                                                              the SLO. The final report will                                improve the teaching
                                                                                                                              be sent to the Department                                     (learning) and
                                                                                                                              Chair for review, feedback                                    assessment of the
                                                                                                                              and approval. The report will                                 SLO. The final report
                                                                                                                              then be permanently filed.                                    will be sent to the
                                                                                                                                                                                            Department Chair for
                                                                                                                                                                                            review, feedback and
                                                                                                                                                                                            approval.




                                                                                                                   Spring 2010                                                                                                            Page 163 of 644
                                              Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                      Assessment Method                                            Assessment Timeline            Assessment Results Changes                           Resources


BIOL 201   Understand the scientific process (method) to include    Assessment in the course will be based on measuring          Each instructor will focus their No SLO cycles have      We have not                Computer access is vital to success in the
           formulating an hypothesis; testing the hypothesis and    cognitive levels of subject mastery (e.g. knowledge,         assessment on an SLO for a been completed at this        completed an SLO           course. Tech support for both students
           experimental design; analysis of the hypothesis; and     comprehension, application, analysis, etc.), on specific     two year cycle. In an            time for this course.   assessment cycle.          and faculty is also important. Also the
           the importance of peer review.                           questions/prompts related to the slo being considered        assessment cycle instructors                             However, following         necessary materials needed for the hands-
                                                                    via examination questions (multiple choice or essay),        teaching this course will                                discussion,                on learning in the laboratory is vital, as is
                                                                    essay questions, laboratory exercises, or other means        record the percentage of                                 department members         the equipment and maintenance of that
                                                                    as determined by individual instructors. In each             students in their classes who                            will collectively decide   equipment.
                                                                    evaluation period, instructors will assess class             satisfactorily master the                                whether changes need
                                                                    performance on the questions/assignments relevant to         target slo for that particular                           to be made in the SLO
                                                                    the slo being considered.                                    cycle. These numbers will be                             or course. Individual
                                                                                                                                 reported to a full-time faculty                          instructors will be free
                                                                                                                                 member (the department                                   to determine whether
                                                                                                                                 chair or designee)                                       changes are
                                                                                                                                 responsible for the course. At                           necessary in
                                                                                                                                 the end of the two year cycle,                           assessment methods.
                                                                                                                                 the designated faculty
                                                                                                                                 member will make a report to
                                                                                                                                 the department members
                                                                                                                                 involved and they will meet to
                                                                                                                                 discuss.




BIOL 215   Demonstrate an ability to (1) develop a testable         Students complete a capstone research project in this        Because this course is not     In progress               In progress                In progress
           hypothesis, (2) create and execute a valid               course designed to assess the above SLO. In this             offered routinely, the
           experimental design, and (3) analyze the data            project, students define a biological research question,     assessment of this SLO will
           statistically, and (4) evaluate results for a specific   develop a testable hypothesis and appropriate                occur every other time this
           biological research question.                            experimental design and execute the experiment. A key        course is offered.
                                                                    component of this project is categorizing data according
                                                                    to probability distributions, and selecting and conducting
                                                                    the appropriate statistical test. The project is graded by
                                                                    a rubric. Success is defined as a student who achieves
                                                                    at least a satisfactory score in each of the four areas
                                                                    listed above.




                                                                                                                    Spring 2010                                                                                                           Page 164 of 644
                                             Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                          Assessment Timeline             Assessment Results Changes           Resources


BIOL 215   Provided with a biological data set, students will        A cumulative final exam utilizing computer programs will   This course is not offered      In progress            In progress   In progress
           demonstrate the ability to select and execute an          be used to assess whether or not students meet this        routinely. This SLO will be
           appropriate statistical test and correctly interpret      objective. Students scoring 70% or more on this final      assessed every other time
           results.                                                  exam will be considered successful in meeting this         this course is offered.
                                                                     objective.

BIOL 215   Students completing this course will be able to: 1.       Students must complete a series of projects requiring      This course has not yet been    This course has not
           Design biological experiments, taking into account the    the correct application of concepts and techniques         offered for over ten years,     yet been offered for
           types of questions asked, the number and types of         needed to successfully design, conduct and analyze         therefore, we do not have       over ten years,
           biological variables involved, the type of data to be     experiments. To successfully complete each project a       assessment data at this time.   therefore, we cannot
           collected, significant sample size and sampling           student must correctly identify the type of biological     Initial assessment will be      analyze student
           techniques and the appropriate data analysis. 2. Test     question being asked, the number and types of              largely based on the            learning outcomes at
           hypotheses and analyze data involving one or more         biological variables involved and the appropriate          application of concepts and     this time.
           biological variables. 3. Identify the limitations of      experimental design required to answer the question.       techniques addressed in the
           parametric tests such as t-tests, F-tests, and linear     Multiple projects are assigned in order to provide         course (as described above).
           correlation in the analysis of biological data, and       students an opportunity to correct previous errors and
           appropriately use non-parametric tests to analyze         misconceptions, and to build upon previous knowledge
           discrete biological variables. 4. Graph biological data   and skills. In addition to student projects traditional
           in the form of histograms, line graphs, stem plots,       examination methods are used to assess mastery of
           scatter plots, and box plots.                             specific learning outcomes by testing multiple cognitive
                                                                     levels (including knowledge, comprehension,
                                                                     application, analysis and synthesis). Successful
                                                                     students will have mastered the learning objectives
                                                                     stated for the course. The level of success will be
                                                                     assessed through the evaluation of student projects
                                                                     which require the correct application of concepts and
                                                                     techniques needed to successfully design, conduct and
                                                                     analyze experiments. In addition to student projects
                                                                     traditional examination methods are used, testing
                                                                     multiple cognitive levels (including knowledge,
                                                                     comprehension, application, analysis and synthesis).




                                                                                                                    Spring 2010                                                                                    Page 165 of 644
                                           Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course     SLO                                                        Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline         Assessment Results Changes                    Resources


BIOL 45A   Students will be able to describe the structure and        In each evaluation period students will be assessed           Each instructor will assess     An assessment cycle An assessment cycle   Equipment that will help in
           interactions of the community and ecosystem they visit     using one of the following techniques. The method for         the #1 Student Learning         has not been        has not been          species/ecosystem observation--for
           with their class. They will be able to identify dominant   each section will be up to the discretion of the instructor   Outcome from Fall of 2009 to completed.             completed.            example, spotting scopes and tripods.
           species and comprehend the adaptations that have           teaching that section. Option 1- Students will answer         the Spring of 2011.                                                       Also communication equipment such as
           allowed those species to be successful within that         essay questions that require the student to demonstrate       Instructors will record the %                                             walkie-talkies.
           habitat.                                                   understanding of the SLO. Option 2- Students will turn        of students in their class that
                                                                      in a field notebook with observations of the community,       demonstrate satisfactory (to
                                                                      ecosystem and dominant organisms of the area they             be determined by the
                                                                      visit with the class. Option 3- Students will present to      instructor of the course)
                                                                      their class a report on some aspect of the ecosystem          mastery of the Student
                                                                      dynamics, community dynamics, and/or specific                 Learning Outcome. The data
                                                                      adaptations of a dominant organism of the area they           will be reported to the
                                                                      visit with their class.                                       department chair or the
                                                                                                                                    designated contract faculty
                                                                                                                                    member who will facilitate a
                                                                                                                                    meeting of the faculty
                                                                                                                                    teaching the course to
                                                                                                                                    discuss and analyze the
                                                                                                                                    results of the assessment. At
                                                                                                                                    this time the next SLO to be
                                                                                                                                    assessed will be selected
                                                                                                                                    and discussed.




                                                                                                                       Spring 2010                                                                                               Page 166 of 644
                                          Mathematics and the Natural and Health Sciences Student Learning Outcomes and Assessment Cycles

Course    SLO                                                       Assessment Method                                             Assessment Timeline          Assessment Results Changes      Resources


BOT 100   Demonstrate an understanding of Biological evolution      The SLO is satisfied when (1) a student achieves an           This SLO is scheduled for    In progress       In progress   In progress
          by classifying organisms according to their               accumulative evaluation of a "C" level (70%) or better on     assessment in during Fall
          evolutionary relationship, contrasting the evolutionary   specific exam questions testing on these concepts, and        2009, and again every four
          histories of major plant lineages, and comparing the      (2) the student passes the course with a C or better. The     years.
          life cycles of algae, fungi, bryophytes, and vascular     specific questions are taken from a total of five exams
          plants.                                                   administered during the semester. The SLO is NOT
                                                                    satisfied if a student (1) passes the course with a C or
                                                                    better, but (2) achieves an accumulative evaluation of a
                                                                    D (69%) or worse on these specific exam questions.
                                                                    Students who do not pass the class are omitted from the
                                                                    study. Exam concepts that may be included in this
                                                                    assessment are binomial nomenclature, Darwinian
                                                                    Evolution, phylogeny, classification, and identification of
                                                                    specific features of algae, fungi, and plant life cycles.




BOT 100   Apply the principles of Mendelian Genetics to the         This SLO is satisfied when (1) a student achieves an          This SLO is scheduled for    In progress       In progress   In progress
          development and transmission of hereditary traits in      accumulative evaluation of a "C" level (70%) or better on     assessment in during Fall
          plants.                                                   specific exam questions testing on these concepts, and        2010, and again every four
                                                                    (2) the student passes the course with a C or better. The     years.
                                                                    specific questions are selected from a total of five exams
                                                                    administered during the semester. The SLO is NOT
                                                                    satisfied if a student (1) passes the course with a C or